Tk Source Code

Changes On Branch tip-492
Login
Bounty program for improvements to Tcl and certain Tcl packages.

Many hyperlinks are disabled.
Use anonymous login to enable hyperlinks.

Changes In Branch tip-492 Excluding Merge-Ins

This is equivalent to a diff from 745b4344 to aae2e547

2018-05-01
18:57
Fix wrong formatting in busy.n check-in: c61698ed user: fvogel tags: trunk
18:57
Fix wrong formatting in busy.n Closed-Leaf check-in: aae2e547 user: fvogel tags: tip-492
2018-02-03
15:07
Fix [9d27218f76]: ttk::spinbox doc page mentions current, but it is not a valid command check-in: 35639ec2 user: fvogel tags: core-8-6-branch
2018-01-31
17:48
Implementation of TIP #496 - Display hints in ::ttk::entry (by René Zaumseil) check-in: 7fc7849e user: fvogel tags: tip-496
2018-01-30
21:45
Merge trunk since TIP #492 targets 8.7 check-in: 5445f741 user: fvogel tags: tip-492
2018-01-29
21:32
Fix [502e74e9ad]: crash for untrusted X connections (for ssh: ForwardX11Trusted no). Patch from Christian Werner. check-in: 3c7f220c user: fvogel tags: bug-502e74e9ad
07:16
Fix [71b1319acc]: Regression in tkUnixRFont.c. Patch from Christian Werner. check-in: a16ed2d0 user: fvogel tags: bug-71b1319acc
2018-01-28
22:00
merge core-8-6-branch ([e20d5ca7cd] - textTag-18.1 fails on OS X - was already fixed in trunk) check-in: db04f1ae user: fvogel tags: trunk
21:57
Fix [e20d5ca7cd]: textTag-18.1 fails on OS X check-in: 745b4344 user: fvogel tags: core-8-6-branch
21:20
Fix indentation that was lost in [f057be0817] check-in: 776de100 user: fvogel tags: core-8-6-branch

Changes to .fossil-settings/encoding-glob.

1
2
3
4
5
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/makefile.vc
win/mkd.bat
win/rmd.bat
win/rules.vc

<
<

1
2


3
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/makefile.vc


win/rules.vc

Changes to .project.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<projectDescription>
	<name>tk8.6</name>
	<comment></comment>
	<projects>
	</projects>
	<buildSpec>
	</buildSpec>
	<natures>
	</natures>
</projectDescription>

|








1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<projectDescription>
	<name>tk8.7</name>
	<comment></comment>
	<projects>
	</projects>
	<buildSpec>
	</buildSpec>
	<natures>
	</natures>
</projectDescription>

Changes to README.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
README:  Tk
    This is the Tk 8.6.8 source distribution.
	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
    You can get any source release of Tk from the URL above.

1. Introduction
---------------

This directory contains the sources and documentation for Tk, an X11
toolkit implemented with the Tcl scripting language.

For details on features, incompatibilities, and potential problems with
this release, see the Tcl/Tk 8.6 Web page at

	http://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/8.6.html

or refer to the "changes" file in this directory, which contains a
historical record of all changes to Tk.

Tk is maintained, enhanced, and distributed freely by the Tcl community.
Source code development and tracking of bug reports and feature requests
takes place at:
|










|

|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
README:  Tk
    This is the Tk 8.7a2 source distribution.
	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
    You can get any source release of Tk from the URL above.

1. Introduction
---------------

This directory contains the sources and documentation for Tk, an X11
toolkit implemented with the Tcl scripting language.

For details on features, incompatibilities, and potential problems with
this release, see the Tcl/Tk 8.7 Web page at

	http://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/8.7.html

or refer to the "changes" file in this directory, which contains a
historical record of all changes to Tk.

Tk is maintained, enhanced, and distributed freely by the Tcl community.
Source code development and tracking of bug reports and feature requests
takes place at:

Changes to changes.

7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497





























2017-12-05 (bug)[3382424] Suppress noisy messages on macOS (culler)

2017-12-08 (new)[TIP 477] nmake build system reform (nadkarni)

2017-12-18 (bug)[b77626] Make [tk busy -cursor] silent no-op on macOS (vogel)

--- Released 8.6.8, December 22, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details



































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
2017-12-05 (bug)[3382424] Suppress noisy messages on macOS (culler)

2017-12-08 (new)[TIP 477] nmake build system reform (nadkarni)

2017-12-18 (bug)[b77626] Make [tk busy -cursor] silent no-op on macOS (vogel)

--- Released 8.6.8, December 22, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details

Changes to 8.7a1 include all changes to the 8.6 line through 8.6.7,
plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:

2016-03-07 (feature)[841280] spinbox autoswap -to/-from to get ordering (vogel)

2016-03-27 (feature)[38dc27] Support <Button-6> & <Button-7> (nijtmans)

2016-08-29 (TIP 449) [text] undo/redo return character range (vogel)

2016-11-02 (feature) Removed undocumented command [tk_getFileType] (vogel)
        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***

2017-02-05 (bug)[c0dbdd] Compatibility fonts shadowed system fonts (vogel)

2017-03-21 (TIP 442) display text in a progressbar (zaumseil)

2017-04-13 \u escaped content in msg files converted to true utf-8 (nijtmans)

2017-08-24 (bug)[f1a3ca] Memleak in text operations (hume)

2017-08-24 (bug)[ee40fd] Error reporting from failed console init (the)

2017-08-24 (bug)[3295446] Keep console cursor visible when using history (goth)

2017-08-28 (TIP 166) Extended color notation for alpha channel (bachmann)

--- Released 8.7a1, September 8, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details

Changes to doc/3DBorder.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Get3DBorder, Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Draw3DRectangle, Tk_Fill3DRectangle, Tk_Draw3DPolygon, Tk_Fill3DPolygon, Tk_3DVerticalBevel, Tk_3DHorizontalBevel, Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder, Tk_NameOf3DBorder, Tk_3DBorderColor, Tk_3DBorderGC, Tk_Free3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Free3DBorder \- draw borders with three-dimensional appearance
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Get3DBorder, Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Draw3DRectangle, Tk_Fill3DRectangle, Tk_Draw3DPolygon, Tk_Fill3DPolygon, Tk_3DVerticalBevel, Tk_3DHorizontalBevel, Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder, Tk_NameOf3DBorder, Tk_3DBorderColor, Tk_3DBorderGC, Tk_Free3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Free3DBorder \- draw borders with three-dimensional appearance
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/BindTable.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CreateBindingTable 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateBindingTable, Tk_DeleteBindingTable, Tk_CreateBinding, Tk_DeleteBinding, Tk_GetBinding, Tk_GetAllBindings, Tk_DeleteAllBindings, Tk_BindEvent \- invoke scripts in response to X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateBindingTable 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateBindingTable, Tk_DeleteBindingTable, Tk_CreateBinding, Tk_DeleteBinding, Tk_GetBinding, Tk_GetAllBindings, Tk_DeleteAllBindings, Tk_BindEvent \- invoke scripts in response to X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CanvPsY.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CanvasPs 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CanvasPsY, Tk_CanvasPsBitmap, Tk_CanvasPsColor, Tk_CanvasPsFont, Tk_CanvasPsPath, Tk_CanvasPsStipple \- utility procedures for generating Postscript for canvases
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CanvasPs 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CanvasPsY, Tk_CanvasPsBitmap, Tk_CanvasPsColor, Tk_CanvasPsFont, Tk_CanvasPsPath, Tk_CanvasPsStipple \- utility procedures for generating Postscript for canvases
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CanvTkwin.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CanvasTkwin 3 4.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CanvasTkwin, Tk_CanvasGetCoord, Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords, Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin, Tk_CanvasWindowCoords, Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw, Tk_CanvasTagsOption \- utility procedures for canvas type managers
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CanvasTkwin 3 4.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CanvasTkwin, Tk_CanvasGetCoord, Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords, Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin, Tk_CanvasWindowCoords, Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw, Tk_CanvasTagsOption \- utility procedures for canvas type managers
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CanvTxtInfo.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CanvasTextInfo 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CanvasTextInfo \- additional information for managing text items in canvases
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CanvasTextInfo 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CanvasTextInfo \- additional information for managing text items in canvases
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/Clipboard.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_ClipboardClear 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ClipboardClear, Tk_ClipboardAppend \- Manage the clipboard
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_ClipboardClear 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ClipboardClear, Tk_ClipboardAppend \- Manage the clipboard
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/ClrSelect.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_ClearSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ClearSelection \- Deselect a selection
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_ClearSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ClearSelection \- Deselect a selection
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/ConfigWind.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_ConfigureWindow 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ConfigureWindow, Tk_MoveWindow, Tk_ResizeWindow, Tk_MoveResizeWindow, Tk_SetWindowBorderWidth, Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes, Tk_SetWindowBackground, Tk_SetWindowBackgroundPixmap, Tk_SetWindowBorder, Tk_SetWindowBorderPixmap, Tk_SetWindowColormap, Tk_DefineCursor, Tk_UndefineCursor \- change window configuration or attributes
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_ConfigureWindow 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ConfigureWindow, Tk_MoveWindow, Tk_ResizeWindow, Tk_MoveResizeWindow, Tk_SetWindowBorderWidth, Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes, Tk_SetWindowBackground, Tk_SetWindowBackgroundPixmap, Tk_SetWindowBorder, Tk_SetWindowBorderPixmap, Tk_SetWindowColormap, Tk_DefineCursor, Tk_UndefineCursor \- change window configuration or attributes
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CoordToWin.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CoordsToWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CoordsToWindow \- Find window containing a point
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CoordsToWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CoordsToWindow \- Find window containing a point
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CrtCmHdlr.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler 3 "8.4" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler, Tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler \- associate procedure callback with ClientMessage type X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler 3 "8.4" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler, Tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler \- associate procedure callback with ClientMessage type X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CrtConsoleChan.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2007 ActiveState Software Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_InitConsoleChannels 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_InitConsoleChannels \- Install the console channels as standard channels
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2007 ActiveState Software Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_InitConsoleChannels 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_InitConsoleChannels \- Install the console channels as standard channels
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CrtErrHdlr.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CreateErrorHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateErrorHandler, Tk_DeleteErrorHandler \- handle X protocol errors
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateErrorHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateErrorHandler, Tk_DeleteErrorHandler \- handle X protocol errors
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CrtGenHdlr.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CreateGenericHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateGenericHandler, Tk_DeleteGenericHandler \- associate procedure callback with all X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateGenericHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateGenericHandler, Tk_DeleteGenericHandler \- associate procedure callback with all X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CrtImgType.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CreateImageType 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateImageType, Tk_GetImageMasterData, Tk_InitImageArgs \- define new kind of image
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateImageType 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateImageType, Tk_GetImageMasterData, Tk_InitImageArgs \- define new kind of image
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CrtItemType.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CreateItemType 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateItemType, Tk_GetItemTypes \- define new kind of canvas item
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateItemType 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateItemType, Tk_GetItemTypes \- define new kind of canvas item
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/CrtPhImgFmt.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
'\" Author: Paul Mackerras ([email protected]),
'\"	    Department of Computer Science,
'\"	    Australian National University.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
'\" Author: Paul Mackerras ([email protected]),
'\"	    Department of Computer Science,
'\"	    Australian National University.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS

Changes to doc/DeleteImg.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_DeleteImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_DeleteImage \- Destroy an image.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_DeleteImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_DeleteImage \- Destroy an image.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/DrawFocHlt.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_DrawFocusHighlight 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_DrawFocusHighlight \- draw the traversal highlight ring for a widget
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_DrawFocusHighlight 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_DrawFocusHighlight \- draw the traversal highlight ring for a widget
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/EventHndlr.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_CreateEventHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateEventHandler, Tk_DeleteEventHandler \- associate procedure callback with an X event
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateEventHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateEventHandler, Tk_DeleteEventHandler \- associate procedure callback with an X event
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/FreeXId.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_FreeXId 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_FreeXId \- make X resource identifier available for reuse
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
Display for which \fIid\fR was allocated.
.AP XID id in
Identifier of X resource (window, font, pixmap, cursor, graphics
context, or colormap) that is no longer in use.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The default allocator for resource identifiers provided by Xlib is very
simple-minded and does not allow resource identifiers to be re-used.
If a long-running application reaches the end of the resource id
space, it will generate an X protocol error and crash.
Tk replaces the default id allocator with its own allocator, which
allows identifiers to be reused.
In order for this to work, \fBTk_FreeXId\fR must be called to
tell the allocator about resources that have been freed.
Tk automatically calls \fBTk_FreeXId\fR whenever it frees a
resource, so if you use procedures like \fBTk_GetFont\fR,
\fBTk_GetGC\fR, and \fBTk_GetPixmap\fR then you need not call
\fBTk_FreeXId\fR.
However, if you allocate resources directly from Xlib, for example
by calling \fBXCreatePixmap\fR, then you should call \fBTk_FreeXId\fR
when you call the corresponding Xlib free procedure, such as
\fBXFreePixmap\fR.
If you do not call \fBTk_FreeXId\fR then the resource identifier will
be lost, which could cause problems if the application runs long enough
to lose all of the available identifiers.
.SH KEYWORDS
resource identifier





|







 







|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28


















29
30
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_FreeXId 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_FreeXId \- make X resource identifier available for reuse
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
Display for which \fIid\fR was allocated.
.AP XID id in
Identifier of X resource (window, font, pixmap, cursor, graphics
context, or colormap) that is no longer in use.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This function is deprecated, it doesn't do anything since 2008-08-19.


















.SH KEYWORDS
resource identifier

Changes to doc/GeomReq.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GeometryRequest 3 "8.4" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GeometryRequest, Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize, Tk_SetInternalBorder, Tk_SetInternalBorderEx \- specify desired geometry or internal border for a window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GeometryRequest 3 "8.4" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GeometryRequest, Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize, Tk_SetInternalBorder, Tk_SetInternalBorderEx \- specify desired geometry or internal border for a window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetAnchor.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetAnchorFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetAnchorFromObj, Tk_GetAnchor, Tk_NameOfAnchor \- translate between strings and anchor positions
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetAnchorFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetAnchorFromObj, Tk_GetAnchor, Tk_NameOfAnchor \- translate between strings and anchor positions
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetBitmap.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj, Tk_GetBitmap, Tk_GetBitmapFromObj, Tk_DefineBitmap, Tk_NameOfBitmap, Tk_SizeOfBitmap, Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj, Tk_FreeBitmap \- maintain database of single-plane pixmaps
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj, Tk_GetBitmap, Tk_GetBitmapFromObj, Tk_DefineBitmap, Tk_NameOfBitmap, Tk_SizeOfBitmap, Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj, Tk_FreeBitmap \- maintain database of single-plane pixmaps
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetCapStyl.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetCapStyle 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetCapStyle, Tk_NameOfCapStyle \- translate between strings and cap styles
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetCapStyle 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetCapStyle, Tk_NameOfCapStyle \- translate between strings and cap styles
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetClrmap.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetColormap 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetColormap, Tk_PreserveColormap, Tk_FreeColormap \- allocate and free colormaps
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetColormap 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetColormap, Tk_PreserveColormap, Tk_FreeColormap \- allocate and free colormaps
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetDash.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetDash 3 8.3 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetDash \- convert from string to valid dash structure.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetDash 3 8.3 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetDash \- convert from string to valid dash structure.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetGC.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetGC 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetGC, Tk_FreeGC \- maintain database of read-only graphics contexts
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetGC 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetGC, Tk_FreeGC \- maintain database of read-only graphics contexts
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetHINSTANCE.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetHISTANCE 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetHINSTANCE \- retrieve the global application instance handle
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf


|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetHISTANCE 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetHINSTANCE \- retrieve the global application instance handle
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetHWND.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\" 
.TH HWND 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetHWND, Tk_AttachHWND \- manage interactions between the Windows handle and an X window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf


|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
.TH HWND 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetHWND, Tk_AttachHWND \- manage interactions between the Windows handle and an X window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetImage.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetImage, Tk_RedrawImage, Tk_SizeOfImage, Tk_FreeImage \- use an image in a widget
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetImage, Tk_RedrawImage, Tk_SizeOfImage, Tk_FreeImage \- use an image in a widget
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetJoinStl.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetJoinStyle 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetJoinStyle, Tk_NameOfJoinStyle \- translate between strings and join styles
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetJoinStyle 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetJoinStyle, Tk_NameOfJoinStyle \- translate between strings and join styles
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetJustify.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetJustifyFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetJustifyFromObj, Tk_GetJustify, Tk_NameOfJustify \- translate between strings and justification styles
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetJustifyFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetJustifyFromObj, Tk_GetJustify, Tk_NameOfJustify \- translate between strings and justification styles
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetOption.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetOption 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetOption \- retrieve an option from the option database
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetOption 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetOption \- retrieve an option from the option database
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetPixels.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetPixelsFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj, Tk_GetPixels, Tk_GetMMFromObj, Tk_GetScreenMM \- translate between strings and screen units
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetPixelsFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj, Tk_GetPixels, Tk_GetMMFromObj, Tk_GetScreenMM \- translate between strings and screen units
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetPixmap.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetPixmap 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetPixmap, Tk_FreePixmap \- allocate and free pixmaps
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetPixmap 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetPixmap, Tk_FreePixmap \- allocate and free pixmaps
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetRelief.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetReliefFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetReliefFromObj, Tk_GetRelief, Tk_NameOfRelief \- translate between strings and relief values
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetReliefFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetReliefFromObj, Tk_GetRelief, Tk_NameOfRelief \- translate between strings and relief values
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetRootCrd.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetRootCoords 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetRootCoords \- Compute root-window coordinates of window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetRootCoords 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetRootCoords \- Compute root-window coordinates of window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetScroll.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetScrollInfo 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetScrollInfoObj, Tk_GetScrollInfo \- parse arguments for scrolling commands
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetScrollInfo 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetScrollInfoObj, Tk_GetScrollInfo \- parse arguments for scrolling commands
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetSelect.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetSelection \- retrieve the contents of a selection
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetSelection \- retrieve the contents of a selection
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetUid.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetUid 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetUid, Tk_Uid \- convert from string to unique identifier
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetUid 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetUid, Tk_Uid \- convert from string to unique identifier
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetVRoot.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetVRootGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetVRootGeometry \- Get location and size of virtual root for window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetVRootGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetVRootGeometry \- Get location and size of virtual root for window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/GetVisual.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetVisual 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetVisual \- translate from string to visual
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetVisual 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetVisual \- translate from string to visual
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/Grab.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\" 
.TH Tk_Grab 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Grab, Tk_Ungrab \- manipulate grab state in an application
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf


|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
.TH Tk_Grab 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Grab, Tk_Ungrab \- manipulate grab state in an application
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/HWNDToWindow.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\" 
.TH Tk_HWNDToWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_HWNDToWindow \- Find Tk's window information for a Windows window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf


|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
.TH Tk_HWNDToWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_HWNDToWindow \- Find Tk's window information for a Windows window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/HandleEvent.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_HandleEvent 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_HandleEvent \- invoke event handlers for window system events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_HandleEvent 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_HandleEvent \- invoke event handlers for window system events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/IdToWindow.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_IdToWindow 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_IdToWindow \- Find Tk's window information for an X window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_IdToWindow 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_IdToWindow \- Find Tk's window information for an X window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/ImgChanged.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_ImageChanged 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ImageChanged \- notify widgets that image needs to be redrawn
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_ImageChanged 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ImageChanged \- notify widgets that image needs to be redrawn
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/Inactive.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\" 
.TH Tk_GetUserInactiveTime 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetUserInactiveTime, Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime \- discover user inactivity time
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf


|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetUserInactiveTime 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetUserInactiveTime, Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime \- discover user inactivity time
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/InternAtom.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_InternAtom 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_InternAtom, Tk_GetAtomName \- manage cache of X atoms
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_InternAtom 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_InternAtom, Tk_GetAtomName \- manage cache of X atoms
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/MainLoop.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_MainLoop 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MainLoop \- loop for events until all windows are deleted
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_MainLoop 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MainLoop \- loop for events until all windows are deleted
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/MainWin.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_MainWindow 3 7.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MainWindow, Tk_GetNumMainWindows \- functions for querying main window information
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_MainWindow 3 7.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MainWindow, Tk_GetNumMainWindows \- functions for querying main window information
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/MaintGeom.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_MaintainGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MaintainGeometry, Tk_UnmaintainGeometry \- maintain geometry of one window relative to another
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_MaintainGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MaintainGeometry, Tk_UnmaintainGeometry \- maintain geometry of one window relative to another
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/ManageGeom.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_ManageGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ManageGeometry \- arrange to handle geometry requests for a window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_ManageGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ManageGeometry \- arrange to handle geometry requests for a window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/MoveToplev.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_MoveToplevelWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MoveToplevelWindow \- Adjust the position of a top-level window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_MoveToplevelWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_MoveToplevelWindow \- Adjust the position of a top-level window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/Name.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_Name 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Name, Tk_PathName, Tk_NameToWindow \- convert between names and window tokens
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_Name 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Name, Tk_PathName, Tk_NameToWindow \- convert between names and window tokens
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/NameOfImg.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_NameOfImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_NameOfImage \- Return name of image.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_NameOfImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_NameOfImage \- Return name of image.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/OwnSelect.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_OwnSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_OwnSelection \- make a window the owner of the primary selection
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_OwnSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_OwnSelection \- make a window the owner of the primary selection
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/ParseArgv.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_ParseArgv 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ParseArgv \- process command-line options
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_ParseArgv 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_ParseArgv \- process command-line options
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/QWinEvent.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_QueueWindowEvent 3 7.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CollapseMotionEvents, Tk_QueueWindowEvent \- Add a window event to the Tcl event queue
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_QueueWindowEvent 3 7.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CollapseMotionEvents, Tk_QueueWindowEvent \- Add a window event to the Tcl event queue
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/Restack.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_RestackWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_RestackWindow \- Change a window's position in the stacking order
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_RestackWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_RestackWindow \- Change a window's position in the stacking order
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/RestrictEv.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_RestrictEvents 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_RestrictEvents \- filter and selectively delay X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_RestrictEvents 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_RestrictEvents \- filter and selectively delay X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/SetAppName.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_SetAppName 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetAppName \- Set the name of an application for 'send' commands
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_SetAppName 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetAppName \- Set the name of an application for 'send' commands
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/SetCaret.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_SetCaretPos 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetCaretPos \- set the display caret location
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_SetCaretPos 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetCaretPos \- set the display caret location
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/SetClass.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_SetClass 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetClass, Tk_Class \- set or retrieve a window's class
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_SetClass 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetClass, Tk_Class \- set or retrieve a window's class
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/SetClassProcs.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_SetClassProcs 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetClassProcs \- register widget specific procedures
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_SetClassProcs 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetClassProcs \- register widget specific procedures
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/SetGrid.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_SetGrid 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetGrid, Tk_UnsetGrid \- control the grid for interactive resizing
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_SetGrid 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetGrid, Tk_UnsetGrid \- control the grid for interactive resizing
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/SetOptions.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_SetOptions 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateOptionTable, Tk_DeleteOptionTable, Tk_InitOptions, Tk_SetOptions, Tk_FreeSavedOptions, Tk_RestoreSavedOptions, Tk_GetOptionValue,  Tk_GetOptionInfo, Tk_FreeConfigOptions, Tk_Offset \- process configuration options
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_SetOptions 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateOptionTable, Tk_DeleteOptionTable, Tk_InitOptions, Tk_SetOptions, Tk_FreeSavedOptions, Tk_RestoreSavedOptions, Tk_GetOptionValue,  Tk_GetOptionInfo, Tk_FreeConfigOptions, Tk_Offset \- process configuration options
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/SetVisual.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_SetWindowVisual 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetWindowVisual \- change visual characteristics of window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_SetWindowVisual 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetWindowVisual \- change visual characteristics of window
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/StrictMotif.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_StrictMotif 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_StrictMotif \- Return value of tk_strictMotif variable
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_StrictMotif 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_StrictMotif \- Return value of tk_strictMotif variable
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/TkInitStubs.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_InitStubs 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_InitStubs \- initialize the Tk stubs mechanism
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_InitStubs 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_InitStubs \- initialize the Tk stubs mechanism
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/Tk_Init.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tk_Init 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Init, Tk_SafeInit \- add Tk to an interpreter and make a new Tk application.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_Init 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_Init, Tk_SafeInit \- add Tk to an interpreter and make a new Tk application.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/bell.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH bell n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bell \- Ring a display's bell
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH bell n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bell \- Ring a display's bell
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/bind.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
...
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH bind n 8.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bind \- Arrange for X events to invoke Tcl scripts
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
there is no reliable way to track changes to a window's
position in the stacking order.
.RE
.SS "EVENT DETAILS"
.PP
The last part of a long event specification is \fIdetail\fR.  In the
case of a \fBButtonPress\fR or \fBButtonRelease\fR event, it is the
number of a button (1\-5).  If a button number is given, then only an
event on that particular button will match;  if no button number is
given, then an event on any button will match.  Note:  giving a
specific button number is different than specifying a button modifier;
in the first case, it refers to a button being pressed or released,
while in the second it refers to some other button that is already
depressed when the matching event occurs.  If a button
number is given then \fItype\fR may be omitted:  if will default






|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
...
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH bind n 8.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bind \- Arrange for X events to invoke Tcl scripts
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
there is no reliable way to track changes to a window's
position in the stacking order.
.RE
.SS "EVENT DETAILS"
.PP
The last part of a long event specification is \fIdetail\fR.  In the
case of a \fBButtonPress\fR or \fBButtonRelease\fR event, it is the
number of a button (1\-9).  If a button number is given, then only an
event on that particular button will match;  if no button number is
given, then an event on any button will match.  Note:  giving a
specific button number is different than specifying a button modifier;
in the first case, it refers to a button being pressed or released,
while in the second it refers to some other button that is already
depressed when the matching event occurs.  If a button
number is given then \fItype\fR may be omitted:  if will default

Changes to doc/bindtags.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH bindtags n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bindtags \- Determine which bindings apply to a window, and order of evaluation
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH bindtags n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bindtags \- Determine which bindings apply to a window, and order of evaluation
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/bitmap.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH bitmap n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bitmap \- Images that display two colors
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH bitmap n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bitmap \- Images that display two colors
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/busy.n.

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33


34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
...
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
...
176
177
178
179
180
181
182






183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196















197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH busy n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
busy \- confine pointer events to a window sub-tree
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBtk busy\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR?


.sp
\fBtk busy hold\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy configure \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.sp
\fBtk busy forget\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIwindow \fR?...
.sp
\fBtk busy current\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBtk busy\fR command provides a simple means to block pointer events from
Tk widgets, while overriding the widget's cursor with a configurable busy
cursor. Note this command does not prevent keyboard events from being sent to
the widgets made busy.
.SH INTRODUCTION
.PP
There are many times in applications where you want to temporarily restrict
what actions the user can take. For example, an application could have a
.QW Run
................................................................................
.PP
The following operations are available for the \fBtk busy\fR command:
.TP
\fBtk busy \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.
Shortcut for \fBtk busy hold\fR command.
.TP
\fBtk busy hold \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.
Makes the specified \fIwindow\fR (and its descendants in the Tk window
hierarchy) appear busy. \fIWindow\fR must be a valid path name of a Tk widget.
A transparent window is put in front of the specified window. This transparent
window is mapped the next time idle tasks are processed, and the specified
window and its descendants will be blocked from user interactions. Normally
\fBupdate\fR should be called immediately afterward to insure that the hold
operation is in effect before the application starts its processing. The
following configuration options are valid:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-cursor \fIcursorName\fR
.
Specifies the cursor to be displayed when the widget is made busy.
\fICursorName\fR can be in any form accepted by \fBTk_GetCursor\fR. The
default cursor is \fBwait\fR on Windows and \fBwatch\fR on other platforms.
.RE
.TP
\fBtk busy cget \fIwindow\fR \fIoption\fR
.
Queries the \fBtk busy\fR command configuration options for \fIwindow\fR.
\fIWindow\fR must be the path name of a widget previously made busy by the
\fBhold\fR operation. The command returns the present value of the specified
\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
................................................................................
specified for it by either \fBoption\fR command:
.PP
.CS
option add *frame.busyCursor gumby
option add *Frame.BusyCursor gumby
.CE
.RE






.TP
\fBtk busy forget \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwindow\fR?...
.
Releases resources allocated by the \fBtk busy\fR command for \fIwindow\fR,
including the transparent window. User events will again be received by
\fIwindow\fR. Resources are also released when \fIwindow\fR is destroyed.
\fIWindow\fR must be the name of a widget specified in the \fBhold\fR
operation, otherwise an error is reported.
.TP
\fBtk busy current \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
Returns the pathnames of all widgets that are currently busy. If a
\fIpattern\fR is given, only the path names of busy widgets matching
\fIpattern\fR are returned.















.TP
\fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR
.
Returns the status of a widget \fIwindow\fR. If \fIwindow\fR presently can not
receive user interactions, \fB1\fR is returned, otherwise \fB0\fR.
.SH "EVENT HANDLING"
.SS BINDINGS
.PP
The event blocking feature is implemented by creating and mapping a
transparent window that completely covers the widget. When the busy window is
mapped, it invisibly shields the widget and its hierarchy from all events that
may be sent. Like Tk widgets, busy windows have widget names in the Tk window
hierarchy. This means that you can use the \fBbind\fR command, to handle
events in the busy window.
.PP
.CS
\fBtk busy\fR hold .frame.canvas
bind .frame.canvas_Busy <Enter> { ... }
.CE
.PP
Normally the busy window is a sibling of the widget. The name of the busy
window is
.QW \fIwidget\fB_Busy\fR
where \fIwidget\fR is the name of the widget to be made busy. In the previous
example, the pathname of the busy window is
.QW \fB.frame.canvas_Busy\fR .
The exception is when the widget is a toplevel widget (such as
.QW . )
where the busy window can't be made a sibling. The busy window is then a child
of the widget named
.QW \fIwidget\fB._Busy\fR
where \fIwidget\fR is the name of the toplevel widget. In the following
example, the pathname of the busy window is
.QW \fB._Busy\fR .
.PP
.CS
\fBtk busy\fR hold .
bind ._Busy <Enter> { ... }
.CE
.SS "ENTER/LEAVE EVENTS"
.PP
Mapping and unmapping busy windows generates Enter/Leave events for all
widgets they cover. Please note this if you are tracking Enter/Leave events in
widgets.
.SS "KEYBOARD EVENTS"






|


>
>













|
|







 







|

|
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







>
>
>
>
>
>









|

|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












|
|



|


|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

|
|







24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
...
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137













138
139
140
141
142
143
144
...
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227














228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH busy n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
busy \- Make Tk widgets busy, temporarily blocking user interactions
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBtk busy\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy busywindow \fIwindow\fR
.sp
\fBtk busy hold\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy configure \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.sp
\fBtk busy forget\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIwindow \fR?...
.sp
\fBtk busy current\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.sp
\fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBtk busy\fR command provides a simple means to block mouse pointer events
from Tk widgets, while overriding the widget's cursor with a configurable busy
cursor. Note this command does not prevent keyboard events from being sent to
the widgets made busy.
.SH INTRODUCTION
.PP
There are many times in applications where you want to temporarily restrict
what actions the user can take. For example, an application could have a
.QW Run
................................................................................
.PP
The following operations are available for the \fBtk busy\fR command:
.TP
\fBtk busy \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.
Shortcut for \fBtk busy hold\fR command.
.TP
\fBtk busy busywindow \fIwindow\fR
.
Returns the pathname of the busy window (i.e. the transparent window
shielding the window appearing busy) created by the \fBtk busy hold\fR
command for \fIwindow\fR, or the empty string if \fIwindow\fR is not busy.













.TP
\fBtk busy cget \fIwindow\fR \fIoption\fR
.
Queries the \fBtk busy\fR command configuration options for \fIwindow\fR.
\fIWindow\fR must be the path name of a widget previously made busy by the
\fBhold\fR operation. The command returns the present value of the specified
\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
................................................................................
specified for it by either \fBoption\fR command:
.PP
.CS
option add *frame.busyCursor gumby
option add *Frame.BusyCursor gumby
.CE
.RE
.TP
\fBtk busy current \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
Returns the pathnames of all widgets that are currently busy. If a
\fIpattern\fR is given, only the path names of busy widgets matching
\fIpattern\fR are returned.
.TP
\fBtk busy forget \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwindow\fR?...
.
Releases resources allocated by the \fBtk busy\fR command for \fIwindow\fR,
including the transparent window. User events will again be received by
\fIwindow\fR. Resources are also released when \fIwindow\fR is destroyed.
\fIWindow\fR must be the name of a widget specified in the \fBhold\fR
operation, otherwise an error is reported.
.TP
\fBtk busy hold \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.
Makes the specified \fIwindow\fR (and its descendants in the Tk window
hierarchy) appear busy. \fIWindow\fR must be a valid path name of a Tk widget.
A transparent window is put in front of the specified window. This transparent
window is mapped the next time idle tasks are processed, and the specified
window and its descendants will be blocked from user interactions. Normally
\fBupdate\fR should be called immediately afterward to insure that the hold
operation is in effect before the application starts its processing. The
command returns the pathname of the busy window that was created (i.e. the
transparent window shielding the window appearing busy). The following
configuration options are valid:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-cursor \fIcursorName\fR
.
Specifies the cursor to be displayed when the widget is made busy.
\fICursorName\fR can be in any form accepted by \fBTk_GetCursor\fR. The
default cursor is \fBwait\fR on Windows and \fBwatch\fR on other platforms.
.RE
.TP
\fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR
.
Returns the status of a widget \fIwindow\fR. If \fIwindow\fR presently can not
receive user interactions, \fB1\fR is returned, otherwise \fB0\fR.
.SH "EVENT HANDLING"
.SS BINDINGS
.PP
The event blocking feature is implemented by creating and mapping a
transparent window that completely covers the widget. When the busy window is
mapped, it invisibly shields the widget and its hierarchy from all events that
may be sent. Like Tk widgets, busy windows have widget names in the Tk window
hierarchy. This means that you can use the \fBbind\fR command to handle
events in the busy window:
.PP
.CS
\fBtk busy\fR hold .frame.canvas
bind [\fBtk busy\fR busywindow .frame.canvas] <Enter> { ... }
.CE
.PP
or














.CS
set busyWin [\fBtk busy\fR hold .frame.canvas]
bind $busyWin <Enter> { ... }
.CE
.SS "ENTER/LEAVE EVENTS"
.PP
Mapping and unmapping busy windows generates Enter/Leave events for all
widgets they cover. Please note this if you are tracking Enter/Leave events in
widgets.
.SS "KEYBOARD EVENTS"

Changes to doc/chooseColor.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk_chooseColor n 4.2 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_chooseColor \- pops up a dialog box for the user to select a color.
.SH SYNOPSIS




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk_chooseColor n 4.2 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_chooseColor \- pops up a dialog box for the user to select a color.
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/console.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH console n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
console \- Control the console on systems without a real console
.SH SYNOPSIS




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH console n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
console \- Control the console on systems without a real console
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/cursors.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\" 
'\" Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
'\" 
.TH cursors n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
cursors \- mouse cursors available in Tk
.BE


|

|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
'\"
.TH cursors n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
cursors \- mouse cursors available in Tk
.BE

Changes to doc/destroy.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH destroy n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
destroy \- Destroy one or more windows
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH destroy n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
destroy \- Destroy one or more windows
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/dialog.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk_dialog n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_dialog \- Create modal dialog and wait for response
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk_dialog n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_dialog \- Create modal dialog and wait for response
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/entry.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH entry n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
entry \- Create and manipulate 'entry' one-line text entry widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH entry n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
entry \- Create and manipulate 'entry' one-line text entry widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/focus.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH focus n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
focus \- Manage the input focus
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH focus n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
focus \- Manage the input focus
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/focusNext.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk_focusNext n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_focusNext, tk_focusPrev, tk_focusFollowsMouse \- Utility procedures for managing the input focus.
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk_focusNext n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_focusNext, tk_focusPrev, tk_focusFollowsMouse \- Utility procedures for managing the input focus.
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/fontchooser.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2008 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH fontchooser n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
fontchooser \- control font selection dialog
.SH SYNOPSIS




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2008 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH fontchooser n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
fontchooser \- control font selection dialog
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/frame.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH frame n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
frame \- Create and manipulate 'frame' simple container widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH frame n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
frame \- Create and manipulate 'frame' simple container widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/grab.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH grab n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
grab \- Confine pointer and keyboard events to a window sub-tree
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH grab n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
grab \- Confine pointer and keyboard events to a window sub-tree
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/grid.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH grid n 8.5 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
grid \- Geometry manager that arranges widgets in a grid
.SH SYNOPSIS




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH grid n 8.5 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
grid \- Geometry manager that arranges widgets in a grid
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/image.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH image n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
image \- Create and manipulate images
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH image n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
image \- Create and manipulate images
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/label.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH label n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
label \- Create and manipulate 'label' non-interactive text or image widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH label n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
label \- Create and manipulate 'label' non-interactive text or image widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/lower.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH lower n 3.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
lower \- Change a window's position in the stacking order
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH lower n 3.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
lower \- Change a window's position in the stacking order
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/menu.n.

30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
of those menus are posted.
This is due to the limitations in the individual platforms' menu managers.
.OP \-selectcolor selectColor Background
For menu entries that are check buttons or radio buttons, this option
specifies the color to display in the indicator when the check button
or radio button is selected.
.OP \-tearoff tearOff TearOff
This option must have a proper boolean value, which specifies
whether or not the menu should include a tear-off entry at the
top.  If so, it will exist as entry 0 of the menu and the other
entries will number starting at 1.  The default
menu bindings arrange for the menu to be torn off when the tear-off
entry is invoked.
This option is ignored under Aqua/Mac OS X, where menus cannot
be torn off.
.OP \-tearoffcommand tearOffCommand TearOffCommand
If this option has a non-empty value, then it specifies a Tcl command
to invoke whenever the menu is torn off.  The actual command will
consist of the value of this option, followed by a space, followed
by the name of the menu window, followed by a space, followed by






|
|
|
|
|
|







30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
of those menus are posted.
This is due to the limitations in the individual platforms' menu managers.
.OP \-selectcolor selectColor Background
For menu entries that are check buttons or radio buttons, this option
specifies the color to display in the indicator when the check button
or radio button is selected.
.OP \-tearoff tearOff TearOff
This option must have a proper boolean value (default is false),
which specifies whether or not the menu should include a tear-off
entry at the top.  If so, it will exist as entry 0 of the menu and
the other entries will number starting at 1.  The default menu
bindings arrange for the menu to be torn off when the tear-off entry
is invoked.
This option is ignored under Aqua/Mac OS X, where menus cannot
be torn off.
.OP \-tearoffcommand tearOffCommand TearOffCommand
If this option has a non-empty value, then it specifies a Tcl command
to invoke whenever the menu is torn off.  The actual command will
consist of the value of this option, followed by a space, followed
by the name of the menu window, followed by a space, followed by

Changes to doc/menubar.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk_menuBar n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_menuBar, tk_bindForTraversal \- Obsolete support for menu bars
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk_menuBar n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_menuBar, tk_bindForTraversal \- Obsolete support for menu bars
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/menubutton.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH menubutton n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
menubutton \- Create and manipulate 'menubutton' pop-up menu indicator widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH menubutton n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
menubutton \- Create and manipulate 'menubutton' pop-up menu indicator widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/message.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH message n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
message \- Create and manipulate 'message' non-interactive text widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH message n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
message \- Create and manipulate 'message' non-interactive text widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/option.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH option n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
option \- Add/retrieve window options to/from the option database
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH option n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
option \- Add/retrieve window options to/from the option database
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/optionMenu.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk_optionMenu n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_optionMenu \- Create an option menubutton and its menu
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk_optionMenu n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_optionMenu \- Create an option menubutton and its menu
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/pack-old.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH pack-old n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
pack-old \- Obsolete syntax for packer geometry manager
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH pack-old n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
pack-old \- Obsolete syntax for packer geometry manager
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/pack.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH pack n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
pack \- Geometry manager that packs around edges of cavity
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH pack n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
pack \- Geometry manager that packs around edges of cavity
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/palette.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk_setPalette n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_setPalette, tk_bisque \- Modify the Tk color palette
.SH SYNOPSIS




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk_setPalette n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_setPalette, tk_bisque \- Modify the Tk color palette
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/photo.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48

49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60




61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

70
71
72



73
74
75
76
77
78
79
...
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236






237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252

253
254
255
256
257
258




259
260
261
262
263
264
265
...
268
269
270
271
272
273
274

275
276
277
278
279
280




281
282
283
284

285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297

298
299

300
301
302



303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310


311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
...
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328

329
330
331



332
333
334
335
336
337
338
...
367
368
369
370
371
372
373

374
375
376
377
378





379
380
381
382
383






384
385
386
387
388
389
390
...
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400

401
402
403
404
405
406



407
408
409
410
411
412
413
...
422
423
424
425
426
427
428





429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452


















453
454
455
456
457
458







459











460
461

462
463
464
465
466
467
468

469
470
471
472
473















































474
475
476
477
478
479
480
...
530
531
532
533
534
535
536

















537
538
539
540
541
542
543
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
'\" Author: Paul Mackerras ([email protected]),
'\"	    Department of Computer Science,
'\"	    Australian National University.
'\"
.TH photo n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
................................................................................
\fBimage create photo \fR?\fIname\fR? ?\fIoptions\fR?

\fIimageName \fBblank\fR
\fIimageName \fBcget \fIoption\fR
\fIimageName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBcopy \fIsourceImage\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBget \fIx y\fR
\fIimageName \fBput \fIdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBread \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBredither\fR
\fIimageName \fBtransparency \fIsubcommand \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBwrite \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A photo is an image whose pixels can display any color or be
transparent.  A photo image is stored internally in full color (32
bits per pixel), and is displayed using dithering if necessary.  Image
data for a photo image can be obtained from a file or a string, or it
can be supplied from
C code through a procedural interface.  At present, only
.VS 8.6
PNG,
.VE 8.6
GIF and PPM/PGM
formats are supported, but an interface exists to allow additional
image file formats to be added easily.  A photo image is transparent

in regions where no image data has been supplied
or where it has been set transparent by the \fBtransparency set\fR
subcommand.
.SH "CREATING PHOTOS"
.PP
Like all images, photos are created using the \fBimage create\fR
command.
Photos support the following \fIoptions\fR:
.TP
\fB\-data \fIstring\fR
.
Specifies the contents of the image as a string.  The string should




contain binary data or, for some formats, base64-encoded data (this is
currently guaranteed to be supported for PNG and GIF images). The
format of the
string must be one of those for which there is an image file format
handler that will accept string data.  If both the \fB\-data\fR
and \fB\-file\fR options are specified, the \fB\-file\fR option takes
precedence.
.TP
\fB\-format \fIformat-name\fR

.
Specifies the name of the file format for the data specified with the
\fB\-data\fR or \fB\-file\fR option.



.TP
\fB\-file \fIname\fR
.
\fIname\fR gives the name of a file that is to be read to supply data
for the photo image.  The file format must be one of those for which
there is an image file format handler that can read data.
.TP
................................................................................
is set, the old contents of the destination image are discarded and
the source image is used as-is.  The default compositing rule is
\fIoverlay\fR.
.RE
.TP
\fIimageName \fBdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Returns image data in the form of a string. The following options






may be specified:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-background\fI color\fR
.
If the color is specified, the data will not contain any transparency
information. In all transparent pixels the color will be replaced by
the specified color.
.TP
\fB\-format\fI format-name\fR
.
Specifies the name of the image file format handler to be used.
Specifically, this subcommand searches
for the first handler whose name matches an initial substring of
\fIformat-name\fR and which has the capability to write a string
containing this image data.

If this option is not given, this subcommand uses a format that
consists of a list (one element per row) of lists (one element per
pixel/column) of colors in
.QW \fB#\fIrrggbb\fR
format (where \fIrr\fR is a pair of hexadecimal digits for the red
channel, \fIgg\fR for green, and \fIbb\fR for blue).




.TP
\fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR
.
Specifies a rectangular region of \fIimageName\fR to be returned.
If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are specified, the region
extends from \fI(x1,y1)\fR to the bottom-right corner of
\fIimageName\fR.  If all four coordinates are given, they specify
................................................................................
whole image.
.TP
\fB\-grayscale\fR
.
If this options is specified, the data will not contain color
information. All pixel data will be transformed into grayscale.
.RE

.TP
\fIimageName \fBget\fR \fIx y\fR
.
Returns the color of the pixel at coordinates (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) in the
image as a list of three integers between 0 and 255, representing the
red, green and blue components respectively.




.TP
\fIimageName \fBput\fR \fIdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Sets pixels in \fI imageName\fR to the data specified in \fIdata\fR.

This command first searches the list of image file format handlers for
a handler that can interpret the data in \fIdata\fR, and then reads
the image encoded within into \fIimageName\fR (the destination image).
If \fIdata\fR does not match any known format, an attempt to interpret
it as a (top-to-bottom) list of scan-lines is made, with each
scan-line being a (left-to-right) list of pixel colors (see
\fBTk_GetColor\fR for a description of valid colors.)  Every scan-line
must be of the same length.  Note that when \fIdata\fR is a single
color name, you are instructing Tk to fill a rectangular region with
that color.  The following options may be specified:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-format \fIformat-name\fR

.
Specifies the format of the image data in \fIdata\fR.

Specifically, only image file format handlers whose names begin with
\fIformat-name\fR will be used while searching for an image data
format handler to read the data.



.TP
\fB\-to \fIx1 y1\fR ?\fIx2 y2\fR?
.
Specifies the coordinates of the top-left corner (\fIx1\fR,\fIy1\fR)
of the region of \fIimageName\fR into which the image data will be
copied.  The default position is (0,0).  If \fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR is given
and \fIdata\fR is not large enough to cover the rectangle specified by
this option, the image data extracted will be tiled so it covers the


entire destination rectangle.  Note that if \fIdata\fR specifies a
single color value, then a region extending to the bottom-right corner
represented by (\fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR) will be filled with that color.
.RE
.TP
\fIimageName \fBread\fR \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Reads image data from the file named \fIfilename\fR into the image.
................................................................................
This command first searches the list of
image file format handlers for a handler that can interpret the data
in \fIfilename\fR, and then reads the image in \fIfilename\fR into
\fIimageName\fR (the destination image).  The following options may be
specified:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-format \fIformat-name\fR
.
Specifies the format of the image data in \fIfilename\fR.

Specifically, only image file format handlers whose names begin with
\fIformat-name\fR will be used while searching for an image data
format handler to read the data.



.TP
\fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR
.
Specifies a rectangular sub-region of the image file data to be copied
to the destination image.  If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are
specified, the region extends from (\fIx1,y1\fR) to the bottom-right
corner of the image in the image file.  If all four coordinates are
................................................................................
displayed.
.TP
\fIimageName \fBtransparency \fIsubcommand \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.
Allows examination and manipulation of the transparency information in
the photo image.  Several subcommands are available:
.RS

.TP
\fIimageName \fBtransparency get \fIx y\fR
.
Returns a boolean indicating if the pixel at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) is
transparent.





.TP
\fIimageName \fBtransparency set \fIx y boolean\fR
.
Makes the pixel at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) transparent if \fIboolean\fR is
true, and makes that pixel opaque otherwise.






.RE
.TP
\fIimageName \fBwrite \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Writes image data from \fIimageName\fR to a file named \fIfilename\fR.
The following options may be specified:
.RS
................................................................................
.TP
\fB\-background\fI color\fR
.
If the color is specified, the data will not contain any transparency
information. In all transparent pixels the color will be replaced by
the specified color.
.TP
\fB\-format\fI format-name\fR
.
Specifies the name of the image file format handler to be used to

write the data to the file.  Specifically, this subcommand searches
for the first handler whose name matches an initial substring of
\fIformat-name\fR and which has the capability to write an image
file.  If this option is not given, the format is guessed from
the file extension. If that cannot be determined, this subcommand
uses the first handler that has the capability to write an image file.



.TP
\fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR
.
Specifies a rectangular region of \fIimageName\fR to be written to the
image file.  If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are specified, the region
extends from \fI(x1,y1)\fR to the bottom-right corner of
\fIimageName\fR.  If all four coordinates are given, they specify
................................................................................
.SH "IMAGE FORMATS"
.PP
The photo image code is structured to allow handlers for additional
image file formats to be added easily.  The photo image code maintains
a list of these handlers.  Handlers are added to the list by
registering them with a call to \fBTk_CreatePhotoImageFormat\fR.  The
standard Tk distribution comes with handlers for PPM/PGM, PNG and GIF





formats, which are automatically registered on initialization.
.PP
When reading an image file or processing
string data specified with the \fB\-data\fR configuration option, the
photo image code invokes each handler in turn until one is
found that claims to be able to read the data in the file or string.
Usually this will find the correct handler, but if it does not, the
user may give a format name with the \fB\-format\fR option to specify
which handler to use.  In fact the photo image code will try those
handlers whose names begin with the string specified for the
\fB\-format\fR option (the comparison is case-insensitive).  For
example, if the user specifies \fB\-format gif\fR, then a handler
named GIF87 or GIF89 may be invoked, but a handler
named JPEG may not (assuming that such handlers had been
registered).
.PP
When writing image data to a file, the processing of the
\fB\-format\fR option is slightly different: the string value given
for the \fB\-format\fR option must begin with the complete name of the
requested handler, and may contain additional information following
that, which the handler can use, for example, to specify which variant
to use of the formats supported by the handler.
Note that not all image handlers may support writing transparency data
to a file, even where the target image format does.


















.SS "FORMAT SUBOPTIONS"
.PP
.VS 8.6
Some image formats support sub-options, which are specified at the time that
the image is loaded using additional words in the \fB\-format\fR option. At
the time of writing, the following are supported:







.TP











\fBgif \-index\fI indexValue\fR
.

When parsing a multi-part GIF image, Tk normally only accesses the first
image. By giving the \fB\-index\fR sub-option, the \fIindexValue\fR'th value
may be used instead. The \fIindexValue\fR must be an integer from 0 up to the
number of image parts in the GIF data.
.TP
\fBpng \-alpha\fI alphaValue\fR
.

An additional alpha filtering for the overall image, which allows the
background on which the image is displayed to show through. This usually also
has the effect of desaturating the image. The \fIalphaValue\fR must be between
0.0 and 1.0.
.VE 8.6















































.SH "COLOR ALLOCATION"
.PP
When a photo image is displayed in a window, the photo image code
allocates colors to use to display the image and dithers the image, if
necessary, to display a reasonable approximation to the image using
the colors that are available.  The colors are allocated as a color
cube, that is, the number of colors allocated is the product of the
................................................................................
.CS
\fBimage create photo\fR icon \-file "icon.png"
\fBimage create photo\fR iconDisabled \-file "icon.png" \e
        \-format "png \-alpha 0.5"
button .b \-image icon \-disabledimage iconDisabled
.CE
.VE 8.6

















.SH "SEE ALSO"
image(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
photo, image, color
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:





|







 







|









|
|
|
|
|
|



<
|
|
>
|
|
|








|
>
>
>
>
|

<
|
|
|
|

<
>


|
>
>
>







 







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|








|

|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|

<
|
>
>
>
>







 







>

|



|
>
>
>
>




>
|


<
|
|
<
<
<
|


<
>

|
>



>
>
>








>
>
|







 







|

|
>



>
>
>







 







>

|

|
<
>
>
>
>
>

|

|
<
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|


>
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|










>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



<
<
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


>
|
|
|
|



>
|
|
|
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45

46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66

67
68
69
70
71

72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
...
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269

270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
...
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309

310
311



312
313
314

315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
...
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
...
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406

407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415

416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
...
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
...
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484

485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519



520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
...
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
'\" Author: Paul Mackerras ([email protected]),
'\"	    Department of Computer Science,
'\"	    Australian National University.
'\"
.TH photo n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
................................................................................
\fBimage create photo \fR?\fIname\fR? ?\fIoptions\fR?

\fIimageName \fBblank\fR
\fIimageName \fBcget \fIoption\fR
\fIimageName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBcopy \fIsourceImage\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBget \fIx y\fR ?\fIoption\fR?
\fIimageName \fBput \fIdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBread \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBredither\fR
\fIimageName \fBtransparency \fIsubcommand \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
\fIimageName \fBwrite \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A photo is an image whose pixels can display any color with a varying
degree of transparency (the alpha channel). A photo image is stored
internally in full color (32 bits per pixel), and is displayed using
dithering if necessary.  Image data for a photo image can be obtained
from a file or a string, or it can be supplied from C code through a
procedural interface.  At present, only
.VS 8.6
PNG,
.VE 8.6

GIF and PPM/PGM formats are supported, but an interface exists to
allow additional image file formats to be added easily.  A photo image
is (semi)transparent if the image data it was obtained from had
transparency informaton. In regions where no image data has been
supplied, it is fully transparent. Transparency may also be modified
with the \fBtransparency set\fR subcommand.
.SH "CREATING PHOTOS"
.PP
Like all images, photos are created using the \fBimage create\fR
command.
Photos support the following \fIoptions\fR:
.TP
\fB\-data \fIstring\fR
.
Specifies the contents of the image as a string.
.VS 8.7
The string should
contain data in the default list-of-lists form,
.VE 8.7
binary data or, for some formats, base64-encoded data (this is
currently guaranteed to be supported for PNG and GIF images). The

format of the string must be one of those for which there is an image
file format handler that will accept string data.  If both the
\fB\-data\fR and \fB\-file\fR options are specified, the \fB\-file\fR
option takes precedence.
.TP

\fB\-format\fR {\fIformat-name\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?}
.
Specifies the name of the file format for the data specified with the
\fB\-data\fR or \fB\-file\fR option and optional arguments passed to
the format handler. Note: the value of this option must be a Tcl list.
This means that the braces may be omitted if the argument has only one
word. Also, instead of braces, double quotes may be used for quoting.
.TP
\fB\-file \fIname\fR
.
\fIname\fR gives the name of a file that is to be read to supply data
for the photo image.  The file format must be one of those for which
there is an image file format handler that can read data.
.TP
................................................................................
is set, the old contents of the destination image are discarded and
the source image is used as-is.  The default compositing rule is
\fIoverlay\fR.
.RE
.TP
\fIimageName \fBdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Returns image data in the form of a string.
.VS 8.7
The format of the string depends on the format handler. By default, a
human readable format as a list of lists of pixel data is used, other
formats can be chosen with the \fB-format\fR option.
See \fBIMAGE FORMATS\fR below for details.
.VE 8.7
The following options may be specified:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-background\fI color\fR
.
If the color is specified, the data will not contain any transparency
information. In all transparent pixels the color will be replaced by
the specified color.
.TP
\fB\-format\fR {\fIformat-name\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?}
.
Specifies the name of the image file format handler to use and,
optionally, arguments to the format handler.  Specifically, this
subcommand searches for the first handler whose name matches an
initial substring of \fIformat-name\fR and which has the capability to
write a string containing this image data.
.VS 8.7
If this option is not given, this subcommand uses the default format
that consists of a list (one element per row) of lists (one element
per pixel/column) of colors in
.QW \fB#\fIrrggbb\fR

format (see \fBIMAGE FORMATS\fR below).
.VE 8.7
Note: the value of this option must be a Tcl list.
This means that the braces may be omitted if the argument has only one
word. Also, instead of braces, double quotes may be used for quoting.
.TP
\fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR
.
Specifies a rectangular region of \fIimageName\fR to be returned.
If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are specified, the region
extends from \fI(x1,y1)\fR to the bottom-right corner of
\fIimageName\fR.  If all four coordinates are given, they specify
................................................................................
whole image.
.TP
\fB\-grayscale\fR
.
If this options is specified, the data will not contain color
information. All pixel data will be transformed into grayscale.
.RE
.VS 8.7
.TP
\fIimageName \fBget\fR \fIx y\fR ?\fB-withalpha\fR?
.
Returns the color of the pixel at coordinates (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) in the
image as a list of three integers between 0 and 255, representing the
red, green and blue components respectively. If the \fB-withalpha\fR
option is specified, the returned list will have a fourth element
representing the alpha value of the pixel as an integer between 0 and
255.
.VE 8.7
.TP
\fIimageName \fBput\fR \fIdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Sets pixels in \fI imageName\fR to the data specified in \fIdata\fR.
.VS 8.7
This command searches the list of image file format handlers for
a handler that can interpret the data in \fIdata\fR, and then reads
the image encoded within into \fIimageName\fR (the destination image).

See \fBIMAGE FORMATS\fR below for details on formats for image data.
.VE 8.7



The following options may be specified:
.RS
.TP

\fB\-format\fR {\fIformat-name\fR ?\fIoption value ..\fR?}
.
Specifies the format of the image data in \fIdata\fR and, optionally,
arguments to be passed to the format handler.
Specifically, only image file format handlers whose names begin with
\fIformat-name\fR will be used while searching for an image data
format handler to read the data.
Note: the value of this option must be a Tcl list.
This means that the braces may be omitted if the argument has only one
word. Also, instead of braces, double quotes may be used for quoting.
.TP
\fB\-to \fIx1 y1\fR ?\fIx2 y2\fR?
.
Specifies the coordinates of the top-left corner (\fIx1\fR,\fIy1\fR)
of the region of \fIimageName\fR into which the image data will be
copied.  The default position is (0,0).  If \fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR is given
and \fIdata\fR is not large enough to cover the rectangle specified by
this option, the image data extracted will be tiled so it covers the
entire destination rectangle. If the region specified with this opion
is smaller than the supplied \fIdata\fR, the exceeding data is silently
discarded. Note that if \fIdata\fR specifies a
single color value, then a region extending to the bottom-right corner
represented by (\fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR) will be filled with that color.
.RE
.TP
\fIimageName \fBread\fR \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Reads image data from the file named \fIfilename\fR into the image.
................................................................................
This command first searches the list of
image file format handlers for a handler that can interpret the data
in \fIfilename\fR, and then reads the image in \fIfilename\fR into
\fIimageName\fR (the destination image).  The following options may be
specified:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-format {\fIformat-name\fR ?\fIoption value ..\fR?}
.
Specifies the format of the image data in \fIfilename\fR and,
optionally, additional options to the format handler.
Specifically, only image file format handlers whose names begin with
\fIformat-name\fR will be used while searching for an image data
format handler to read the data.
Note: the value of this option must be a Tcl list.
This means that the braces may be omitted if the argument has only one
word. Also, instead of braces, double quotes may be used for quoting.
.TP
\fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR
.
Specifies a rectangular sub-region of the image file data to be copied
to the destination image.  If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are
specified, the region extends from (\fIx1,y1\fR) to the bottom-right
corner of the image in the image file.  If all four coordinates are
................................................................................
displayed.
.TP
\fIimageName \fBtransparency \fIsubcommand \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.
Allows examination and manipulation of the transparency information in
the photo image.  Several subcommands are available:
.RS
.VS 8.7
.TP
\fIimageName \fBtransparency get \fIx y\fR ?\fB-alpha\fR?
.
Returns true if the pixel at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) is fully transparent,

false otherwise.  If the option \fB-alpha\fR is passed, returns the
alpha value of the pixel instead, as an integer in the range 0 to 255.
.VE 8.7

.VS 8.7
.TP
\fIimageName \fBtransparency set \fIx y\fR \fInewVal\fR ?\fB-alpha\fR?
.
Change the transparency of the pixel at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) to

\fInewVal.\fR If no additional option is passed, \fInewVal\fR is
interpreted as a boolean and the pixel is made fully transparent if
that value is true, fully opaque otherwise.  If the \fB-alpha\fR
option is passed, \fInewVal\fR is interpreted as an integral alpha
value for the pixel, which must be in the range 0 to 255.
.VE 8.7
.RE
.TP
\fIimageName \fBwrite \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR?
.
Writes image data from \fIimageName\fR to a file named \fIfilename\fR.
The following options may be specified:
.RS
................................................................................
.TP
\fB\-background\fI color\fR
.
If the color is specified, the data will not contain any transparency
information. In all transparent pixels the color will be replaced by
the specified color.
.TP
\fB\-format\fR {\fIformat-name\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?}
.
Specifies the name of the image file format handler to be used to
write the data to the file and, optionally, options to pass to the
format handler.  Specifically, this subcommand searches for the first
handler whose name matches an initial substring of \fIformat-name\fR
and which has the capability to write an image file.  If this option
is not given, the format is guessed from the file extension. If that
cannot be determined, this subcommand uses the first handler that has
the capability to write an image file.
Note: the value of this option must be a Tcl list.
This means that the braces may be omitted if the argument has only one
word. Also, instead of braces, double quotes may be used for quoting.
.TP
\fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR
.
Specifies a rectangular region of \fIimageName\fR to be written to the
image file.  If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are specified, the region
extends from \fI(x1,y1)\fR to the bottom-right corner of
\fIimageName\fR.  If all four coordinates are given, they specify
................................................................................
.SH "IMAGE FORMATS"
.PP
The photo image code is structured to allow handlers for additional
image file formats to be added easily.  The photo image code maintains
a list of these handlers.  Handlers are added to the list by
registering them with a call to \fBTk_CreatePhotoImageFormat\fR.  The
standard Tk distribution comes with handlers for PPM/PGM, PNG and GIF
formats,
.VS 8.7
as well as the \fBdefault\fR handler to encode/decode image
data in a human readable form.
.VE 8.7
These handlers are automatically registered on initialization.
.PP
When reading an image file or processing string data specified with
the \fB\-data\fR configuration option, the photo image code invokes
each handler in turn until one is found that claims to be able to read
the data in the file or string.  Usually this will find the correct
handler, but if it does not, the user may give a format name with the
\fB\-format\fR option to specify which handler to use.  In this case,
the photo image code will try those handlers whose names begin with

the string specified for the \fB\-format\fR option (the comparison is
case-insensitive).  For example, if the user specifies \fB\-format
gif\fR, then a handler named GIF87 or GIF89 may be invoked, but a
handler named JPEG may not (assuming that such handlers had been
registered).
.PP
When writing image data to a file, the processing of the
\fB\-format\fR option is slightly different: the string value given
for the \fB\-format\fR option must begin with the complete name of the
requested handler, and may contain additional information following
that, which the handler can use, for example, to specify which variant
to use of the formats supported by the handler.
Note that not all image handlers may support writing transparency data
to a file, even where the target image format does.
.VS 8.7
.SS "THE DEFAULT IMAGE HANDLER"
.PP
The \fBdefault\fR image handler cannot be used to read or write data
from/to a file. Its sole purpose is to encode and decode image data in
string form in a clear text, human readable, form. The \fIimageName\fR
\fBdata\fR subcommand uses this handler when no other format is
specified. When reading image data from a string with \fIimageName\fR
\fBput\fR or the \fB-data\fR option, the default handler is treated
as the other handlers.
.PP
Image data in the \fBdefault\fR string format is a (top-to-bottom)
list of scan-lines, with each scan-line being a (left-to-right) list
of pixel data. Every scan-line has the same length. The color
and, optionally, alpha value of each pixel is specified in any of
the forms described in the \fBCOLOR FORMATS\fR section below.
.VE 8.7

.SS "FORMAT SUBOPTIONS"
.PP
.VS 8.6



Image formats may support sub-options, wich ahre specified using
additional words in the value to the \fB\-format\fR option. These
suboptions can affect how image data is read or written to file or
string. The nature and values of these options is up to the format
handler.
The built-in handlers support these suboptions:
.VS 8.7
.TP
\fBdefault \-colorformat\fI formatType\fR
.
The option is allowed when writing image data to a string with
\fIimageName\fR \fBdata\fR. Specifies the format to use for the color
string of each pixel. \fIformatType\fR may be one of: \fBrgb\fR to
encode pixel data in the form \fB#\fIRRGGBB\fR, \fBrgba\fR to encode
pixel data in the form \fB#\fIRRGGBBAA\fR or \fBlist\fR to encode
pixel data as a list with four elements. See \fBCOLOR FORMATS\fR
below for details. The default is \fBrgb\fR.
.VE 8.7
.TP
\fBgif \-index\fI indexValue\fR
.
The option has effect when reading image data from a file. When
parsing a multi-part GIF image, Tk normally only accesses the first
image. By giving the \fB\-index\fR sub-option, the \fIindexValue\fR'th
value may be used instead. The \fIindexValue\fR must be an integer
from 0 up to the number of image parts in the GIF data.
.TP
\fBpng \-alpha\fI alphaValue\fR
.
The option has effect when reading image data from a file. Specifies
an additional alpha filtering for the overall image, which allows the
background on which the image is displayed to show through.  This
usually also has the effect of desaturating the image.  The
\fIalphaValue\fR must be between 0.0 and 1.0.
.VE 8.6
.VS 8.7
.SH "COLOR FORMATS"
.PP
The default image handler can represent/parse color and alpha values
of a pixel in one of the formats listed below. If a color format does
not contain transparency information, full opacity is assumed.  The
available color formats are:
.IP \(bu 3
The empty string - interpreted as full transparency, the color value
is undefined.
.IP \(bu 3
Any value accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR, optionally followed by an
alpha suffix. The alpha suffix may be one of:
.RS
.TP
\[email protected]\fR\fIA\fR
.
The alpha value \fIA\fR must be a fractional value in the range  0.0
(fully transparent) to 1.0 (fully opaque).
.TP
\fB#\fR\fIX\fR
.
The alpha value \fIX\fR is a hexadecimal digit that specifies an integer
alpha value in the range 0 (fully transparent) to 255 (fully opaque).
This is expanded in range from 4 bits wide to 8 bits wide by
multiplication by 0x11.
.TP
\fB#\fR\fIXX\fR
.
The alpha value \fIXX\fR is passed as two hexadecimal digits that
specify an integer alpha value in the range 0 (fully transparent) to 255
(fully opaque).
.RE
.IP \(bu 3
A Tcl list with three or four integers in the range 0 to 255,
specifying the values for the red, green, blue and (optionally)
alpha channels respectively.
.IP \(bu 3
\fB#\fR\fIRGBA\fR format: a \fB#\fR followed by four hexadecimal digits,
where each digit is the value for the red, green, blue and alpha
channels respectively. Each digit will be expanded internally to
8 bits by multiplication by 0x11.
.IP \(bu 3
\fB#\fR\fIRRGGBBAA\fR format: \fB#\fR followed by eight hexadecimal digits,
where each pair of  subsequent digits represents the value for the red,
green, blue and alpha channels respectively.
.VE 8.7
.SH "COLOR ALLOCATION"
.PP
When a photo image is displayed in a window, the photo image code
allocates colors to use to display the image and dithers the image, if
necessary, to display a reasonable approximation to the image using
the colors that are available.  The colors are allocated as a color
cube, that is, the number of colors allocated is the product of the
................................................................................
.CS
\fBimage create photo\fR icon \-file "icon.png"
\fBimage create photo\fR iconDisabled \-file "icon.png" \e
        \-format "png \-alpha 0.5"
button .b \-image icon \-disabledimage iconDisabled
.CE
.VE 8.6
.PP
.VS 8.7
Create a green box with a simple shadow effect
.PP
.CS
\fBimage create photo\fR foo

# Make a simple graduated fill varying in alpha for the shadow
for {set i 14} {$i > 0} {incr i -1} {
   set i2 [expr {$i + 30}]
   foo \fBput\fR [format black#%x [expr {15-$i}]] -to $i $i $i2 $i2
}

# Put a solid green rectangle on top
foo \fBput\fR #F080 -to 0 0 30 30
.VE 8.7
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
image(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
photo, image, color
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/place.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH place n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
place \- Geometry manager for fixed or rubber-sheet placement
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH place n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
place \- Geometry manager for fixed or rubber-sheet placement
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/popup.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk_popup n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_popup \- Post a popup menu
.SH SYNOPSIS




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk_popup n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_popup \- Post a popup menu
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/raise.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH raise n 3.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
raise \- Change a window's position in the stacking order
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH raise n 3.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
raise \- Change a window's position in the stacking order
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/scrollbar.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH scrollbar n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
scrollbar \- Create and manipulate 'scrollbar' scrolling control and indicator widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH scrollbar n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
scrollbar \- Create and manipulate 'scrollbar' scrolling control and indicator widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/send.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH send n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
send \- Execute a command in a different application
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH send n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
send \- Execute a command in a different application
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/spinbox.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57

58
59
60
61
62
63
64
..
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86

87
88
89
90
91
92
93
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Jeffrey Hobbs.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH spinbox n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
spinbox \- Create and manipulate 'spinbox' value spinner widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
when using the \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR range.
This must be a format specifier of the form \fB%<pad>.<pad>f\fR,
as it will format a floating-point number.
.OP \-from from From
A floating-point value corresponding to the lowest value for a spinbox, to
be used in conjunction with \fB\-to\fR and \fB\-increment\fR.  When all
are specified correctly, the spinbox will use these values to control its
contents.  This value must be less than the \fB\-to\fR option.

If \fB\-values\fR is specified, it supersedes this option.
.OP "\-invalidcommand or \-invcmd" invalidCommand InvalidCommand
Specifies a script to eval when \fB\-validatecommand\fR returns 0.  Setting
it to an empty string disables this feature (the default).  The best use of
this option is to set it to \fIbell\fR.  See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for
more information.
.OP \-increment increment Increment
................................................................................
displayed, the contents will not be selectable, and the spinbox may
be displayed in a different color, depending on the values of the
\fB\-disabledforeground\fR and \fB\-disabledbackground\fR options.
.OP \-to to To
A floating-point value corresponding to the highest value for the spinbox,
to be used in conjunction with \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-increment\fR.  When
all are specified correctly, the spinbox will use these values to control
its contents.  This value must be greater than the \fB\-from\fR option.

If \fB\-values\fR is specified, it supersedes this option.
.OP \-validate validate Validate
Specifies the mode in which validation should operate: \fBnone\fR,
\fBfocus\fR, \fBfocusin\fR, \fBfocusout\fR, \fBkey\fR, or \fBall\fR.
It defaults to \fBnone\fR.  When you want validation, you must explicitly
state which mode you wish to use.  See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more.
.OP "\-validatecommand or \-vcmd" validateCommand ValidateCommand





|







 







|
>







 







|
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
..
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Jeffrey Hobbs.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH spinbox n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
spinbox \- Create and manipulate 'spinbox' value spinner widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
when using the \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR range.
This must be a format specifier of the form \fB%<pad>.<pad>f\fR,
as it will format a floating-point number.
.OP \-from from From
A floating-point value corresponding to the lowest value for a spinbox, to
be used in conjunction with \fB\-to\fR and \fB\-increment\fR.  When all
are specified correctly, the spinbox will use these values to control its
contents. If this value is greater than the \fB\-to\fR option, then
\fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR values are automatically swapped.
If \fB\-values\fR is specified, it supersedes this option.
.OP "\-invalidcommand or \-invcmd" invalidCommand InvalidCommand
Specifies a script to eval when \fB\-validatecommand\fR returns 0.  Setting
it to an empty string disables this feature (the default).  The best use of
this option is to set it to \fIbell\fR.  See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for
more information.
.OP \-increment increment Increment
................................................................................
displayed, the contents will not be selectable, and the spinbox may
be displayed in a different color, depending on the values of the
\fB\-disabledforeground\fR and \fB\-disabledbackground\fR options.
.OP \-to to To
A floating-point value corresponding to the highest value for the spinbox,
to be used in conjunction with \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-increment\fR.  When
all are specified correctly, the spinbox will use these values to control
its contents. If this value is less than the \fB\-from\fR option, then
\fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR values are automatically swapped.
If \fB\-values\fR is specified, it supersedes this option.
.OP \-validate validate Validate
Specifies the mode in which validation should operate: \fBnone\fR,
\fBfocus\fR, \fBfocusin\fR, \fBfocusout\fR, \fBkey\fR, or \fBall\fR.
It defaults to \fBnone\fR.  When you want validation, you must explicitly
state which mode you wish to use.  See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more.
.OP "\-validatecommand or \-vcmd" validateCommand ValidateCommand

Changes to doc/text.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
....
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312

1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326

1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH text n 8.5 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
text, tk_textCopy, tk_textCut, tk_textPaste \- Create and manipulate 'text' hypertext editing widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
The insert, delete, edit undo and edit redo commands or the user can set or
clear the modified flag. If \fIboolean\fR is specified, sets the modified flag
of the widget to \fIboolean\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit redo\fR
.
When the \fB\-undo\fR option is true, reapplies the last undone edits provided
no other edits were done since then. Generates an error when the redo stack is

empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit reset\fR
.
Clears the undo and redo stacks.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit separator\fR
.
Inserts a separator (boundary) on the undo stack. Does nothing when the
\fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit undo\fR
.
Undoes the last edit action when the \fB\-undo\fR option is true. An edit

action is defined as all the insert and delete commands that are recorded on
the undo stack in between two separators. Generates an error when the undo
stack is empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBget\fR ?\fB\-displaychars\fR? ?\fB\-\-\fR? \fIindex1\fR ?\fIindex2 ...\fR?
.
Return a range of characters from the text. The return value will be all the
characters in the text starting with the one whose index is \fIindex1\fR and





|







 







|
>
|












|
>
|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
....
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH text n 8.5 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
text, tk_textCopy, tk_textCut, tk_textPaste \- Create and manipulate 'text' hypertext editing widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
The insert, delete, edit undo and edit redo commands or the user can set or
clear the modified flag. If \fIboolean\fR is specified, sets the modified flag
of the widget to \fIboolean\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit redo\fR
.
When the \fB\-undo\fR option is true, reapplies the last undone edits provided
no other edits were done since then, and returns a list of indices indicating
what ranges were changed by the redo operation. Generates an error when the
redo stack is empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit reset\fR
.
Clears the undo and redo stacks.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit separator\fR
.
Inserts a separator (boundary) on the undo stack. Does nothing when the
\fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit undo\fR
.
Undoes the last edit action when the \fB\-undo\fR option is true, and returns a
list of indices indicating what ranges were changed by the undo operation. An
edit action is defined as all the insert and delete commands that are recorded
on the undo stack in between two separators. Generates an error when the undo
stack is empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBget\fR ?\fB\-displaychars\fR? ?\fB\-\-\fR? \fIindex1\fR ?\fIindex2 ...\fR?
.
Return a range of characters from the text. The return value will be all the
characters in the text starting with the one whose index is \fIindex1\fR and

Changes to doc/tk.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk \- Manipulate Tk internal state
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk \- Manipulate Tk internal state
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/tk4.0.ps.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
..
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
...
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
...
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
...
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
...
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
...
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
...
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
...
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
...
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
...
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
% FrameMaker.
% NOTE
% This file fixes the problem with NeWS printers dithering color output.
% Any questions should be sent to [email protected]
%
% Known Problems:
%	Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' is omitted from line 1
/FMversion (3.0) def 
% Set up Color vs. Black-and-White

/FMPrintInColor { % once-thru loop gimmick
    % See if we're a NeWSprint printer
     /currentcanvas where {
        pop systemdict /separationdict known
	exit
................................................................................
%    } if
    systemdict /colorimage known
    systemdict /currentcolortransfer known and
exit } loop def

% Uncomment the following line to force b&w on color printer
%   /FMPrintInColor false def
/FrameDict 195 dict def 
systemdict /errordict known not {/errordict 10 dict def
		errordict /rangecheck {stop} put} if
% The readline in 23.0 doesn't recognize cr's as nl's on AppleTalk
FrameDict /tmprangecheck errordict /rangecheck get put 
errordict /rangecheck {FrameDict /bug true put} put 
FrameDict /bug false put 
mark 
% Some PS machines read past the CR, so keep the following 3 lines together!
currentfile 5 string readline
00
0000000000
cleartomark 
errordict /rangecheck FrameDict /tmprangecheck get put 
FrameDict /bug get { 
	/readline {
		/gstring exch def
		/gfile exch def
		/gindex 0 def
		{
			gfile read pop 
			dup 10 eq {exit} if 
			dup 13 eq {exit} if 
			gstring exch gindex exch put 
			/gindex gindex 1 add def 
		} loop
		pop 
		gstring 0 gindex getinterval true 
		} def
	} if
/FMVERSION {
	FMversion ne {
		/Times-Roman findfont 18 scalefont setfont
		100 100 moveto
		(FrameMaker version does not match postscript_prolog!)
		dup =
		show showpage
		} if
	} def 
/FMLOCAL {
	FrameDict begin
	0 def 
	end 
	} def 
	/gstring FMLOCAL
	/gfile FMLOCAL
	/gindex FMLOCAL
	/orgxfer FMLOCAL
	/orgproc FMLOCAL
	/organgle FMLOCAL
	/orgfreq FMLOCAL
	/yscale FMLOCAL
	/xscale FMLOCAL
	/manualfeed FMLOCAL
	/paperheight FMLOCAL
	/paperwidth FMLOCAL
/FMDOCUMENT { 
	array /FMfonts exch def 
	/#copies exch def
	FrameDict begin
	0 ne dup {setmanualfeed} if
	/manualfeed exch def
	/paperheight exch def
	/paperwidth exch def
	/yscale exch def
	/xscale exch def
	currenttransfer cvlit /orgxfer exch def
	currentscreen cvlit /orgproc exch def
	/organgle exch def /orgfreq exch def
	setpapername 
	manualfeed {true} {papersize} ifelse 
	{manualpapersize} {false} ifelse 
	{desperatepapersize} if
	end 
	} def 
	/pagesave FMLOCAL
	/orgmatrix FMLOCAL
	/landscape FMLOCAL
/FMBEGINPAGE { 
	FrameDict begin 
	/pagesave save def
	3.86 setmiterlimit
	/landscape exch 0 ne def
	landscape { 
		90 rotate 0 exch neg translate pop 
		}
		{pop pop}
		ifelse
	xscale yscale scale
	/orgmatrix matrix def
	gsave 
	} def 
/FMENDPAGE {
	grestore 
	pagesave restore
	end 
	showpage
	} def 
/FMFONTDEFINE { 
	FrameDict begin
	findfont 
	ReEncode 
	1 index exch 
	definefont 
	FMfonts 3 1 roll 
	put
	end 
	} def 
/FMFILLS {
	FrameDict begin
	array /fillvals exch def
	end 
	} def 
/FMFILL {
	FrameDict begin
	 fillvals 3 1 roll put
	end 
	} def 
/FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS { 
	newpath
	0.0 0.0 moveto
	1 setlinewidth
	0 setlinecap
	0 0 0 sethsbcolor
	0 setgray 
	} bind def
	/fx FMLOCAL
	/fy FMLOCAL
	/fh FMLOCAL
	/fw FMLOCAL
	/llx FMLOCAL
	/lly FMLOCAL
	/urx FMLOCAL
	/ury FMLOCAL
/FMBEGINEPSF { 
	end 
	/FMEPSF save def 
	/showpage {} def 
	FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS 
	[/fy /fx /fh /fw /ury /urx /lly /llx] {exch def} forall 
	fx fy translate 
	rotate
	fw urx llx sub div fh ury lly sub div scale 
	llx neg lly neg translate 
	} bind def
/FMENDEPSF {
	FMEPSF restore
	FrameDict begin 
	} bind def
FrameDict begin 
/setmanualfeed {
%%BeginFeature *ManualFeed True
	 statusdict /manualfeed true put
%%EndFeature
	} def
/max {2 copy lt {exch} if pop} bind def
/min {2 copy gt {exch} if pop} bind def
/inch {72 mul} def
/pagedimen { 
	paperheight sub abs 16 lt exch 
	paperwidth sub abs 16 lt and
	{/papername exch def} {pop} ifelse
	} def
	/papersizedict FMLOCAL
/setpapername { 
	/papersizedict 14 dict def 
	papersizedict begin
	/papername /unknown def 
		/Letter 8.5 inch 11.0 inch pagedimen
		/LetterSmall 7.68 inch 10.16 inch pagedimen
		/Tabloid 11.0 inch 17.0 inch pagedimen
		/Ledger 17.0 inch 11.0 inch pagedimen
		/Legal 8.5 inch 14.0 inch pagedimen
		/Statement 5.5 inch 8.5 inch pagedimen
		/Executive 7.5 inch 10.0 inch pagedimen
................................................................................
		/A4 {a4tray a4} def
		/A4Small {a4tray a4small} def
		/B4 {b4tray b4} def
		/B5 {b5tray b5} def
		/unknown {unknown} def
	papersizedict dup papername known {papername} {/unknown} ifelse get
	end
	/FMdicttop countdictstack 1 add def 
	statusdict begin stopped end 
	countdictstack -1 FMdicttop {pop end} for 
	} def
/manualpapersize {
	papersizedict begin
		/Letter {letter} def
		/LetterSmall {lettersmall} def
		/Tabloid {11x17} def
		/Ledger {ledger} def
................................................................................
		/A4 {a4} def
		/A4Small {a4small} def
		/B4 {b4} def
		/B5 {b5} def
		/unknown {unknown} def
	papersizedict dup papername known {papername} {/unknown} ifelse get
	end
	stopped 
	} def
/desperatepapersize {
	statusdict /setpageparams known
		{
		paperwidth paperheight 0 1 
		statusdict begin
		{setpageparams} stopped pop 
		end
		} if
	} def
/savematrix {
	orgmatrix currentmatrix pop
	} bind def
/restorematrix {
................................................................................
/fraction /currency /guilsinglleft /guilsinglright /fi /fl /daggerdbl
/periodcentered /quotesinglbase /quotedblbase /perthousand
/Acircumflex /Ecircumflex /Aacute /Edieresis /Egrave /Iacute
/Icircumflex /Idieresis /Igrave /Oacute /Ocircumflex /.notdef /Ograve
/Uacute /Ucircumflex /Ugrave /dotlessi /circumflex /tilde /macron
/breve /dotaccent /ring /cedilla /hungarumlaut /ogonek /caron
] def
/ReEncode { 
	dup 
	length 
	dict begin 
	{
	1 index /FID ne 
		{def} 
		{pop pop} ifelse 
	} forall 
	0 eq {/Encoding DiacriticEncoding def} if 
	currentdict 
	end 
	} bind def
/graymode true def
	/bwidth FMLOCAL
	/bpside FMLOCAL
	/bstring FMLOCAL
	/onbits FMLOCAL
	/offbits FMLOCAL
................................................................................
	/x FMLOCAL
	/y FMLOCAL
/setpattern {
	 /bwidth  exch def
	 /bpside  exch def
	 /bstring exch def
	 /onbits 0 def  /offbits 0 def
	 freq sangle landscape {90 add} if 
		{/y exch def
		 /x exch def
		 /xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
		 /yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
		 bstring yindex bwidth mul xindex 8 idiv add get
		 1 7 xindex 8 mod sub bitshift and 0 ne
		 {/onbits  onbits  1 add def 1}
................................................................................
		orgfreq organgle orgproc cvx setscreen
		} if
	} bind def
	/HUE FMLOCAL
	/SAT FMLOCAL
	/BRIGHT FMLOCAL
	/Colors FMLOCAL
FMPrintInColor 
	
	{
	/HUE 0 def
	/SAT 0 def
	/BRIGHT 0 def
	% array of arrays Hue and Sat values for the separations [HUE BRIGHT]
	/Colors   
	[[0    0  ]    % black
	 [0    0  ]    % white
	 [0.00 1.0]    % red
	 [0.37 1.0]    % green
	 [0.60 1.0]    % blue
	 [0.50 1.0]    % cyan
	 [0.83 1.0]    % magenta
	 [0.16 1.0]    % comment / yellow
	 ] def
      
	/BEGINBITMAPCOLOR { 
		BITMAPCOLOR} def
	/BEGINBITMAPCOLORc { 
		BITMAPCOLORc} def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLOR { 
		BITMAPTRUECOLOR } def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLORc { 
		BITMAPTRUECOLORc } def
	/K { 
		Colors exch get dup
		0 get /HUE exch store 
		1 get /BRIGHT exch store
		  HUE 0 eq BRIGHT 0 eq and
			{1.0 SAT sub setgray}
			{HUE SAT BRIGHT sethsbcolor} 
		  ifelse
		} def
	/FMsetgray { 
		/SAT exch 1.0 exch sub store 
		  HUE 0 eq BRIGHT 0 eq and
			{1.0 SAT sub setgray}
			{HUE SAT BRIGHT sethsbcolor} 
		  ifelse
		} bind def
	}
	
	{
	/BEGINBITMAPCOLOR { 
		BITMAPGRAY} def
	/BEGINBITMAPCOLORc { 
		BITMAPGRAYc} def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLOR { 
		BITMAPTRUEGRAY } def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLORc { 
		BITMAPTRUEGRAYc } def
	/FMsetgray {setgray} bind def
	/K { 
		pop
		} def
	}
ifelse
/normalize {
	transform round exch round exch itransform
	} bind def
/dnormalize {
	dtransform round exch round exch idtransform
	} bind def
/lnormalize { 
	0 dtransform exch cvi 2 idiv 2 mul 1 add exch idtransform pop
	} bind def
/H { 
	lnormalize setlinewidth
	} bind def
/Z {
	setlinecap
	} bind def
	/fillvals FMLOCAL
/X { 
	fillvals exch get
	dup type /stringtype eq
	{8 1 setpattern} 
	{grayness}
	ifelse
	} bind def
/V { 
	gsave eofill grestore
	} bind def
/N { 
	stroke
	} bind def
/M {newpath moveto} bind def
/E {lineto} bind def
/D {curveto} bind def
/O {closepath} bind def
	/n FMLOCAL
/L { 
 	/n exch def
	newpath
	normalize
	moveto 
	2 1 n {pop normalize lineto} for
	} bind def
/Y { 
	L 
	closepath
	} bind def
	/x1 FMLOCAL
	/x2 FMLOCAL
	/y1 FMLOCAL
	/y2 FMLOCAL
	/rad FMLOCAL
/R { 
	/y2 exch def
	/x2 exch def
	/y1 exch def
	/x1 exch def
	x1 y1
	x2 y1
	x2 y2
	x1 y2
	4 Y 
	} bind def
/RR { 
	/rad exch def
	normalize
	/y2 exch def
	/x2 exch def
	normalize
	/y1 exch def
	/x1 exch def
................................................................................
	x1 y2 x2 y2 rad arcto
	x2 y2 x2 y1 rad arcto
	x2 y1 x1 y1 rad arcto
	x1 y1 x1 y2 rad arcto
	closepath
	16 {pop} repeat
	} bind def
/C { 
	grestore
	gsave
	R 
	clip
	} bind def
	/FMpointsize FMLOCAL
/F { 
	FMfonts exch get
	FMpointsize scalefont
	setfont
	} bind def
/Q { 
	/FMpointsize exch def
	F 
	} bind def
/T { 
	moveto show
	} bind def
/RF { 
	rotate
	0 ne {-1 1 scale} if
	} bind def
/TF { 
	gsave
	moveto 
	RF
	show
	grestore
	} bind def
/P { 
	moveto
	0 32 3 2 roll widthshow
	} bind def
/PF { 
	gsave
	moveto 
	RF
	0 32 3 2 roll widthshow
	grestore
	} bind def
/S { 
	moveto
	0 exch ashow
	} bind def
/SF { 
	gsave
	moveto
	RF
	0 exch ashow
	grestore
	} bind def
/B { 
	moveto
	0 32 4 2 roll 0 exch awidthshow
	} bind def
/BF { 
	gsave
	moveto
	RF
	0 32 4 2 roll 0 exch awidthshow
	grestore
	} bind def
/G { 
	gsave
	newpath
	normalize translate 0.0 0.0 moveto 
	dnormalize scale 
	0.0 0.0 1.0 5 3 roll arc 
	closepath fill
	grestore
	} bind def
/A { 
	gsave
	savematrix
	newpath
	2 index 2 div add exch 3 index 2 div sub exch 
	normalize 2 index 2 div sub exch 3 index 2 div add exch 
	translate 
	scale 
	0.0 0.0 1.0 5 3 roll arc 
	restorematrix
	stroke
	grestore
	} bind def
	/x FMLOCAL
	/y FMLOCAL
	/w FMLOCAL
................................................................................
	/xx FMLOCAL
	/yy FMLOCAL
	/ww FMLOCAL
	/hh FMLOCAL
	/FMsaveobject FMLOCAL
	/FMoptop FMLOCAL
	/FMdicttop FMLOCAL
/BEGINPRINTCODE { 
	/FMdicttop countdictstack 1 add def 
	/FMoptop count 4 sub def 
	/FMsaveobject save def
	userdict begin 
	/showpage {} def 
	FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS 
	3 index neg 3 index neg translate
	} bind def
/ENDPRINTCODE {
	count -1 FMoptop {pop pop} for 
	countdictstack -1 FMdicttop {pop end} for 
	FMsaveobject restore 
	} bind def
/gn { 
	0 
	{	46 mul 
		cf read pop 
		32 sub 
		dup 46 lt {exit} if 
		46 sub add 
		} loop
	add 
	} bind def
	/str FMLOCAL
/cfs { 
	/str sl string def 
	0 1 sl 1 sub {str exch val put} for 
	str def 
	} bind def
/ic [ 
	0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0223
	0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0223
	0
	{0 hx} {1 hx} {2 hx} {3 hx} {4 hx} {5 hx} {6 hx} {7 hx} {8 hx} {9 hx}
	{10 hx} {11 hx} {12 hx} {13 hx} {14 hx} {15 hx} {16 hx} {17 hx} {18 hx}
	{19 hx} {gn hx} {0} {1} {2} {3} {4} {5} {6} {7} {8} {9} {10} {11} {12}
	{13} {14} {15} {16} {17} {18} {19} {gn} {0 wh} {1 wh} {2 wh} {3 wh}
................................................................................
	/val FMLOCAL
	/ws FMLOCAL
	/im FMLOCAL
	/bs FMLOCAL
	/cs FMLOCAL
	/len FMLOCAL
	/pos FMLOCAL
/ms { 
	/sl exch def 
	/val 255 def 
	/ws cfs 
	/im cfs 
	/val 0 def 
	/bs cfs 
	/cs cfs 
	} bind def
400 ms 
/ip { 
	is 
	0 
	cf cs readline pop 
	{	ic exch get exec 
		add 
		} forall 
	pop 
	
	} bind def
/wh { 
	/len exch def 
	/pos exch def 
	ws 0 len getinterval im pos len getinterval copy pop
	pos len 
	} bind def
/bl { 
	/len exch def 
	/pos exch def 
	bs 0 len getinterval im pos len getinterval copy pop
	pos len 
	} bind def
/s1 1 string def
/fl { 
	/len exch def 
	/pos exch def 
	/val cf s1 readhexstring pop 0 get def
	pos 1 pos len add 1 sub {im exch val put} for
	pos len 
	} bind def
/hx { 
	3 copy getinterval 
	cf exch readhexstring pop pop 
	} bind def
	/h FMLOCAL
	/w FMLOCAL
	/d FMLOCAL
	/lb FMLOCAL
	/bitmapsave FMLOCAL
	/is FMLOCAL
	/cf FMLOCAL
/wbytes { 
	dup 
	8 eq {pop} {1 eq {7 add 8 idiv} {3 add 4 idiv} ifelse} ifelse
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPBWc { 
	1 {} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPGRAYc { 
	8 {} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAP2BITc { 
	2 {} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/COMMONBITMAPc { 
	/r exch def
	/d exch def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/lb w d wbytes def 
	sl lb lt {lb ms} if 
	/bitmapsave save def 
	r                    
	/is im 0 lb getinterval def 
	ws 0 lb getinterval is copy pop 
	/cf currentfile def 
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
	{ip} image 
	bitmapsave restore 
	grestore
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPBW { 
	1 {} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPGRAY { 
	8 {} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAP2BIT { 
	2 {} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/COMMONBITMAP { 
	/r exch def
	/d exch def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/bitmapsave save def 
	r                    
	/is w d wbytes string def
	/cf currentfile def 
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
	{cf is readhexstring pop} image
	bitmapsave restore 
	grestore
	} bind def
	/proc1 FMLOCAL
	/proc2 FMLOCAL
	/newproc FMLOCAL
/Fmcc {
    /proc2 exch cvlit def
................................................................................
	setcolortransfer
	{pop 0} setundercolorremoval
	{} setblackgeneration
	} bind def
	/tran FMLOCAL
/fakecolorsetup {
	/tran 256 string def
	0 1 255 {/indx exch def 
		tran indx
		red indx get 77 mul
		green indx get 151 mul
		blue indx get 28 mul
		add add 256 idiv put} for
	currenttransfer
	{255 mul cvi tran exch get 255.0 div}
	exch Fmcc settransfer
} bind def
/BITMAPCOLOR { 
	/d 8 def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/bitmapsave save def 
	colorsetup
	/is w d wbytes string def
	/cf currentfile def 
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
	{cf is readhexstring pop} {is} {is} true 3 colorimage 
	bitmapsave restore 
	grestore
	} bind def
/BITMAPCOLORc { 
	/d 8 def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/lb w d wbytes def 
	sl lb lt {lb ms} if 
	/bitmapsave save def 
	colorsetup
	/is im 0 lb getinterval def 
	ws 0 lb getinterval is copy pop 
	/cf currentfile def 
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
	{ip} {is} {is} true 3 colorimage
	bitmapsave restore 
	grestore
	} bind def
/BITMAPTRUECOLORc { 
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def 
        
        /is w string def
        
        ws 0 w getinterval is copy pop 
        /cf currentfile def 
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
        {ip} {gip} {bip} true 3 colorimage
        bitmapsave restore 
        grestore
        } bind def
/BITMAPTRUECOLOR { 
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def 
        /is w string def
        /gis w string def
        /bis w string def
        /cf currentfile def 
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
        { cf is readhexstring pop } 
        { cf gis readhexstring pop } 
        { cf bis readhexstring pop } 
        true 3 colorimage 
        bitmapsave restore 
        grestore
        } bind def
/BITMAPTRUEGRAYc { 
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def 
        
        /is w string def
        
        ws 0 w getinterval is copy pop 
        /cf currentfile def 
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
        {ip gip bip w gray} image
        bitmapsave restore 
        grestore
        } bind def
/ww FMLOCAL
/r FMLOCAL
/g FMLOCAL
/b FMLOCAL
/i FMLOCAL
/gray { 
        /ww exch def
        /b exch def
        /g exch def
        /r exch def
        0 1 ww 1 sub { /i exch def r i get .299 mul g i get .587 mul
			b i get .114 mul add add r i 3 -1 roll floor cvi put } for
        r
        } bind def
/BITMAPTRUEGRAY { 
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def 
        /is w string def
        /gis w string def
        /bis w string def
        /cf currentfile def 
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] 
        { cf is readhexstring pop 
          cf gis readhexstring pop 
          cf bis readhexstring pop w gray}  image
        bitmapsave restore 
        grestore
        } bind def
/BITMAPGRAY { 
	8 {fakecolorsetup} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/BITMAPGRAYc { 
	8 {fakecolorsetup} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/ENDBITMAP {
	} bind def
end 
	/ALDsave FMLOCAL
	/ALDmatrix matrix def ALDmatrix currentmatrix pop
/StartALD {
	/ALDsave save def
	 savematrix
	 ALDmatrix setmatrix
	} bind def






|







 







|



|
|
|
|




|
|
|





|
|
|
|
|

|
|










|


|
|
|












|
|











|
|
|

|
|



|
|



|
|





|
|

|

|

|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|



|
|



|
|
|





|









|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|



|

|








|
|




|
|

|







 







|
|
|







 







|




|

|







 







|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|







 







|







 







|
|





|









|
|

|

|

|

|

|



|


|
|


|



|

|

|

|

|


|










|


|






|


|



|


|







|



|


|
|







|








|

|







 







|


|



|




|

|

|


|



|

|




|



|

|




|



|






|



|






|


|
|
|



|



|
|
|
|
|







 







|
|
|

|
|
|



|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|


|
|
|
|

|







 







|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|

|

|
|
|

|


|
|
|


|

|
|
|








|
|


|


|


|


|




|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|


|


|


|


|




|
|

|
|

|







 







|









|



|


|
|
|
|


|



|
|
|

|
|
|
|

|


|


|
|

|
|
|
|

|


|


|



|
|
|
|
|
|
|


|


|
|

|
|
|
|

|







|








|


|



|
|
|
|

|


|


|




|







12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
..
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
...
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
...
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
...
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
...
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
...
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
...
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
...
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
...
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
...
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
% FrameMaker.
% NOTE
% This file fixes the problem with NeWS printers dithering color output.
% Any questions should be sent to [email protected]
%
% Known Problems:
%	Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' is omitted from line 1
/FMversion (3.0) def
% Set up Color vs. Black-and-White

/FMPrintInColor { % once-thru loop gimmick
    % See if we're a NeWSprint printer
     /currentcanvas where {
        pop systemdict /separationdict known
	exit
................................................................................
%    } if
    systemdict /colorimage known
    systemdict /currentcolortransfer known and
exit } loop def

% Uncomment the following line to force b&w on color printer
%   /FMPrintInColor false def
/FrameDict 195 dict def
systemdict /errordict known not {/errordict 10 dict def
		errordict /rangecheck {stop} put} if
% The readline in 23.0 doesn't recognize cr's as nl's on AppleTalk
FrameDict /tmprangecheck errordict /rangecheck get put
errordict /rangecheck {FrameDict /bug true put} put
FrameDict /bug false put
mark
% Some PS machines read past the CR, so keep the following 3 lines together!
currentfile 5 string readline
00
0000000000
cleartomark
errordict /rangecheck FrameDict /tmprangecheck get put
FrameDict /bug get {
	/readline {
		/gstring exch def
		/gfile exch def
		/gindex 0 def
		{
			gfile read pop
			dup 10 eq {exit} if
			dup 13 eq {exit} if
			gstring exch gindex exch put
			/gindex gindex 1 add def
		} loop
		pop
		gstring 0 gindex getinterval true
		} def
	} if
/FMVERSION {
	FMversion ne {
		/Times-Roman findfont 18 scalefont setfont
		100 100 moveto
		(FrameMaker version does not match postscript_prolog!)
		dup =
		show showpage
		} if
	} def
/FMLOCAL {
	FrameDict begin
	0 def
	end
	} def
	/gstring FMLOCAL
	/gfile FMLOCAL
	/gindex FMLOCAL
	/orgxfer FMLOCAL
	/orgproc FMLOCAL
	/organgle FMLOCAL
	/orgfreq FMLOCAL
	/yscale FMLOCAL
	/xscale FMLOCAL
	/manualfeed FMLOCAL
	/paperheight FMLOCAL
	/paperwidth FMLOCAL
/FMDOCUMENT {
	array /FMfonts exch def
	/#copies exch def
	FrameDict begin
	0 ne dup {setmanualfeed} if
	/manualfeed exch def
	/paperheight exch def
	/paperwidth exch def
	/yscale exch def
	/xscale exch def
	currenttransfer cvlit /orgxfer exch def
	currentscreen cvlit /orgproc exch def
	/organgle exch def /orgfreq exch def
	setpapername
	manualfeed {true} {papersize} ifelse
	{manualpapersize} {false} ifelse
	{desperatepapersize} if
	end
	} def
	/pagesave FMLOCAL
	/orgmatrix FMLOCAL
	/landscape FMLOCAL
/FMBEGINPAGE {
	FrameDict begin
	/pagesave save def
	3.86 setmiterlimit
	/landscape exch 0 ne def
	landscape {
		90 rotate 0 exch neg translate pop
		}
		{pop pop}
		ifelse
	xscale yscale scale
	/orgmatrix matrix def
	gsave
	} def
/FMENDPAGE {
	grestore
	pagesave restore
	end
	showpage
	} def
/FMFONTDEFINE {
	FrameDict begin
	findfont
	ReEncode
	1 index exch
	definefont
	FMfonts 3 1 roll
	put
	end
	} def
/FMFILLS {
	FrameDict begin
	array /fillvals exch def
	end
	} def
/FMFILL {
	FrameDict begin
	 fillvals 3 1 roll put
	end
	} def
/FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS {
	newpath
	0.0 0.0 moveto
	1 setlinewidth
	0 setlinecap
	0 0 0 sethsbcolor
	0 setgray
	} bind def
	/fx FMLOCAL
	/fy FMLOCAL
	/fh FMLOCAL
	/fw FMLOCAL
	/llx FMLOCAL
	/lly FMLOCAL
	/urx FMLOCAL
	/ury FMLOCAL
/FMBEGINEPSF {
	end
	/FMEPSF save def
	/showpage {} def
	FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS
	[/fy /fx /fh /fw /ury /urx /lly /llx] {exch def} forall
	fx fy translate
	rotate
	fw urx llx sub div fh ury lly sub div scale
	llx neg lly neg translate
	} bind def
/FMENDEPSF {
	FMEPSF restore
	FrameDict begin
	} bind def
FrameDict begin
/setmanualfeed {
%%BeginFeature *ManualFeed True
	 statusdict /manualfeed true put
%%EndFeature
	} def
/max {2 copy lt {exch} if pop} bind def
/min {2 copy gt {exch} if pop} bind def
/inch {72 mul} def
/pagedimen {
	paperheight sub abs 16 lt exch
	paperwidth sub abs 16 lt and
	{/papername exch def} {pop} ifelse
	} def
	/papersizedict FMLOCAL
/setpapername {
	/papersizedict 14 dict def
	papersizedict begin
	/papername /unknown def
		/Letter 8.5 inch 11.0 inch pagedimen
		/LetterSmall 7.68 inch 10.16 inch pagedimen
		/Tabloid 11.0 inch 17.0 inch pagedimen
		/Ledger 17.0 inch 11.0 inch pagedimen
		/Legal 8.5 inch 14.0 inch pagedimen
		/Statement 5.5 inch 8.5 inch pagedimen
		/Executive 7.5 inch 10.0 inch pagedimen
................................................................................
		/A4 {a4tray a4} def
		/A4Small {a4tray a4small} def
		/B4 {b4tray b4} def
		/B5 {b5tray b5} def
		/unknown {unknown} def
	papersizedict dup papername known {papername} {/unknown} ifelse get
	end
	/FMdicttop countdictstack 1 add def
	statusdict begin stopped end
	countdictstack -1 FMdicttop {pop end} for
	} def
/manualpapersize {
	papersizedict begin
		/Letter {letter} def
		/LetterSmall {lettersmall} def
		/Tabloid {11x17} def
		/Ledger {ledger} def
................................................................................
		/A4 {a4} def
		/A4Small {a4small} def
		/B4 {b4} def
		/B5 {b5} def
		/unknown {unknown} def
	papersizedict dup papername known {papername} {/unknown} ifelse get
	end
	stopped
	} def
/desperatepapersize {
	statusdict /setpageparams known
		{
		paperwidth paperheight 0 1
		statusdict begin
		{setpageparams} stopped pop
		end
		} if
	} def
/savematrix {
	orgmatrix currentmatrix pop
	} bind def
/restorematrix {
................................................................................
/fraction /currency /guilsinglleft /guilsinglright /fi /fl /daggerdbl
/periodcentered /quotesinglbase /quotedblbase /perthousand
/Acircumflex /Ecircumflex /Aacute /Edieresis /Egrave /Iacute
/Icircumflex /Idieresis /Igrave /Oacute /Ocircumflex /.notdef /Ograve
/Uacute /Ucircumflex /Ugrave /dotlessi /circumflex /tilde /macron
/breve /dotaccent /ring /cedilla /hungarumlaut /ogonek /caron
] def
/ReEncode {
	dup
	length
	dict begin
	{
	1 index /FID ne
		{def}
		{pop pop} ifelse
	} forall
	0 eq {/Encoding DiacriticEncoding def} if
	currentdict
	end
	} bind def
/graymode true def
	/bwidth FMLOCAL
	/bpside FMLOCAL
	/bstring FMLOCAL
	/onbits FMLOCAL
	/offbits FMLOCAL
................................................................................
	/x FMLOCAL
	/y FMLOCAL
/setpattern {
	 /bwidth  exch def
	 /bpside  exch def
	 /bstring exch def
	 /onbits 0 def  /offbits 0 def
	 freq sangle landscape {90 add} if
		{/y exch def
		 /x exch def
		 /xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
		 /yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
		 bstring yindex bwidth mul xindex 8 idiv add get
		 1 7 xindex 8 mod sub bitshift and 0 ne
		 {/onbits  onbits  1 add def 1}
................................................................................
		orgfreq organgle orgproc cvx setscreen
		} if
	} bind def
	/HUE FMLOCAL
	/SAT FMLOCAL
	/BRIGHT FMLOCAL
	/Colors FMLOCAL
FMPrintInColor

	{
	/HUE 0 def
	/SAT 0 def
	/BRIGHT 0 def
	% array of arrays Hue and Sat values for the separations [HUE BRIGHT]
	/Colors
	[[0    0  ]    % black
	 [0    0  ]    % white
	 [0.00 1.0]    % red
	 [0.37 1.0]    % green
	 [0.60 1.0]    % blue
	 [0.50 1.0]    % cyan
	 [0.83 1.0]    % magenta
	 [0.16 1.0]    % comment / yellow
	 ] def

	/BEGINBITMAPCOLOR {
		BITMAPCOLOR} def
	/BEGINBITMAPCOLORc {
		BITMAPCOLORc} def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLOR {
		BITMAPTRUECOLOR } def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLORc {
		BITMAPTRUECOLORc } def
	/K {
		Colors exch get dup
		0 get /HUE exch store
		1 get /BRIGHT exch store
		  HUE 0 eq BRIGHT 0 eq and
			{1.0 SAT sub setgray}
			{HUE SAT BRIGHT sethsbcolor}
		  ifelse
		} def
	/FMsetgray {
		/SAT exch 1.0 exch sub store
		  HUE 0 eq BRIGHT 0 eq and
			{1.0 SAT sub setgray}
			{HUE SAT BRIGHT sethsbcolor}
		  ifelse
		} bind def
	}

	{
	/BEGINBITMAPCOLOR {
		BITMAPGRAY} def
	/BEGINBITMAPCOLORc {
		BITMAPGRAYc} def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLOR {
		BITMAPTRUEGRAY } def
	/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLORc {
		BITMAPTRUEGRAYc } def
	/FMsetgray {setgray} bind def
	/K {
		pop
		} def
	}
ifelse
/normalize {
	transform round exch round exch itransform
	} bind def
/dnormalize {
	dtransform round exch round exch idtransform
	} bind def
/lnormalize {
	0 dtransform exch cvi 2 idiv 2 mul 1 add exch idtransform pop
	} bind def
/H {
	lnormalize setlinewidth
	} bind def
/Z {
	setlinecap
	} bind def
	/fillvals FMLOCAL
/X {
	fillvals exch get
	dup type /stringtype eq
	{8 1 setpattern}
	{grayness}
	ifelse
	} bind def
/V {
	gsave eofill grestore
	} bind def
/N {
	stroke
	} bind def
/M {newpath moveto} bind def
/E {lineto} bind def
/D {curveto} bind def
/O {closepath} bind def
	/n FMLOCAL
/L {
 	/n exch def
	newpath
	normalize
	moveto
	2 1 n {pop normalize lineto} for
	} bind def
/Y {
	L
	closepath
	} bind def
	/x1 FMLOCAL
	/x2 FMLOCAL
	/y1 FMLOCAL
	/y2 FMLOCAL
	/rad FMLOCAL
/R {
	/y2 exch def
	/x2 exch def
	/y1 exch def
	/x1 exch def
	x1 y1
	x2 y1
	x2 y2
	x1 y2
	4 Y
	} bind def
/RR {
	/rad exch def
	normalize
	/y2 exch def
	/x2 exch def
	normalize
	/y1 exch def
	/x1 exch def
................................................................................
	x1 y2 x2 y2 rad arcto
	x2 y2 x2 y1 rad arcto
	x2 y1 x1 y1 rad arcto
	x1 y1 x1 y2 rad arcto
	closepath
	16 {pop} repeat
	} bind def
/C {
	grestore
	gsave
	R
	clip
	} bind def
	/FMpointsize FMLOCAL
/F {
	FMfonts exch get
	FMpointsize scalefont
	setfont
	} bind def
/Q {
	/FMpointsize exch def
	F
	} bind def
/T {
	moveto show
	} bind def
/RF {
	rotate
	0 ne {-1 1 scale} if
	} bind def
/TF {
	gsave
	moveto
	RF
	show
	grestore
	} bind def
/P {
	moveto
	0 32 3 2 roll widthshow
	} bind def
/PF {
	gsave
	moveto
	RF
	0 32 3 2 roll widthshow
	grestore
	} bind def
/S {
	moveto
	0 exch ashow
	} bind def
/SF {
	gsave
	moveto
	RF
	0 exch ashow
	grestore
	} bind def
/B {
	moveto
	0 32 4 2 roll 0 exch awidthshow
	} bind def
/BF {
	gsave
	moveto
	RF
	0 32 4 2 roll 0 exch awidthshow
	grestore
	} bind def
/G {
	gsave
	newpath
	normalize translate 0.0 0.0 moveto
	dnormalize scale
	0.0 0.0 1.0 5 3 roll arc
	closepath fill
	grestore
	} bind def
/A {
	gsave
	savematrix
	newpath
	2 index 2 div add exch 3 index 2 div sub exch
	normalize 2 index 2 div sub exch 3 index 2 div add exch
	translate
	scale
	0.0 0.0 1.0 5 3 roll arc
	restorematrix
	stroke
	grestore
	} bind def
	/x FMLOCAL
	/y FMLOCAL
	/w FMLOCAL
................................................................................
	/xx FMLOCAL
	/yy FMLOCAL
	/ww FMLOCAL
	/hh FMLOCAL
	/FMsaveobject FMLOCAL
	/FMoptop FMLOCAL
	/FMdicttop FMLOCAL
/BEGINPRINTCODE {
	/FMdicttop countdictstack 1 add def
	/FMoptop count 4 sub def
	/FMsaveobject save def
	userdict begin
	/showpage {} def
	FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS
	3 index neg 3 index neg translate
	} bind def
/ENDPRINTCODE {
	count -1 FMoptop {pop pop} for
	countdictstack -1 FMdicttop {pop end} for
	FMsaveobject restore
	} bind def
/gn {
	0
	{	46 mul
		cf read pop
		32 sub
		dup 46 lt {exit} if
		46 sub add
		} loop
	add
	} bind def
	/str FMLOCAL
/cfs {
	/str sl string def
	0 1 sl 1 sub {str exch val put} for
	str def
	} bind def
/ic [
	0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0223
	0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0223
	0
	{0 hx} {1 hx} {2 hx} {3 hx} {4 hx} {5 hx} {6 hx} {7 hx} {8 hx} {9 hx}
	{10 hx} {11 hx} {12 hx} {13 hx} {14 hx} {15 hx} {16 hx} {17 hx} {18 hx}
	{19 hx} {gn hx} {0} {1} {2} {3} {4} {5} {6} {7} {8} {9} {10} {11} {12}
	{13} {14} {15} {16} {17} {18} {19} {gn} {0 wh} {1 wh} {2 wh} {3 wh}
................................................................................
	/val FMLOCAL
	/ws FMLOCAL
	/im FMLOCAL
	/bs FMLOCAL
	/cs FMLOCAL
	/len FMLOCAL
	/pos FMLOCAL
/ms {
	/sl exch def
	/val 255 def
	/ws cfs
	/im cfs
	/val 0 def
	/bs cfs
	/cs cfs
	} bind def
400 ms
/ip {
	is
	0
	cf cs readline pop
	{	ic exch get exec
		add
		} forall
	pop

	} bind def
/wh {
	/len exch def
	/pos exch def
	ws 0 len getinterval im pos len getinterval copy pop
	pos len
	} bind def
/bl {
	/len exch def
	/pos exch def
	bs 0 len getinterval im pos len getinterval copy pop
	pos len
	} bind def
/s1 1 string def
/fl {
	/len exch def
	/pos exch def
	/val cf s1 readhexstring pop 0 get def
	pos 1 pos len add 1 sub {im exch val put} for
	pos len
	} bind def
/hx {
	3 copy getinterval
	cf exch readhexstring pop pop
	} bind def
	/h FMLOCAL
	/w FMLOCAL
	/d FMLOCAL
	/lb FMLOCAL
	/bitmapsave FMLOCAL
	/is FMLOCAL
	/cf FMLOCAL
/wbytes {
	dup
	8 eq {pop} {1 eq {7 add 8 idiv} {3 add 4 idiv} ifelse} ifelse
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPBWc {
	1 {} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPGRAYc {
	8 {} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAP2BITc {
	2 {} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/COMMONBITMAPc {
	/r exch def
	/d exch def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/lb w d wbytes def
	sl lb lt {lb ms} if
	/bitmapsave save def
	r
	/is im 0 lb getinterval def
	ws 0 lb getinterval is copy pop
	/cf currentfile def
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
	{ip} image
	bitmapsave restore
	grestore
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPBW {
	1 {} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPGRAY {
	8 {} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/BEGINBITMAP2BIT {
	2 {} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/COMMONBITMAP {
	/r exch def
	/d exch def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/bitmapsave save def
	r
	/is w d wbytes string def
	/cf currentfile def
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
	{cf is readhexstring pop} image
	bitmapsave restore
	grestore
	} bind def
	/proc1 FMLOCAL
	/proc2 FMLOCAL
	/newproc FMLOCAL
/Fmcc {
    /proc2 exch cvlit def
................................................................................
	setcolortransfer
	{pop 0} setundercolorremoval
	{} setblackgeneration
	} bind def
	/tran FMLOCAL
/fakecolorsetup {
	/tran 256 string def
	0 1 255 {/indx exch def
		tran indx
		red indx get 77 mul
		green indx get 151 mul
		blue indx get 28 mul
		add add 256 idiv put} for
	currenttransfer
	{255 mul cvi tran exch get 255.0 div}
	exch Fmcc settransfer
} bind def
/BITMAPCOLOR {
	/d 8 def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/bitmapsave save def
	colorsetup
	/is w d wbytes string def
	/cf currentfile def
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
	{cf is readhexstring pop} {is} {is} true 3 colorimage
	bitmapsave restore
	grestore
	} bind def
/BITMAPCOLORc {
	/d 8 def
	gsave
	translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
	/lb w d wbytes def
	sl lb lt {lb ms} if
	/bitmapsave save def
	colorsetup
	/is im 0 lb getinterval def
	ws 0 lb getinterval is copy pop
	/cf currentfile def
	w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
	{ip} {is} {is} true 3 colorimage
	bitmapsave restore
	grestore
	} bind def
/BITMAPTRUECOLORc {
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def

        /is w string def

        ws 0 w getinterval is copy pop
        /cf currentfile def
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
        {ip} {gip} {bip} true 3 colorimage
        bitmapsave restore
        grestore
        } bind def
/BITMAPTRUECOLOR {
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def
        /is w string def
        /gis w string def
        /bis w string def
        /cf currentfile def
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
        { cf is readhexstring pop }
        { cf gis readhexstring pop }
        { cf bis readhexstring pop }
        true 3 colorimage
        bitmapsave restore
        grestore
        } bind def
/BITMAPTRUEGRAYc {
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def

        /is w string def

        ws 0 w getinterval is copy pop
        /cf currentfile def
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
        {ip gip bip w gray} image
        bitmapsave restore
        grestore
        } bind def
/ww FMLOCAL
/r FMLOCAL
/g FMLOCAL
/b FMLOCAL
/i FMLOCAL
/gray {
        /ww exch def
        /b exch def
        /g exch def
        /r exch def
        0 1 ww 1 sub { /i exch def r i get .299 mul g i get .587 mul
			b i get .114 mul add add r i 3 -1 roll floor cvi put } for
        r
        } bind def
/BITMAPTRUEGRAY {
        gsave
        translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
        /bitmapsave save def
        /is w string def
        /gis w string def
        /bis w string def
        /cf currentfile def
        w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
        { cf is readhexstring pop
          cf gis readhexstring pop
          cf bis readhexstring pop w gray}  image
        bitmapsave restore
        grestore
        } bind def
/BITMAPGRAY {
	8 {fakecolorsetup} COMMONBITMAP
	} bind def
/BITMAPGRAYc {
	8 {fakecolorsetup} COMMONBITMAPc
	} bind def
/ENDBITMAP {
	} bind def
end
	/ALDsave FMLOCAL
	/ALDmatrix matrix def ALDmatrix currentmatrix pop
/StartALD {
	/ALDsave save def
	 savematrix
	 ALDmatrix setmatrix
	} bind def

Changes to doc/tk_mac.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2011 Kevin Walzer.
'\" Copyright (c) 2011 Donal K. Fellows.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tk::mac n 8.6 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk::mac \- Access Mac-Specific Functionality on OS X from Tk
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2011 Kevin Walzer.
'\" Copyright (c) 2011 Donal K. Fellows.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk::mac n 8.6 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk::mac \- Access Mac-Specific Functionality on OS X from Tk
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/tkvars.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tkvars n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
geometry, tk_library, tk_patchLevel, tk_strictMotif, tk_version \- Variables used or set by Tk
.BE





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tkvars n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
geometry, tk_library, tk_patchLevel, tk_strictMotif, tk_version \- Variables used or set by Tk
.BE

Changes to doc/tkwait.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tkwait n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tkwait \- Wait for variable to change or window to be destroyed
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tkwait n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tkwait \- Wait for variable to change or window to be destroyed
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/toplevel.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH toplevel n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
toplevel \- Create and manipulate 'toplevel' main and popup window widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH toplevel n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
toplevel \- Create and manipulate 'toplevel' main and popup window widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/ttk_Theme.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Ttk_CreateTheme 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Ttk_CreateTheme, Ttk_GetTheme, Ttk_GetDefaultTheme, Ttk_GetCurrentTheme \- create and use Tk themes.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Ttk_CreateTheme 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Ttk_CreateTheme, Ttk_GetTheme, Ttk_GetDefaultTheme, Ttk_GetCurrentTheme \- create and use Tk themes.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/ttk_button.n.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
\fBttk::button\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
A \fBttk::button\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image,
and evaluates a command when pressed.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-compound	\-cursor
\-image	\-state	\-style
\-takefocus	\-text	\-textvariable
\-underline	\-width
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-command command Command
A script to evaluate when the widget is invoked.
.OP \-default default Default






|







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
\fBttk::button\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
A \fBttk::button\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image,
and evaluates a command when pressed.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-compound	\-cursor
\-image	\-justify	\-state	\-style
\-takefocus	\-text	\-textvariable
\-underline	\-width
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-command command Command
A script to evaluate when the widget is invoked.
.OP \-default default Default

Changes to doc/ttk_entry.n.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26


27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
An \fBttk::entry\fR widget displays a one-line text string and
allows that string to be edited by the user.
The value of the string may be linked to a Tcl variable
with the \fB\-textvariable\fR option.
Entry widgets support horizontal scrolling with the
standard \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR option and \fBxview\fR widget command.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-style


\-takefocus	\-xscrollcommand
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-exportselection exportSelection ExportSelection
A boolean value specifying whether or not
a selection in the widget should be linked to the X selection.
If the selection is exported, then selecting in the widget deselects
the current X selection, selecting outside the widget deselects any
widget selection, and the widget will respond to selection retrieval
requests when it has a selection.
.\" MAYBE: .OP \-font font Font
.\" MAYBE: .OP \-foreground foreground Foreground
.\" MAYBE: .OP \-insertbackground insertBackground Foreground
.\" MAYBE: .OP \-insertwidth insertWidth InsertWidth
.OP \-invalidcommand invalidCommand InvalidCommand
A script template to evaluate whenever the \fB\-validatecommand\fR returns 0.
See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more information.
.OP \-justify justify Justify
Specifies how the text is aligned within the entry widget.






|
>
>










<
<







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38


39
40
41
42
43
44
45
An \fBttk::entry\fR widget displays a one-line text string and
allows that string to be edited by the user.
The value of the string may be linked to a Tcl variable
with the \fB\-textvariable\fR option.
Entry widgets support horizontal scrolling with the
standard \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR option and \fBxview\fR widget command.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor
\-font	\-foreground
\-style
\-takefocus	\-xscrollcommand
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-exportselection exportSelection ExportSelection
A boolean value specifying whether or not
a selection in the widget should be linked to the X selection.
If the selection is exported, then selecting in the widget deselects
the current X selection, selecting outside the widget deselects any
widget selection, and the widget will respond to selection retrieval
requests when it has a selection.


.\" MAYBE: .OP \-insertbackground insertBackground Foreground
.\" MAYBE: .OP \-insertwidth insertWidth InsertWidth
.OP \-invalidcommand invalidCommand InvalidCommand
A script template to evaluate whenever the \fB\-validatecommand\fR returns 0.
See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more information.
.OP \-justify justify Justify
Specifies how the text is aligned within the entry widget.

Changes to doc/ttk_label.n.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::label\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image.
The label may be linked to a Tcl variable
to automatically change the displayed text.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-compound	\-cursor

\-image	\-padding	\-state	\-style	\-takefocus
\-text	\-textvariable	\-underline
\-width
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-anchor anchor Anchor
Specifies how the information in the widget is positioned
relative to the inner margins.  Legal values are
\fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR,
\fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, and \fBcenter\fR.
See also \fB\-justify\fR.
.OP \-background frameColor FrameColor
The widget's background color.
If unspecified, the theme default is used.
.OP \-font font Font
Font to use for label text.
.OP \-foreground textColor TextColor
The widget's foreground color.
If unspecified, the theme default is used.
.OP \-justify justify Justify
If there are multiple lines of text, specifies how
the lines are laid out relative to one another.
One of \fBleft\fR, \fBcenter\fR, or \fBright\fR.
See also \fB\-anchor\fR.
.OP \-relief relief Relief
.\" Rewrite this:
Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget border.
Valid values are
\fBflat\fR, \fBgroove\fR, \fBraised\fR, \fBridge\fR, \fBsolid\fR,
and \fBsunken\fR.
.OP \-text text Text
Specifies a text string to be displayed inside the widget
(unless overridden by \fB\-textvariable\fR).
.OP \-wraplength wrapLength WrapLength
Specifies the maximum line length (in pixels).
If this option is less than or equal to zero,
then automatic wrapping is not performed; otherwise
the text is split into lines such that no line is longer
than the specified value.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Supports the standard widget commands
\fBconfigure\fR, \fBcget\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR;
see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), label(n)
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:






|
>
|

|


<
<
<
<
<
<



<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<










14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27






28
29
30










31
32
33
34
35
36









37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::label\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image.
The label may be linked to a Tcl variable
to automatically change the displayed text.
.SO ttk_widget
\-anchor	\-class	\-compound	\-cursor
\-font	\-foreground
\-image	\-justify	\-padding	\-state	\-style	\-takefocus
\-text	\-textvariable	\-underline
\-width	\-wraplength
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"






.OP \-background frameColor FrameColor
The widget's background color.
If unspecified, the theme default is used.










.OP \-relief relief Relief
.\" Rewrite this:
Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget border.
Valid values are
\fBflat\fR, \fBgroove\fR, \fBraised\fR, \fBridge\fR, \fBsolid\fR,
and \fBsunken\fR.









.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Supports the standard widget commands
\fBconfigure\fR, \fBcget\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR;
see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::widget(n), label(n)
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/ttk_progressbar.n.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21






22
23
24


25
26
27
28
29

30
31
32
33
34
35
36
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::progressbar\fR widget shows the status of a long-running
operation.  They can operate in two modes: \fIdeterminate\fR mode shows the
amount completed relative to the total amount of work to be done, and
\fIindeterminate\fR mode provides an animated display to let the user know
that something is happening.






.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor	\-takefocus
\-style


.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-length length Length
Specifies the length of the long axis of the progress bar
(width if horizontal, height if vertical).

.OP \-maximum maximum Maximum
A floating point number specifying the maximum \fB\-value\fR.
Defaults to 100.
.OP \-mode mode Mode
One of \fBdeterminate\fR or \fBindeterminate\fR.
.OP \-orient orient Orient
One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR.






>
>
>
>
>
>

|
<
>
>




|
>







15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
A \fBttk::progressbar\fR widget shows the status of a long-running
operation.  They can operate in two modes: \fIdeterminate\fR mode shows the
amount completed relative to the total amount of work to be done, and
\fIindeterminate\fR mode provides an animated display to let the user know
that something is happening.
.PP
If the value of \fB-orient\fR is \fBhorizontal\fR a text string can be
displayed inside the progressbar. This string can be configured using
the \fB-anchor\fR, \fB-font\fR, \fB-foreground\fR, \fB-justify\fR,
\fB-text\fR and \fB-wraplength\fR options. If the value of \fB-orient\fR
is \fBvertical\fR then these options are ignored.
.SO ttk_widget
\-anchor	\-class	\-cursor

\-font	\-foreground	\-justify	\-style
\-takefocus	\-text	\-wraplength
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-length length Length
Specifies the length of the long axis of the progress bar
(width if horizontal, height if vertical). The value may have any of the forms
acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
.OP \-maximum maximum Maximum
A floating point number specifying the maximum \fB\-value\fR.
Defaults to 100.
.OP \-mode mode Mode
One of \fBdeterminate\fR or \fBindeterminate\fR.
.OP \-orient orient Orient
One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR.

Changes to doc/ttk_sizegrip.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2006 Joe English
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH ttk::sizegrip n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
ttk::sizegrip \- Bottom-right corner resize widget
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBttk::sizegrip\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2006 Joe English
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH ttk::sizegrip n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
ttk::sizegrip \- Bottom-right corner resize widget
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBttk::sizegrip\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?

Changes to doc/ttk_widget.n.

67
68
69
70
71
72
73






74
75
76
77
78
79
80
..
86
87
88
89
90
91
92





93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100





101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126








127
128
129
130
131
132
133
.RE
.OP \-yscrollcommand yScrollCommand ScrollCommand
A command prefix, used to communicate with vertical scrollbars.
See the description of \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR above for details.
.SH "LABEL OPTIONS"
The following options are supported by labels, buttons,
and other button-like widgets:






.OP \-compound compound Compound
Specifies how to display the image relative to the text,
in the case both \fB\-text\fR and \fB\-image\fR are present.
Valid values are:
.RS
.IP text
Display text only.
................................................................................
.IP bottom
.IP left
.IP right
Display image above, below, left of, or right of the text, respectively.
.IP none
The default; display the image if present, otherwise the text.
.RE





.OP \-image image Image
Specifies an image to display.
This is a list of 1 or more elements.
The first element is the default image name.
The rest of the list is a sequence of \fIstatespec / value\fR pairs
as per \fBstyle map\fR, specifying different images to use when
the widget is in a particular state or combination of states.
All images in the list should have the same size.





.OP \-padding padding Padding
Specifies the internal padding for the widget.
The padding is a list of up to four length specifications
\fIleft top right bottom\fR.
If fewer than four elements are specified,
\fIbottom\fR defaults to \fItop\fR,
\fIright\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR, and
\fItop\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR.
In other words, a list of three numbers specify the left, vertical, and right padding;
a list of two numbers specify the horizontal and the vertical padding;
a single number specifies the same padding all the way around the widget.
.OP \-text text Text
Specifies a text string to be displayed inside the widget
(unless overridden by \fB\-textvariable\fR).
.OP \-textvariable textVariable Variable
Specifies the name of a global variable whose value will be used
in place of the \fB\-text\fR resource.
.OP \-underline underline Underline
If set, specifies the integer index (0-based) of a character to underline
in the text string.
The underlined character is used for mnemonic activation.
.OP \-width width Width
If greater than zero, specifies how much space, in character widths,
to allocate for the text label.
If less than zero, specifies a minimum width.
If zero or unspecified, the natural width of the text label is used.








.SH "COMPATIBILITY OPTIONS"
This option is only available for themed widgets that have
.QW corresponding
traditional Tk widgets.
.OP \-state state State
May be set to \fBnormal\fR or \fBdisabled\fR
to control the \fBdisabled\fR state bit.






>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>








>
>
>
>
>













|












>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
..
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
.RE
.OP \-yscrollcommand yScrollCommand ScrollCommand
A command prefix, used to communicate with vertical scrollbars.
See the description of \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR above for details.
.SH "LABEL OPTIONS"
The following options are supported by labels, buttons,
and other button-like widgets:
.OP \-anchor anchor Anchor
Specifies how the information in the widget is positioned
relative to the inner margins.  Legal values are
\fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR,
\fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, and \fBcenter\fR.
See also \fB\-justify\fR (for widgets supporting this option).
.OP \-compound compound Compound
Specifies how to display the image relative to the text,
in the case both \fB\-text\fR and \fB\-image\fR are present.
Valid values are:
.RS
.IP text
Display text only.
................................................................................
.IP bottom
.IP left
.IP right
Display image above, below, left of, or right of the text, respectively.
.IP none
The default; display the image if present, otherwise the text.
.RE
.OP \-font font Font
Font to use for the text displayed by the widget.
.OP \-foreground textColor TextColor
The widget's foreground color.
If unspecified, the theme default is used.
.OP \-image image Image
Specifies an image to display.
This is a list of 1 or more elements.
The first element is the default image name.
The rest of the list is a sequence of \fIstatespec / value\fR pairs
as per \fBstyle map\fR, specifying different images to use when
the widget is in a particular state or combination of states.
All images in the list should have the same size.
.OP \-justify justify Justify
If there are multiple lines of text, specifies how
the lines are laid out relative to one another.
One of \fBleft\fR, \fBcenter\fR, or \fBright\fR.
See also \fB\-anchor\fR (for widgets supporting this option).
.OP \-padding padding Padding
Specifies the internal padding for the widget.
The padding is a list of up to four length specifications
\fIleft top right bottom\fR.
If fewer than four elements are specified,
\fIbottom\fR defaults to \fItop\fR,
\fIright\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR, and
\fItop\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR.
In other words, a list of three numbers specify the left, vertical, and right padding;
a list of two numbers specify the horizontal and the vertical padding;
a single number specifies the same padding all the way around the widget.
.OP \-text text Text
Specifies a text string to be displayed inside the widget
(unless overridden by \fB\-textvariable\fR for the widgets supporting this option).
.OP \-textvariable textVariable Variable
Specifies the name of a global variable whose value will be used
in place of the \fB\-text\fR resource.
.OP \-underline underline Underline
If set, specifies the integer index (0-based) of a character to underline
in the text string.
The underlined character is used for mnemonic activation.
.OP \-width width Width
If greater than zero, specifies how much space, in character widths,
to allocate for the text label.
If less than zero, specifies a minimum width.
If zero or unspecified, the natural width of the text label is used.
Note that some themes may specify a non-zero \fB\-width\fR
in the style.
.OP \-wraplength wrapLength WrapLength
Specifies the maximum line length. The value may have any of the forms
acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this option is less than or equal
to zero, then automatic wrapping is not performed; otherwise
the text is split into lines such that no line is longer
than the specified value.
.SH "COMPATIBILITY OPTIONS"
This option is only available for themed widgets that have
.QW corresponding
traditional Tk widgets.
.OP \-state state State
May be set to \fBnormal\fR or \fBdisabled\fR
to control the \fBdisabled\fR state bit.

Changes to doc/winfo.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH winfo n 4.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
winfo \- Return window-related information
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH winfo n 4.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
winfo \- Return window-related information
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/wish.1.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH wish 1 8.0 Tk "Tk Applications"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
wish \- Simple windowing shell
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
It will continue processing commands until all windows have been
deleted or until end-of-file is reached on standard input.
If there exists a file
.QW \fB.wishrc\fR
in the home directory of the user, \fBwish\fR evaluates the file as a
Tcl script just before reading the first command from standard input.
.PP
If arguments to \fBwish\fR do specify a \fIfileName\fR, then 
\fIfileName\fR is treated as the name of a script file.
\fBWish\fR will evaluate the script in \fIfileName\fR (which
presumably creates a user interface), then it will respond to events
until all windows have been deleted.
Commands will not be read from standard input.
There is no automatic evaluation of
.QW \fB.wishrc\fR





|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH wish 1 8.0 Tk "Tk Applications"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
wish \- Simple windowing shell
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
It will continue processing commands until all windows have been
deleted or until end-of-file is reached on standard input.
If there exists a file
.QW \fB.wishrc\fR
in the home directory of the user, \fBwish\fR evaluates the file as a
Tcl script just before reading the first command from standard input.
.PP
If arguments to \fBwish\fR do specify a \fIfileName\fR, then
\fIfileName\fR is treated as the name of a script file.
\fBWish\fR will evaluate the script in \fIfileName\fR (which
presumably creates a user interface), then it will respond to events
until all windows have been deleted.
Commands will not be read from standard input.
There is no automatic evaluation of
.QW \fB.wishrc\fR

Changes to doc/wm.n.

490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
.PP
On Macintosh, the first image called is loaded into an OSX-native icon
format, and becomes the application icon in dialogs, the Dock, and
other contexts. At the
script level the command will accept only the first image passed in the
parameters as support for multiple sizes/resolutions on macOS is outside Tk's
scope. Developers should use the largest icon they can support
(preferably 512 pixels) to ensure smooth rendering on the Mac. 
.RE
.TP
\fBwm iconposition \fIwindow\fR ?\fIx y\fR?
.
If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are specified, they are passed to the window
manager as a hint about where to position the icon for \fIwindow\fR.
In this case an empty string is returned.  If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are






|







490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
.PP
On Macintosh, the first image called is loaded into an OSX-native icon
format, and becomes the application icon in dialogs, the Dock, and
other contexts. At the
script level the command will accept only the first image passed in the
parameters as support for multiple sizes/resolutions on macOS is outside Tk's
scope. Developers should use the largest icon they can support
(preferably 512 pixels) to ensure smooth rendering on the Mac.
.RE
.TP
\fBwm iconposition \fIwindow\fR ?\fIx y\fR?
.
If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are specified, they are passed to the window
manager as a hint about where to position the icon for \fIwindow\fR.
In this case an empty string is returned.  If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are

Changes to generic/tk.decls.

322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
...
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
...
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
}
declare 75 {
    void Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap)
}
declare 76 {
    void Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout)
}
declare 77 {
    void Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid)
}
declare 78 {
    GC Tk_GCForColor(XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable)
}
declare 79 {
    void Tk_GeometryRequest(Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth,  int reqHeight)
................................................................................
	    ClientData clientData)
}
declare 143 {
    int Tk_ParseArgv(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, int *argcPtr, CONST84 char **argv,
	    const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags)
}
declare 144 {
    void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height)
}
declare 145 {
    void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
	    int subsampleX, int subsampleY)
}
declare 146 {
    int Tk_PhotoGetImage(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
}
declare 147 {
    void Tk_PhotoBlank(Tk_PhotoHandle handle)
}
declare 148 {
    void Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height )
}
declare 149 {
    void Tk_PhotoGetSize(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
}
declare 150 {
    void Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height)
}
declare 151 {
    int Tk_PointToChar(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y)
}
declare 152 {
    int Tk_PostscriptFontName(Tk_Font tkfont, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
................................................................................
}

# New in 8.4a5
#
declare 245 {
    void Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height)
}
declare 246 {
    void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height, int compRule)
}
declare 247 {
    void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
	    int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule)
}
declare 248 {
    int Tk_CollapseMotionEvents(Display *display, int collapse)






|







 







|




|











|





|







 







|




|







322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
...
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
...
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
}
declare 75 {
    void Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap)
}
declare 76 {
    void Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout)
}
declare 77 {deprecated {function does nothing, call can be removed}} {
    void Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid)
}
declare 78 {
    GC Tk_GCForColor(XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable)
}
declare 79 {
    void Tk_GeometryRequest(Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth,  int reqHeight)
................................................................................
	    ClientData clientData)
}
declare 143 {
    int Tk_ParseArgv(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tk_Window tkwin, int *argcPtr, CONST84 char **argv,
	    const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags)
}
declare 144 {deprecated {function signature changed}} {
    void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height)
}
declare 145 {deprecated {function signature changed}} {
    void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
	    int subsampleX, int subsampleY)
}
declare 146 {
    int Tk_PhotoGetImage(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
}
declare 147 {
    void Tk_PhotoBlank(Tk_PhotoHandle handle)
}
declare 148 {deprecated {function signature changed}} {
    void Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height )
}
declare 149 {
    void Tk_PhotoGetSize(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
}
declare 150 {deprecated {function signature changed}} {
    void Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height)
}
declare 151 {
    int Tk_PointToChar(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y)
}
declare 152 {
    int Tk_PostscriptFontName(Tk_Font tkfont, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
................................................................................
}

# New in 8.4a5
#
declare 245 {
    void Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height)
}
declare 246 {deprecated {function signature changed}} {
    void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height, int compRule)
}
declare 247 {deprecated {function signature changed}} {
    void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
	    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
	    int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
	    int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule)
}
declare 248 {
    int Tk_CollapseMotionEvents(Display *display, int collapse)

Changes to generic/tk.h.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
..
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
...
101
102
103
104
105
106
107




108
109
110
111
112
113
114
...
410
411
412
413
414
415
416

417

418
419
420
421
422
423
424
...
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751

752
753
754
755
756
757
758
....
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567

1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
....
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599

1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#ifndef _TK
#define _TK

#include <tcl.h>
#if (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION != 8) || (TCL_MINOR_VERSION < 6)
#	error Tk 8.6 must be compiled with tcl.h from Tcl 8.6 or better
#endif

#ifndef CONST84
#   define CONST84 const
#   define CONST84_RETURN const
#endif
#ifndef CONST86
................................................................................
#endif

/*
 * When version numbers change here, you must also go into the following files
 * and update the version numbers:
 *
 * library/tk.tcl	(1 LOC patch)
 * unix/configure.in	(2 LOC Major, 2 LOC minor, 1 LOC patch)
 * win/configure.in	(as above)
 * README		(sections 0 and 1)
 * macosx/Tk-Common.xcconfig (not patchlevel) 1 LOC
 * win/README		(not patchlevel)
 * unix/README		(not patchlevel)
 * unix/tk.spec		(1 LOC patch)
 * win/tcl.m4		(not patchlevel)
 *
 * You may also need to update some of these files when the numbers change for
 * the version of Tcl that this release of Tk is compiled against.
 */

#define TK_MAJOR_VERSION	8
#define TK_MINOR_VERSION	6
#define TK_RELEASE_LEVEL	TCL_FINAL_RELEASE
#define TK_RELEASE_SERIAL	8

#define TK_VERSION		"8.6"
#define TK_PATCH_LEVEL		"8.6.8"
 
/*
 * A special definition used to allow this header file to be included from
 * windows or mac resource files so that they can obtain version information.
 * RC_INVOKED is defined by default by the windows RC tool and manually set
 * for macintosh.
 *
................................................................................
#ifdef __STDC__
#   include <stddef.h>
#endif

#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS	DLLEXPORT




#endif

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Decide whether or not to use input methods.
 */
................................................................................
 * (internal-use-only flags are defined there).
 */

#define TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK		(1 << 0)
#define TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY		(1 << 1)
#define TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY		(1 << 2)
#define TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT	(1 << 3)

#define TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED      (1 << 4)

#define TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT		0x100
#endif /* __NO_OLD_CONFIG */
 
/*
 * Structure used to specify how to handle argv options.
 */

................................................................................
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WIN_MANAGED)
#define Tk_TopWinHierarchy(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)
#define Tk_IsManageable(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WM_MANAGEABLE)
#define Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin)	(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqWidth)
#define Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin)	(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqHeight)
/* Tk_InternalBorderWidth is deprecated */
#define Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderLeft)

#define Tk_InternalBorderLeft(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderLeft)
#define Tk_InternalBorderRight(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderRight)
#define Tk_InternalBorderTop(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderTop)
#define Tk_InternalBorderBottom(tkwin) \
................................................................................
#define Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat	Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat
#endif /* USE_OLD_IMAGE */

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Allow users to say that they don't want to alter their source to add extra
 * arguments to Tk_PhotoPutBlock() et al; DO NOT DEFINE THIS WHEN BUILDING TK.
 *
 * This goes after the inclusion of the stubbed-decls so that the declarations
 * of what is actually there can be correct.
 */


#ifdef USE_COMPOSITELESS_PHOTO_PUT_BLOCK
#   ifdef Tk_PhotoPutBlock
#	undef Tk_PhotoPutBlock
#   endif
#   define Tk_PhotoPutBlock		Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite
#   ifdef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock
#	undef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock
................................................................................
#   endif
#   define Tk_PhotoExpand		Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic
#   ifdef Tk_PhotoSetSize
#	undef Tk_PhotoSetSize
#   endif
#   define Tk_PhotoSetSize		Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic
#endif /* USE_PANIC_ON_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE */

 
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

#endif /* RC_INVOKED */

/*






|
|







 







|
|












|
|
|

|
|







 







>
>
>
>







 







>
|
>







 







|


>







 







|





>







 







>







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
..
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
...
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
...
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
...
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
....
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
....
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#ifndef _TK
#define _TK

#include <tcl.h>
#if (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 8) || (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION == 8) && (TCL_MINOR_VERSION < 6)
#	error Tk 8.7 must be compiled with tcl.h from Tcl 8.6 or better
#endif

#ifndef CONST84
#   define CONST84 const
#   define CONST84_RETURN const
#endif
#ifndef CONST86
................................................................................
#endif

/*
 * When version numbers change here, you must also go into the following files
 * and update the version numbers:
 *
 * library/tk.tcl	(1 LOC patch)
 * unix/configure.ac	(2 LOC Major, 2 LOC minor, 1 LOC patch)
 * win/configure.ac	(as above)
 * README		(sections 0 and 1)
 * macosx/Tk-Common.xcconfig (not patchlevel) 1 LOC
 * win/README		(not patchlevel)
 * unix/README		(not patchlevel)
 * unix/tk.spec		(1 LOC patch)
 * win/tcl.m4		(not patchlevel)
 *
 * You may also need to update some of these files when the numbers change for
 * the version of Tcl that this release of Tk is compiled against.
 */

#define TK_MAJOR_VERSION	8
#define TK_MINOR_VERSION	7
#define TK_RELEASE_LEVEL	TCL_ALPHA_RELEASE
#define TK_RELEASE_SERIAL	2

#define TK_VERSION		"8.7"
#define TK_PATCH_LEVEL		"8.7a2"
 
/*
 * A special definition used to allow this header file to be included from
 * windows or mac resource files so that they can obtain version information.
 * RC_INVOKED is defined by default by the windows RC tool and manually set
 * for macintosh.
 *
................................................................................
#ifdef __STDC__
#   include <stddef.h>
#endif

#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS	DLLEXPORT
#else
# ifndef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#   define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
# endif
#endif

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Decide whether or not to use input methods.
 */
................................................................................
 * (internal-use-only flags are defined there).
 */

#define TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK		(1 << 0)
#define TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY		(1 << 1)
#define TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY		(1 << 2)
#define TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT	(1 << 3)
#if !defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) || defined(BUILD_tk)
#  define TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED      (1 << 4)
#endif
#define TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT		0x100
#endif /* __NO_OLD_CONFIG */
 
/*
 * Structure used to specify how to handle argv options.
 */

................................................................................
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WIN_MANAGED)
#define Tk_TopWinHierarchy(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)
#define Tk_IsManageable(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WM_MANAGEABLE)
#define Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin)	(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqWidth)
#define Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin)	(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqHeight)
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
#define Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderLeft)
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
#define Tk_InternalBorderLeft(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderLeft)
#define Tk_InternalBorderRight(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderRight)
#define Tk_InternalBorderTop(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderTop)
#define Tk_InternalBorderBottom(tkwin) \
................................................................................
#define Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat	Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat
#endif /* USE_OLD_IMAGE */

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Allow users to say that they don't want to alter their source to add extra
 * arguments to Tk_PhotoPutBlock() et al.
 *
 * This goes after the inclusion of the stubbed-decls so that the declarations
 * of what is actually there can be correct.
 */

#if !defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) && !defined(BUILD_tk)
#ifdef USE_COMPOSITELESS_PHOTO_PUT_BLOCK
#   ifdef Tk_PhotoPutBlock
#	undef Tk_PhotoPutBlock
#   endif
#   define Tk_PhotoPutBlock		Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite
#   ifdef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock
#	undef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock
................................................................................
#   endif
#   define Tk_PhotoExpand		Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic
#   ifdef Tk_PhotoSetSize
#	undef Tk_PhotoSetSize
#   endif
#   define Tk_PhotoSetSize		Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic
#endif /* USE_PANIC_ON_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE */
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED && !BUILD_tk */
 
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

#endif /* RC_INVOKED */

/*

Changes to generic/tkBind.c.

3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
	eventMask = eiPtr->eventMask;
	while ((*p == '-') || isspace(UCHAR(*p))) {
	    p++;
	}
	p = GetField(p, field, FIELD_SIZE);
    }
    if (*field != '\0') {
	if ((*field >= '1') && (*field <= '5') && (field[1] == '\0')) {
	    if (eventFlags == 0) {
		patPtr->eventType = ButtonPress;
		eventMask = ButtonPressMask;
	    } else if (eventFlags & KEY) {
		goto getKeysym;
	    } else if (!(eventFlags & BUTTON)) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(






|







3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
	eventMask = eiPtr->eventMask;
	while ((*p == '-') || isspace(UCHAR(*p))) {
	    p++;
	}
	p = GetField(p, field, FIELD_SIZE);
    }
    if (*field != '\0') {
	if ((*field >= '1') && (*field <= '9') && (field[1] == '\0')) {
	    if (eventFlags == 0) {
		patPtr->eventType = ButtonPress;
		eventMask = ButtonPressMask;
	    } else if (eventFlags & KEY) {
		goto getKeysym;
	    } else if (!(eventFlags & BUTTON)) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(

Changes to generic/tkBusy.c.

757
758
759
760
761
762
763



764
765
766
767
768
769
770
...
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797

798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
...
819
820
821
822
823
824
825













826
827
828
829
830
831
832
     */

    if (Tk_IsMapped(busyPtr->tkRef)) {
	TkpShowBusyWindow(busyPtr);
    } else {
	TkpHideBusyWindow(busyPtr);
    }



    return result;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_BusyObjCmd --
................................................................................
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    Tcl_HashTable *busyTablePtr = &((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->busyTable;
    Busy *busyPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    int index, result = TCL_OK;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"cget", "configure", "current", "forget", "hold", "status", NULL

    };
    enum options {
	BUSY_CGET, BUSY_CONFIGURE, BUSY_CURRENT, BUSY_FORGET, BUSY_HOLD,
	BUSY_STATUS
    };

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "options ?arg arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

................................................................................
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    switch ((enum options) index) {













    case BUSY_CGET:
	if (objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window option");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	busyPtr = GetBusy(interp, busyTablePtr, objv[2]);
	if (busyPtr == NULL) {






>
>
>







 







|
>


|
|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
...
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
...
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
     */

    if (Tk_IsMapped(busyPtr->tkRef)) {
	TkpShowBusyWindow(busyPtr);
    } else {
	TkpHideBusyWindow(busyPtr);
    }
    if (result == TCL_OK) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(busyPtr->tkBusy), -1));
    }
    return result;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_BusyObjCmd --
................................................................................
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    Tcl_HashTable *busyTablePtr = &((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->busyTable;
    Busy *busyPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    int index, result = TCL_OK;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"busywindow", "cget", "configure", "current", "forget", "hold",
        "status", NULL
    };
    enum options {
	BUSY_BUSYWINDOW, BUSY_CGET, BUSY_CONFIGURE, BUSY_CURRENT, BUSY_FORGET,
	BUSY_HOLD, BUSY_STATUS
    };

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "options ?arg arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

................................................................................
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    switch ((enum options) index) {
    case BUSY_BUSYWINDOW:
	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	busyPtr = GetBusy(interp, busyTablePtr, objv[2]);
	if (busyPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
            return TCL_OK;
	}
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(busyPtr->tkBusy), -1));
        return TCL_OK;

    case BUSY_CGET:
	if (objc != 4) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window option");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	busyPtr = GetBusy(interp, busyTablePtr, objv[2]);
	if (busyPtr == NULL) {

Changes to generic/tkCmds.c.

2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
				 * application associated with interp. On
				 * output, filled with window specified as
				 * option to "-displayof" argument, or
				 * unmodified if "-displayof" argument was not
				 * present. */
{
    const char *string;
    int length;

    if (objc < 1) {
	return 0;
    }
    string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], &length);
    if ((length >= 2) &&
	    (strncmp(string, "-displayof", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
        if (objc < 2) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "value for \"-displayof\" missing", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "NO_VALUE", "DISPLAYOF", NULL);
	    return -1;
	}
	*tkwinPtr = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), *tkwinPtr);






<




|
|
|







2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070

2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
				 * application associated with interp. On
				 * output, filled with window specified as
				 * option to "-displayof" argument, or
				 * unmodified if "-displayof" argument was not
				 * present. */
{
    const char *string;


    if (objc < 1) {
	return 0;
    }
    string = Tcl_GetString(objv[0]);
    if ((objv[0]->length >= 2) &&
	    (strncmp(string, "-displayof", objv[0]->length) == 0)) {
        if (objc < 2) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "value for \"-displayof\" missing", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "NO_VALUE", "DISPLAYOF", NULL);
	    return -1;
	}
	*tkwinPtr = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), *tkwinPtr);

Changes to generic/tkConfig.c.

87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
...
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
...
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
...
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
....
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
....
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
....
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
....
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
/*
 * One of the following exists for each Tk_OptionSpec array that has been
 * passed to Tk_CreateOptionTable.
 */

typedef struct OptionTable {
    int refCount;		/* Counts the number of uses of this table
				 * (the number of times Tk_CreateOptionTable
				 * has returned it). This can be greater than
				 * 1 if it is shared along several option
				 * table chains, or if the same table is used
				 * for multiple purposes. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;/* Hash table entry that refers to this table;
				 * used to delete the entry. */
    struct OptionTable *nextPtr;/* If templatePtr was part of a chain of
				 * templates, this points to the table
				 * corresponding to the next template in the
				 * chain. */
    int numOptions;		/* The number of items in the options array
				 * below. */
    Option options[1];		/* Information about the individual options in
				 * the table. This must be the last field in
				 * the structure: the actual size of the array
				 * will be numOptions, not 1. */
} OptionTable;

................................................................................
				 * options. */
{
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
    int newEntry;
    OptionTable *tablePtr;
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr, *specPtr2;
    Option *optionPtr;
    int numOptions, i;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    /*
     * We use an TSD in the thread to keep a hash table of
     * all the option tables we've created for this application. This is
     * used for allowing us to share the tables (e.g. in several chains).
................................................................................

void
Tk_DeleteOptionTable(
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable)	/* The option table to delete. */
{
    OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
    Option *optionPtr;
    int count;

    tablePtr->refCount--;
    if (tablePtr->refCount > 0) {
	return;
    }

    if (tablePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
	Tk_DeleteOptionTable((Tk_OptionTable) tablePtr->nextPtr);
    }

................................................................................
    const char *name,		/* String balue to be looked up in the option
				 * table. */
    OptionTable *tablePtr)	/* Table in which to look up name. */
{
    Option *bestPtr, *optionPtr;
    OptionTable *tablePtr2;
    const char *p1, *p2;
    int count;

    /*
     * Search through all of the option tables in the chain to find the best
     * match. Some tricky aspects:
     *
     * 1. We have to accept unique abbreviations.
     * 2. The same name could appear in different tables in the chain. If this
................................................................................
				 * for options. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Describes legal options. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window associated with recordPtr; needed
				 * for freeing some options. */
{
    OptionTable *tablePtr;
    Option *optionPtr;
    int count;
    Tcl_Obj **oldPtrPtr, *oldPtr;
    char *oldInternalPtr;
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;

    for (tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable; tablePtr != NULL;
	    tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) {
	for (optionPtr = tablePtr->options, count = tablePtr->numOptions;
................................................................................
	    Tk_FreeFontFromObj(tkwin, objPtr);
	}
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_STYLE:
	if (internalFormExists) {
	    Tk_FreeStyle(*((Tk_Style *) internalPtr));
	    *((Tk_Style *) internalPtr) = NULL;
	} else if (objPtr != NULL) {
	    Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(objPtr);
	}
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_BITMAP:
	if (internalFormExists) {
	    if (*((Pixmap *) internalPtr) != None) {
		Tk_FreeBitmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), *((Pixmap *) internalPtr));
		*((Pixmap *) internalPtr) = None;
................................................................................
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window associated with recordPtr; needed to
				 * compute correct default value for some
				 * options. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
    OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
    Option *optionPtr;
    int count;

    /*
     * If information is only wanted for a single configuration spec, then
     * handle that one spec specially.
     */

    if (namePtr != NULL) {
................................................................................

    for (hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&tsdPtr->hashTable, &search);
	    hashEntryPtr != NULL;
	    hashEntryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	if (tablePtr == (OptionTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr)) {
	    for ( ; tablePtr != NULL; tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
			Tcl_NewIntObj(tablePtr->refCount));
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
			Tcl_NewIntObj(tablePtr->numOptions));
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			tablePtr->options[0].specPtr->optionName, -1));
	    }
	    break;
	}
    }
    return objPtr;






|











|







 







|







 







|

|
<







 







|







 







|







 







<
<







 







|







 







|

|







87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
...
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
...
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335

336
337
338
339
340
341
342
...
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
....
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
....
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644


1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
....
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
....
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
/*
 * One of the following exists for each Tk_OptionSpec array that has been
 * passed to Tk_CreateOptionTable.
 */

typedef struct OptionTable {
    size_t refCount;		/* Counts the number of uses of this table
				 * (the number of times Tk_CreateOptionTable
				 * has returned it). This can be greater than
				 * 1 if it is shared along several option
				 * table chains, or if the same table is used
				 * for multiple purposes. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;/* Hash table entry that refers to this table;
				 * used to delete the entry. */
    struct OptionTable *nextPtr;/* If templatePtr was part of a chain of
				 * templates, this points to the table
				 * corresponding to the next template in the
				 * chain. */
    size_t numOptions;		/* The number of items in the options array
				 * below. */
    Option options[1];		/* Information about the individual options in
				 * the table. This must be the last field in
				 * the structure: the actual size of the array
				 * will be numOptions, not 1. */
} OptionTable;

................................................................................
				 * options. */
{
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
    int newEntry;
    OptionTable *tablePtr;
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr, *specPtr2;
    Option *optionPtr;
    size_t numOptions, i;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    /*
     * We use an TSD in the thread to keep a hash table of
     * all the option tables we've created for this application. This is
     * used for allowing us to share the tables (e.g. in several chains).
................................................................................

void
Tk_DeleteOptionTable(
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable)	/* The option table to delete. */
{
    OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
    Option *optionPtr;
    size_t count;

    if (tablePtr->refCount-- > 1) {

	return;
    }

    if (tablePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
	Tk_DeleteOptionTable((Tk_OptionTable) tablePtr->nextPtr);
    }

................................................................................
    const char *name,		/* String balue to be looked up in the option
				 * table. */
    OptionTable *tablePtr)	/* Table in which to look up name. */
{
    Option *bestPtr, *optionPtr;
    OptionTable *tablePtr2;
    const char *p1, *p2;
    size_t count;

    /*
     * Search through all of the option tables in the chain to find the best
     * match. Some tricky aspects:
     *
     * 1. We have to accept unique abbreviations.
     * 2. The same name could appear in different tables in the chain. If this
................................................................................
				 * for options. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Describes legal options. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window associated with recordPtr; needed
				 * for freeing some options. */
{
    OptionTable *tablePtr;
    Option *optionPtr;
    size_t count;
    Tcl_Obj **oldPtrPtr, *oldPtr;
    char *oldInternalPtr;
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;

    for (tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable; tablePtr != NULL;
	    tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) {
	for (optionPtr = tablePtr->options, count = tablePtr->numOptions;
................................................................................
	    Tk_FreeFontFromObj(tkwin, objPtr);
	}
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_STYLE:
	if (internalFormExists) {
	    Tk_FreeStyle(*((Tk_Style *) internalPtr));
	    *((Tk_Style *) internalPtr) = NULL;


	}
	break;
    case TK_OPTION_BITMAP:
	if (internalFormExists) {
	    if (*((Pixmap *) internalPtr) != None) {
		Tk_FreeBitmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), *((Pixmap *) internalPtr));
		*((Pixmap *) internalPtr) = None;
................................................................................
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window associated with recordPtr; needed to
				 * compute correct default value for some
				 * options. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
    OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
    Option *optionPtr;
    size_t count;

    /*
     * If information is only wanted for a single configuration spec, then
     * handle that one spec specially.
     */

    if (namePtr != NULL) {
................................................................................

    for (hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&tsdPtr->hashTable, &search);
	    hashEntryPtr != NULL;
	    hashEntryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	if (tablePtr == (OptionTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr)) {
	    for ( ; tablePtr != NULL; tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
			Tcl_NewWideIntObj(tablePtr->refCount));
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
			Tcl_NewWideIntObj(tablePtr->numOptions));
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			tablePtr->options[0].specPtr->optionName, -1));
	    }
	    break;
	}
    }
    return objPtr;

Changes to generic/tkConsole.c.

20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
...
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
...
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
...
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
...
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
...
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
...
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
 * console.  A refCount permits the struct to be shared as instance data
 * by commands and by channels.
 */

typedef struct ConsoleInfo {
    Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp;	/* Interpreter displaying the console. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter controlled by console. */
    int refCount;
} ConsoleInfo;

/*
 * Each console channel holds an instance of the ChannelData struct as
 * its instance data.  It contains ConsoleInfo, so the channel can work
 * with the appropriate console window, and a type value to distinguish
 * the stdout channel from the stderr channel.
................................................................................
    ConsoleInfo *info;
    Tcl_Channel consoleChannel;

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6", 0) == NULL) {
        return;
    }

    consoleInitPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&consoleInitKey, (int) sizeof(int));
    if (*consoleInitPtr) {
	/*
	 * We've already initialized console channels in this thread.
................................................................................
    Tcl_Release(consoleInterp);
    if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, token);
	mainWindow = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
	if (mainWindow) {
	    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(mainWindow, StructureNotifyMask,
		    ConsoleEventProc, info);
	    if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
		ckfree(info);
	    }
	}
	goto error;
    }
    return TCL_OK;

................................................................................
    ClientData instanceData,	/* Unused. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Unused. */
{
    ChannelData *data = instanceData;
    ConsoleInfo *info = data->info;

    if (info) {
	if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
	    /*
	     * Assuming the Tcl_Interp * fields must already be NULL.
	     */

	    ckfree(info);
	}
    }
................................................................................
{
    ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;

    if (info->consoleInterp == interp) {
	Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler(DeleteConsoleInterp, info->consoleInterp);
	info->consoleInterp = NULL;
    }
    if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
	ckfree(info);
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
    ClientData clientData)
{
    ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;

    if (info->consoleInterp) {
	Tcl_DeleteInterp(info->consoleInterp);
    }
    if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
	ckfree(info);
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
	ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;
	Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp = info->consoleInterp;

	if (consoleInterp && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(consoleInterp)) {
	    Tcl_EvalEx(consoleInterp, "tk::ConsoleExit", -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
	}

	if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
	    ckfree(info);
	}
    }
}
 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */






|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|












20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
...
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
...
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
...
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
...
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
...
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
...
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
 * console.  A refCount permits the struct to be shared as instance data
 * by commands and by channels.
 */

typedef struct ConsoleInfo {
    Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp;	/* Interpreter displaying the console. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter controlled by console. */
    size_t refCount;
} ConsoleInfo;

/*
 * Each console channel holds an instance of the ChannelData struct as
 * its instance data.  It contains ConsoleInfo, so the channel can work
 * with the appropriate console window, and a type value to distinguish
 * the stdout channel from the stderr channel.
................................................................................
    ConsoleInfo *info;
    Tcl_Channel consoleChannel;

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6-", 0) == NULL) {
        return;
    }

    consoleInitPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&consoleInitKey, (int) sizeof(int));
    if (*consoleInitPtr) {
	/*
	 * We've already initialized console channels in this thread.
................................................................................
    Tcl_Release(consoleInterp);
    if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, token);
	mainWindow = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
	if (mainWindow) {
	    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(mainWindow, StructureNotifyMask,
		    ConsoleEventProc, info);
	    if (info->refCount-- <= 1) {
		ckfree(info);
	    }
	}
	goto error;
    }
    return TCL_OK;

................................................................................
    ClientData instanceData,	/* Unused. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Unused. */
{
    ChannelData *data = instanceData;
    ConsoleInfo *info = data->info;

    if (info) {
	if (info->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    /*
	     * Assuming the Tcl_Interp * fields must already be NULL.
	     */

	    ckfree(info);
	}
    }
................................................................................
{
    ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;

    if (info->consoleInterp == interp) {
	Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler(DeleteConsoleInterp, info->consoleInterp);
	info->consoleInterp = NULL;
    }
    if (info->refCount-- <= 1) {
	ckfree(info);
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
    ClientData clientData)
{
    ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;

    if (info->consoleInterp) {
	Tcl_DeleteInterp(info->consoleInterp);
    }
    if (info->refCount-- <= 1) {
	ckfree(info);
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
	ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;
	Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp = info->consoleInterp;

	if (consoleInterp && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(consoleInterp)) {
	    Tcl_EvalEx(consoleInterp, "tk::ConsoleExit", -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
	}

	if (info->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    ckfree(info);
	}
    }
}
 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkDecls.h.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19








20
21
22
23
24
25
26
...
277
278
279
280
281
282
283

284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
...
467
468
469
470
471
472
473

474
475
476
477

478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488

489
490
491
492
493
494

495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
...
772
773
774
775
776
777
778

779
780
781
782

783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
...
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
....
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
....
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
....
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722








1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729










1730
1731
1732
1733
#define _TKDECLS

#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif









/*
 * WARNING: This file is automatically generated by the tools/genStubs.tcl
 * script.  Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made
 * in the generic/tk.decls script.
 */

/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
................................................................................
				char *widgRec, Display *display,
				int needFlags);
/* 75 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap);
/* 76 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout);
/* 77 */

EXTERN void		Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid);
/* 78 */
EXTERN GC		Tk_GCForColor(XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable);
/* 79 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GeometryRequest(Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth,
				int reqHeight);
/* 80 */
EXTERN Tk_3DBorder	Tk_Get3DBorder(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
................................................................................
EXTERN void		Tk_OwnSelection(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection,
				Tk_LostSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData);
/* 143 */
EXTERN int		Tk_ParseArgv(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				int *argcPtr, CONST84 char **argv,
				const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags);
/* 144 */

EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height);
/* 145 */

EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite(
				Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
				int subsampleX, int subsampleY);
/* 146 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PhotoGetImage(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
/* 147 */
EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoBlank(Tk_PhotoHandle handle);
/* 148 */

EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				int width, int height);
/* 149 */
EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoGetSize(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr,
				int *heightPtr);
/* 150 */

EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				int width, int height);
/* 151 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PointToChar(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y);
/* 152 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PostscriptFontName(Tk_Font tkfont,
				Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
/* 153 */
................................................................................
/* 244 */
EXTERN void		Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize(Tk_Window tkwin,
				int minWidth, int minHeight);
/* 245 */
EXTERN void		Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y,
				int height);
/* 246 */

EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height, int compRule);
/* 247 */

EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
				int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule);
/* 248 */
EXTERN int		Tk_CollapseMotionEvents(Display *display,
				int collapse);
/* 249 */
................................................................................
    void (*tk_FreeCursor) (Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor); /* 70 */
    void (*tk_FreeFont) (Tk_Font f); /* 71 */
    void (*tk_FreeGC) (Display *display, GC gc); /* 72 */
    void (*tk_FreeImage) (Tk_Image image); /* 73 */
    void (*tk_FreeOptions) (const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, Display *display, int needFlags); /* 74 */
    void (*tk_FreePixmap) (Display *display, Pixmap pixmap); /* 75 */
    void (*tk_FreeTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout textLayout); /* 76 */
    void (*tk_FreeXId) (Display *display, XID xid); /* 77 */
    GC (*tk_GCForColor) (XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable); /* 78 */
    void (*tk_GeometryRequest) (Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth, int reqHeight); /* 79 */
    Tk_3DBorder (*tk_Get3DBorder) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid colorName); /* 80 */
    void (*tk_GetAllBindings) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object); /* 81 */
    int (*tk_GetAnchor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr); /* 82 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_GetAtomName) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom atom); /* 83 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_GetBinding) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object, const char *eventStr); /* 84 */
................................................................................
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfImage) (Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster); /* 137 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfJoinStyle) (int join); /* 138 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfJustify) (Tk_Justify justify); /* 139 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfRelief) (int relief); /* 140 */
    Tk_Window (*tk_NameToWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pathName, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 141 */
    void (*tk_OwnSelection) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Tk_LostSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 142 */
    int (*tk_ParseArgv) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int *argcPtr, CONST84 char **argv, const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags); /* 143 */
    void (*tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 144 */
    void (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY); /* 145 */
    int (*tk_PhotoGetImage) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); /* 146 */
    void (*tk_PhotoBlank) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle); /* 147 */
    void (*tk_PhotoExpand_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 148 */
    void (*tk_PhotoGetSize) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 149 */
    void (*tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 150 */
    int (*tk_PointToChar) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y); /* 151 */
    int (*tk_PostscriptFontName) (Tk_Font tkfont, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 152 */
    void (*tk_PreserveColormap) (Display *display, Colormap colormap); /* 153 */
    void (*tk_QueueWindowEvent) (XEvent *eventPtr, Tcl_QueuePosition position); /* 154 */
    void (*tk_RedrawImage) (Tk_Image image, int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height, Drawable drawable, int drawableX, int drawableY); /* 155 */
    void (*tk_ResizeWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height); /* 156 */
    int (*tk_RestackWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int aboveBelow, Tk_Window other); /* 157 */
................................................................................
    void (*tk_CreateClientMessageHandler) (Tk_ClientMessageProc *proc); /* 239 */
    void (*tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler) (Tk_ClientMessageProc *proc); /* 240 */
    Tk_Window (*tk_CreateAnonymousWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window parent, const char *screenName); /* 241 */
    void (*tk_SetClassProcs) (Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ClassProcs *procs, ClientData instanceData); /* 242 */
    void (*tk_SetInternalBorderEx) (Tk_Window tkwin, int left, int right, int top, int bottom); /* 243 */
    void (*tk_SetMinimumRequestSize) (Tk_Window tkwin, int minWidth, int minHeight); /* 244 */
    void (*tk_SetCaretPos) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height); /* 245 */
    void (*tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int compRule); /* 246 */
    void (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule); /* 247 */
    int (*tk_CollapseMotionEvents) (Display *display, int collapse); /* 248 */
    Tk_StyleEngine (*tk_RegisterStyleEngine) (const char *name, Tk_StyleEngine parent); /* 249 */
    Tk_StyleEngine (*tk_GetStyleEngine) (const char *name); /* 250 */
    int (*tk_RegisterStyledElement) (Tk_StyleEngine engine, Tk_ElementSpec *templatePtr); /* 251 */
    int (*tk_GetElementId) (const char *name); /* 252 */
    Tk_Style (*tk_CreateStyle) (const char *name, Tk_StyleEngine engine, ClientData clientData); /* 253 */
    Tk_Style (*tk_GetStyle) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name); /* 254 */
................................................................................
/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

/* Functions that don't belong in the stub table */
#undef Tk_MainEx
#undef Tk_Init
#undef Tk_SafeInit
#undef Tk_CreateConsoleWindow









#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(UNICODE)
#   define Tk_MainEx Tk_MainExW
    EXTERN void Tk_MainExW(int argc, wchar_t **argv,
	    Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp);
#endif











#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

#endif /* _TKDECLS */






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
|







 







>
|



>
|










>
|





>
|







 







>
|



>
|







 







|







 







|
|


|

|







 







|
|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
...
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
...
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
...
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
...
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
....
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
....
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
....
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
#define _TKDECLS

#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif

#if !defined(BUILD_tk)
# define TK_DEPRECATED(msg) EXTERN TCL_DEPRECATED_API(msg)
#elif defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED)
# define TK_DEPRECATED(msg) MODULE_SCOPE
#else
# define TK_DEPRECATED(msg) EXTERN
#endif

/*
 * WARNING: This file is automatically generated by the tools/genStubs.tcl
 * script.  Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made
 * in the generic/tk.decls script.
 */

/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
................................................................................
				char *widgRec, Display *display,
				int needFlags);
/* 75 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap);
/* 76 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout);
/* 77 */
TK_DEPRECATED("function does nothing, call can be removed")
void			Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid);
/* 78 */
EXTERN GC		Tk_GCForColor(XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable);
/* 79 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GeometryRequest(Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth,
				int reqHeight);
/* 80 */
EXTERN Tk_3DBorder	Tk_Get3DBorder(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
................................................................................
EXTERN void		Tk_OwnSelection(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection,
				Tk_LostSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData);
/* 143 */
EXTERN int		Tk_ParseArgv(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
				int *argcPtr, CONST84 char **argv,
				const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags);
/* 144 */
TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed")
void			Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height);
/* 145 */
TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed")
void			Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite(
				Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
				int subsampleX, int subsampleY);
/* 146 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PhotoGetImage(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
/* 147 */
EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoBlank(Tk_PhotoHandle handle);
/* 148 */
TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed")
void			Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				int width, int height);
/* 149 */
EXTERN void		Tk_PhotoGetSize(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr,
				int *heightPtr);
/* 150 */
TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed")
void			Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				int width, int height);
/* 151 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PointToChar(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y);
/* 152 */
EXTERN int		Tk_PostscriptFontName(Tk_Font tkfont,
				Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
/* 153 */
................................................................................
/* 244 */
EXTERN void		Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize(Tk_Window tkwin,
				int minWidth, int minHeight);
/* 245 */
EXTERN void		Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y,
				int height);
/* 246 */
TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed")
void			Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height, int compRule);
/* 247 */
TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed")
void			Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
				Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
				int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
				int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule);
/* 248 */
EXTERN int		Tk_CollapseMotionEvents(Display *display,
				int collapse);
/* 249 */
................................................................................
    void (*tk_FreeCursor) (Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor); /* 70 */
    void (*tk_FreeFont) (Tk_Font f); /* 71 */
    void (*tk_FreeGC) (Display *display, GC gc); /* 72 */
    void (*tk_FreeImage) (Tk_Image image); /* 73 */
    void (*tk_FreeOptions) (const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, Display *display, int needFlags); /* 74 */
    void (*tk_FreePixmap) (Display *display, Pixmap pixmap); /* 75 */
    void (*tk_FreeTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout textLayout); /* 76 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function does nothing, call can be removed") void (*tk_FreeXId) (Display *display, XID xid); /* 77 */
    GC (*tk_GCForColor) (XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable); /* 78 */
    void (*tk_GeometryRequest) (Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth, int reqHeight); /* 79 */
    Tk_3DBorder (*tk_Get3DBorder) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid colorName); /* 80 */
    void (*tk_GetAllBindings) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object); /* 81 */
    int (*tk_GetAnchor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr); /* 82 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_GetAtomName) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom atom); /* 83 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_GetBinding) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object, const char *eventStr); /* 84 */
................................................................................
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfImage) (Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster); /* 137 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfJoinStyle) (int join); /* 138 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfJustify) (Tk_Justify justify); /* 139 */
    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfRelief) (int relief); /* 140 */
    Tk_Window (*tk_NameToWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pathName, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 141 */
    void (*tk_OwnSelection) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Tk_LostSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 142 */
    int (*tk_ParseArgv) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int *argcPtr, CONST84 char **argv, const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags); /* 143 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 144 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY); /* 145 */
    int (*tk_PhotoGetImage) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); /* 146 */
    void (*tk_PhotoBlank) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle); /* 147 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoExpand_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 148 */
    void (*tk_PhotoGetSize) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 149 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 150 */
    int (*tk_PointToChar) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y); /* 151 */
    int (*tk_PostscriptFontName) (Tk_Font tkfont, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 152 */
    void (*tk_PreserveColormap) (Display *display, Colormap colormap); /* 153 */
    void (*tk_QueueWindowEvent) (XEvent *eventPtr, Tcl_QueuePosition position); /* 154 */
    void (*tk_RedrawImage) (Tk_Image image, int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height, Drawable drawable, int drawableX, int drawableY); /* 155 */
    void (*tk_ResizeWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height); /* 156 */
    int (*tk_RestackWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int aboveBelow, Tk_Window other); /* 157 */
................................................................................
    void (*tk_CreateClientMessageHandler) (Tk_ClientMessageProc *proc); /* 239 */
    void (*tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler) (Tk_ClientMessageProc *proc); /* 240 */
    Tk_Window (*tk_CreateAnonymousWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window parent, const char *screenName); /* 241 */
    void (*tk_SetClassProcs) (Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ClassProcs *procs, ClientData instanceData); /* 242 */
    void (*tk_SetInternalBorderEx) (Tk_Window tkwin, int left, int right, int top, int bottom); /* 243 */
    void (*tk_SetMinimumRequestSize) (Tk_Window tkwin, int minWidth, int minHeight); /* 244 */
    void (*tk_SetCaretPos) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height); /* 245 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int compRule); /* 246 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule); /* 247 */
    int (*tk_CollapseMotionEvents) (Display *display, int collapse); /* 248 */
    Tk_StyleEngine (*tk_RegisterStyleEngine) (const char *name, Tk_StyleEngine parent); /* 249 */
    Tk_StyleEngine (*tk_GetStyleEngine) (const char *name); /* 250 */
    int (*tk_RegisterStyledElement) (Tk_StyleEngine engine, Tk_ElementSpec *templatePtr); /* 251 */
    int (*tk_GetElementId) (const char *name); /* 252 */
    Tk_Style (*tk_CreateStyle) (const char *name, Tk_StyleEngine engine, ClientData clientData); /* 253 */
    Tk_Style (*tk_GetStyle) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name); /* 254 */
................................................................................
/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

/* Functions that don't belong in the stub table */
#undef Tk_MainEx
#undef Tk_Init
#undef Tk_SafeInit
#undef Tk_CreateConsoleWindow

#undef Tk_FreeXId
#define Tk_FreeXId(display,xid)
#undef Tk_GetStyleFromObj
#undef Tk_FreeStyleFromObj
#define Tk_GetStyleFromObj(obj) Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(NULL, obj)
#define Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(obj) /* no-op */


#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(UNICODE)
#   define Tk_MainEx Tk_MainExW
    EXTERN void Tk_MainExW(int argc, wchar_t **argv,
	    Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp);
#endif


#ifdef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
#undef Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite
#undef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite
#undef Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic
#undef Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic
#undef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic
#undef Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

#endif /* _TKDECLS */

Changes to generic/tkEntry.c.

1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180

1181
1182
1183
1184
1185

1186





1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
	}
	if (entryPtr->insertBorderWidth > entryPtr->insertWidth/2) {
	    entryPtr->insertBorderWidth = entryPtr->insertWidth/2;
	}

	if (entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) {
	    if (sbPtr->fromValue > sbPtr->toValue) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(

			"-to value must be greater than -from value",
			-1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "SPINBOX", "RANGE_SANITY",
			NULL);
		continue;

	    }






	    if (sbPtr->reqFormat && (oldFormat != sbPtr->reqFormat)) {
		/*
		 * Make sure that the given format is somewhat correct, and
		 * calculate the minimum space we'll need for the values as
		 * strings.
		 */






<
>
|
<
<
<
<
>
|
>
>
>
>
>







1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179

1180
1181




1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
	}
	if (entryPtr->insertBorderWidth > entryPtr->insertWidth/2) {
	    entryPtr->insertBorderWidth = entryPtr->insertWidth/2;
	}

	if (entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) {
	    if (sbPtr->fromValue > sbPtr->toValue) {

                /*
                 * Swap -from and -to values.




                 */

                double tmpFromTo = sbPtr->fromValue;

                sbPtr->fromValue = sbPtr->toValue;
                sbPtr->toValue = tmpFromTo;
            }

	    if (sbPtr->reqFormat && (oldFormat != sbPtr->reqFormat)) {
		/*
		 * Make sure that the given format is somewhat correct, and
		 * calculate the minimum space we'll need for the values as
		 * strings.
		 */

Changes to generic/tkFont.c.

37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
...
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
....
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
....
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
/*
 * The following data structure is used to keep track of the font attributes
 * for each named font that has been defined. The named font is only deleted
 * when the last reference to it goes away.
 */

typedef struct NamedFont {
    int refCount;		/* Number of users of named font. */
    int deletePending;		/* Non-zero if font should be deleted when
				 * last reference goes away. */
    TkFontAttributes fa;	/* Desired attributes for named font. */
} NamedFont;

/*
 * The following two structures are used to keep track of string measurement
................................................................................
 */

const Tcl_ObjType tkFontObjType = {
    "font",			/* name */
    FreeFontObjProc,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupFontObjProc,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    SetFontFromAny		/* setFromAnyProc */
};
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkFontPkgInit --
 *
................................................................................
    if (fontPtr->namedHashPtr != NULL) {
	/*
	 * This font derived from a named font. Reduce the reference count on
	 * the named font and free it if no-one else is using it.
	 */

	nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->namedHashPtr);
	nfPtr->refCount--;
	if ((nfPtr->refCount == 0) && nfPtr->deletePending) {
	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(fontPtr->namedHashPtr);
	    ckfree(nfPtr);
	}
    }

    prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->cacheHashPtr);
    if (prevPtr == fontPtr) {
................................................................................
	upper = 1;
	for (; *src != '\0'; ) {
	    while (isspace(UCHAR(*src))) { /* INTL: ISO space */
		src++;
		upper = 1;
	    }
	    src += TkUtfToUniChar(src, &ch);
	    if (ch <= 0xffff) {
		if (upper) {
		    ch = Tcl_UniCharToUpper(ch);
		    upper = 0;
		} else {
		    ch = Tcl_UniCharToLower(ch);
		}
	    } else {
		upper = 0;
	    }
	    dest += TkUniCharToUtf(ch, dest);
	}
	*dest = '\0';
	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, dest - Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr));
	family = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + len;
    }






|







 







|







 







<
|







 







<
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
<







37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
...
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
....
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436

1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
....
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716

1717
1718
1719
1720
1721



1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
/*
 * The following data structure is used to keep track of the font attributes
 * for each named font that has been defined. The named font is only deleted
 * when the last reference to it goes away.
 */

typedef struct NamedFont {
    size_t refCount;		/* Number of users of named font. */
    int deletePending;		/* Non-zero if font should be deleted when
				 * last reference goes away. */
    TkFontAttributes fa;	/* Desired attributes for named font. */
} NamedFont;

/*
 * The following two structures are used to keep track of string measurement
................................................................................
 */

const Tcl_ObjType tkFontObjType = {
    "font",			/* name */
    FreeFontObjProc,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupFontObjProc,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    NULL			/* setFromAnyProc */
};
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkFontPkgInit --
 *
................................................................................
    if (fontPtr->namedHashPtr != NULL) {
	/*
	 * This font derived from a named font. Reduce the reference count on
	 * the named font and free it if no-one else is using it.
	 */

	nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->namedHashPtr);

	if ((nfPtr->refCount-- <= 1) && nfPtr->deletePending) {
	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(fontPtr->namedHashPtr);
	    ckfree(nfPtr);
	}
    }

    prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->cacheHashPtr);
    if (prevPtr == fontPtr) {
................................................................................
	upper = 1;
	for (; *src != '\0'; ) {
	    while (isspace(UCHAR(*src))) { /* INTL: ISO space */
		src++;
		upper = 1;
	    }
	    src += TkUtfToUniChar(src, &ch);

	    if (upper) {
		ch = Tcl_UniCharToUpper(ch);
		upper = 0;
	    } else {
		ch = Tcl_UniCharToLower(ch);



	    }
	    dest += TkUniCharToUtf(ch, dest);
	}
	*dest = '\0';
	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, dest - Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr));
	family = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + len;
    }

Changes to generic/tkGC.c.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
...
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
 * values in the graphics context and the other based on the display and GC
 * identifier.
 */

typedef struct {
    GC gc;			/* Graphics context. */
    Display *display;		/* Display to which gc belongs. */
    int refCount;		/* Number of active uses of gc. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *valueHashPtr;/* Entry in valueTable (needed when deleting
				 * this structure). */
} TkGC;

typedef struct {
    XGCValues values;		/* Desired values for GC. */
    Display *display;		/* Display for which GC is valid. */
................................................................................
    }

    idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gcIdTable, (char *) gc);
    if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeGC received unknown gc argument");
    }
    gcPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);
    gcPtr->refCount--;
    if (gcPtr->refCount == 0) {
	XFreeGC(gcPtr->display, gcPtr->gc);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(gcPtr->valueHashPtr);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(idHashPtr);
	ckfree(gcPtr);
    }
}
 






|







 







|
<







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
...
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315

316
317
318
319
320
321
322
 * values in the graphics context and the other based on the display and GC
 * identifier.
 */

typedef struct {
    GC gc;			/* Graphics context. */
    Display *display;		/* Display to which gc belongs. */
    size_t refCount;		/* Number of active uses of gc. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *valueHashPtr;/* Entry in valueTable (needed when deleting
				 * this structure). */
} TkGC;

typedef struct {
    XGCValues values;		/* Desired values for GC. */
    Display *display;		/* Display for which GC is valid. */
................................................................................
    }

    idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gcIdTable, (char *) gc);
    if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeGC received unknown gc argument");
    }
    gcPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);
    if (gcPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {

	XFreeGC(gcPtr->display, gcPtr->gc);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(gcPtr->valueHashPtr);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(idHashPtr);
	ckfree(gcPtr);
    }
}
 

Changes to generic/tkImgBmap.c.

45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
...
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
/*
 * The following data structure represents all of the instances of an image
 * that lie within a particular window:
 */

typedef struct BitmapInstance {
    int refCount;		/* Number of instances that share this data
				 * structure. */
    BitmapMaster *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to master for image. */
    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window in which the instances will be
				 * displayed. */
    XColor *fg;			/* Foreground color for displaying image. */
    XColor *bg;			/* Background color for displaying image. */
    Pixmap bitmap;		/* The bitmap to display. */
................................................................................
    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to BitmapInstance structure for
				 * instance to be displayed. */
    Display *display)		/* Display containing window that used image. */
{
    BitmapInstance *instancePtr = clientData;
    BitmapInstance *prevPtr;

    instancePtr->refCount--;
    if (instancePtr->refCount > 0) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     * There are no more uses of the image within this widget. Free the
     * instance structure.
     */






|







 







|
<







45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
...
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954

955
956
957
958
959
960
961
/*
 * The following data structure represents all of the instances of an image
 * that lie within a particular window:
 */

typedef struct BitmapInstance {
    size_t refCount;		/* Number of instances that share this data
				 * structure. */
    BitmapMaster *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to master for image. */
    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window in which the instances will be
				 * displayed. */
    XColor *fg;			/* Foreground color for displaying image. */
    XColor *bg;			/* Background color for displaying image. */
    Pixmap bitmap;		/* The bitmap to display. */
................................................................................
    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to BitmapInstance structure for
				 * instance to be displayed. */
    Display *display)		/* Display containing window that used image. */
{
    BitmapInstance *instancePtr = clientData;
    BitmapInstance *prevPtr;

    if (instancePtr->refCount-- > 1) {

	return;
    }

    /*
     * There are no more uses of the image within this widget. Free the
     * instance structure.
     */

Added generic/tkImgListFormat.c.










































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
/*
 * tkImgListFormat.c --
 *
 *      Implements the default image data format. I.e. the format used for
 *      [imageName data] and [imageName put] if no other format is specified.
 *
 *      The default format consits of a list of scan lines (rows) with each
 *      list element being itself a list of pixels (or columns). For details,
 *      see the manpage photo.n
 *
 *      This image format cannot read/write files, it is meant for string
 *      data only.
 *
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2002-2003 Donal K. Fellows
 * Copyright (c) 2003 ActiveState Corporation.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 *
 * Authors:
 *      Paul Mackerras ([email protected]),
 *              Department of Computer Science,
 *              Australian National University.
 *
 *      Simon Bachmann ([email protected])
 */


#include "tkImgPhoto.h"

/*
 * Message to generate when an attempt to allocate memory for an image fails.
 */

#define TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE \
        "not enough free memory for image buffer"


/*
 * Color name length limit: do not attempt to parse as color strings that are
 * longer than this limit
 */

#define TK_PHOTO_MAX_COLOR_CHARS 99

/*
 * Symbols for the different formats of a color string.
 */

enum ColorFormatType {
    COLORFORMAT_TKCOLOR,
    COLORFORMAT_EMPTYSTRING,
    COLORFORMAT_LIST,
    COLORFORMAT_RGB1,
    COLORFORMAT_RGB2,
    COLORFORMAT_RGBA1,
    COLORFORMAT_RGBA2
};

/*
 * Names for the color format types above.
 * Order must match the one in enum ColorFormatType
 */

static const char *const colorFormatNames[] = {
    "tkcolor",
    "emptystring",
    "list",
    "rgb-short",
    "rgb",
    "rgba-short",
    "rgba",
    NULL
};

/*
 * The following data structure is used to return information from
 * ParseFormatOptions:
 */

struct FormatOptions {
    int options;         /* Individual bits indicate which options were
                          * specified - see below. */
    Tcl_Obj *formatName; /* Name specified without an option. */
    enum ColorFormatType colorFormat;
                         /* The color format type given with the
                          * -colorformat option */
};

/*
 * Bit definitions for use with ParseFormatOptions: each bit is set in the
 * allowedOptions parameter on a call to ParseFormatOptions if that option
 * is allowed for the current photo image subcommand. On return, the bit is
 * set in the options field of the FormatOptions structure if that option
 * was specified.
 *
 * OPT_COLORFORMAT:         Set if -alpha option allowed/specified.
 */

#define OPT_COLORFORMAT     1

/*
 * List of format option names. The order here must match the order of
 * declarations of the FMT_OPT_* constants above.
 */

static const char *const formatOptionNames[] = {
    "-colorformat",
    NULL
};

/*
 * Forward declarations
 */

static int      ParseFormatOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, int allowedOptions,
                    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int *indexPtr,
                    struct FormatOptions *optPtr);
static Tcl_Obj  *GetBadOptMsg(const char *badValue, int allowedOpts);
static int      StringMatchDef(Tcl_Obj *data, Tcl_Obj *formatString,
                    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp);
static int      StringReadDef(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *data,
                    Tcl_Obj *formatString, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,
                    int destX, int destY, int width, int height,
                    int srcX, int srcY);
static int      StringWriteDef(Tcl_Interp *interp,
                    Tcl_Obj *formatString,
                    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static int      ParseColor(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *specObj,
                    Display *display, Colormap colormap, unsigned char *redPtr,
                    unsigned char *greenPtr, unsigned char *bluePtr,
                    unsigned char *alphaPtr);
static int      ParseColorAsList(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *colorString,
                    int colorStrLen, unsigned char *redPtr,
                    unsigned char *greenPtr, unsigned char *bluePtr,
                    unsigned char *alphaPtr);
static int      ParseColorAsHex(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *colorString,
                    int colorStrLen, Display *display, Colormap colormap,
                    unsigned char *redPtr, unsigned char *greenPtr,
                    unsigned char *bluePtr, unsigned char *alphaPtr);
static int      ParseColorAsStandard(Tcl_Interp *interp,
                    const char *colorString, int colorStrLen,
                    Display *display, Colormap colormap,
                    unsigned char *redPtr, unsigned char *greenPtr,
                    unsigned char *bluePtr, unsigned char *alphaPtr);

/*
 * The format record for the default image handler
 */

Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtDefault = {
    "default",      /* name */
    NULL,           /* fileMatchProc: format doesn't support file ops */
    StringMatchDef, /* stringMatchProc */
    NULL,           /* fileReadProc: format doesn't support file read */
    StringReadDef,  /* stringReadProc */
    NULL,           /* fileWriteProc: format doesn't support file write */
    StringWriteDef  /* stringWriteProc */
};
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseFormatOptions --
 *
 *      Parse the options passed to the image format handler.
 *
 * Results:
 *      On success, the structure pointed to by optPtr is filled with the
 *      values passed or with the defaults and TCL_OK returned.
 *      If an error occurs, leaves an error message in interp and returns
 *      TCL_ERROR.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      The value in *indexPtr is updated to the index of the fist
 *      element in argv[] that does not look like an option/value, or to
 *      argc if parsing reached the end of argv[].
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static int
ParseFormatOptions(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,               /* For error messages */
    int allowedOptions,               /* Bitfield specifying which options are
                                       * to be considered allowed */
    int objc,                         /* Number of elements in argv[] */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],            /* The arguments to parse */
    int *indexPtr,                    /* Index giving the first element to
                                       * parse. The value is updated to the
                                       * index where parsing ended */
    struct FormatOptions *optPtr)     /* Parsed option values are written to
                                       * this struct */

{
    int index, optIndex, typeIndex, first;
    const char *option;

    first = 1;

    /*
     * Fill in default values
     */
    optPtr->options = 0;
    optPtr->formatName = NULL;
    optPtr->colorFormat = COLORFORMAT_RGB2;
    for (index = *indexPtr; index < objc; *indexPtr = ++index) {
        int optionExists;

        /*
         * The first value can be the format handler's name. It goes to
         * optPtr->name.
         */
        option = Tcl_GetString(objv[index]);
        if (option[0] != '-') {
            if (first) {
                optPtr->formatName = objv[index];
                first = 0;
                continue;
            } else {
                break;
            }
        }
        first = 0;

        /*
         * Check if option is known and allowed
         */

        optionExists = 1;
        if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, objv[index], formatOptionNames,
                "format option", 0, &optIndex) != TCL_OK) {
            optionExists = 0;
        }
        if (!optionExists || !((1 << optIndex) & allowedOptions)) {
            Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, GetBadOptMsg(Tcl_GetString(objv[index]),
                    allowedOptions));
            Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_OPTION", NULL);
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }

        /*
         * Option-specific checks
         */

        switch (1 << optIndex) {
        case OPT_COLORFORMAT:
            *indexPtr = ++index;
            if (index >= objc) {
                Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("the \"%s\" option "
                        "requires a value", Tcl_GetString(objv[index - 1])));
                Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                        "MISSING_VALUE", NULL);
                return TCL_ERROR;
            }
            if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, objv[index], colorFormatNames, "",
                    TCL_EXACT, &typeIndex) != TCL_OK
                    || (typeIndex != COLORFORMAT_LIST
                    && typeIndex != COLORFORMAT_RGB2
                    && typeIndex != COLORFORMAT_RGBA2) ) {
                Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad color format "
                        "\"%s\": must be rgb, rgba, or list",
                        Tcl_GetString(objv[index])));
                Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                        "BAD_COLOR_FORMAT", NULL);
                return TCL_ERROR;
            }
            optPtr->colorFormat = typeIndex;
            break;
        default:
            Tcl_Panic("ParseFormatOptions: unexpected switch fallthrough");
        }

        /*
         * Add option to bitfield in optPtr
         */
        optPtr->options |= (1 << optIndex);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 *  GetBadOptMsg --
 *
 *      Build a Tcl_Obj containing an error message in the form "bad option
 *      "xx": must be y, or z", based on the bits set in allowedOpts.
 *
 * Results:
 *      A Tcl Object containig the error message.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      None
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static Tcl_Obj *
GetBadOptMsg(
    const char *badValue,   /* the erroneous option */
    int allowedOpts)        /* bitfield specifying the allowed options */
{
    int i, bit;
    Tcl_Obj *resObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad format option \"%s\": ", badValue);

    if (allowedOpts == 0) {
        Tcl_AppendToObj(resObj, "no options allowed", -1);
    } else {
        Tcl_AppendToObj(resObj, "must be ", -1);
        bit = 1;
        for (i = 0; formatOptionNames[i] != NULL; i++) {
            if (allowedOpts & bit) {
                if (allowedOpts & (bit -1)) {
                    /*
                     * not the first option
                     */
                    if (allowedOpts & ~((bit << 1) - 1)) {
                        /*
                         * not the last option
                         */
                        Tcl_AppendToObj(resObj, ", ", -1);
                    } else {
                        Tcl_AppendToObj(resObj, ", or ", -1);
                    }
                }
                Tcl_AppendToObj(resObj, formatOptionNames[i], -1);
            }
            bit <<=1;
        }
    }
    return resObj;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringMatchDef --
 *
 *      Default string match function. Test if image data in string form
 *      appears to be in the default list-of-list-of-pixel-data format
 *      accepted by the "<img> put" command.
 *
 * Results:
 *      If thte data is in the default format, writes the size of the image
 *      to widthPtr and heightPtr and returns 1. Otherwise, leaves an error
 *      message in interp (if not NULL) and returns 0.
 *      Note that this function does not parse all data points. A return
 *      value of 1 does not guarantee that the data can be read without
 *      errors.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      None
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static int
StringMatchDef(
    Tcl_Obj *data,          /* The data to check */
    Tcl_Obj *formatString,  /* Value of the -format option, not used here */
    int *widthPtr,          /* Width of image is written to this location */
    int *heightPtr,         /* Height of image is written to this location */
    Tcl_Interp *interp)     /* Error messages are left in this interpreter */
{
    int y, rowCount, colCount, curColCount;
    unsigned char dummy;
    Tcl_Obj **rowListPtr, *pixelData;

    /*
     * See if data can be parsed as a list, if every element is itself a valid
     * list and all sublists have the same length.
     */

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, data, &rowCount, &rowListPtr)
            != TCL_OK) {
        return 0;
    }
    if (rowCount == 0) {
        /*
         * empty list is valid data
         */

        *widthPtr = 0;
        *heightPtr = 0;
        return 1;
    }
    colCount = -1;
    for (y = 0; y < rowCount; y++) {
        if (Tcl_ListObjLength(interp, rowListPtr[y], &curColCount) != TCL_OK) {
            return 0;
        }
        if (colCount < 0) {
            colCount = curColCount;
        } else if (curColCount != colCount) {
            if (interp != NULL) {
                Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("invalid row # %d: "
                        "all rows must have the same number of elements", y));
                Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                        "INVALID_DATA", NULL);
            }
            return 0;
        }
    }

    /*
     * Data in base64 encoding (or even binary data), might actually pass
     * these tests. To avoid parsing it as list of lists format, check one
     * pixel for validity.
     */
    if (Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, rowListPtr[0], 0, &pixelData) != TCL_OK) {
        return 0;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetCharLength(pixelData) > TK_PHOTO_MAX_COLOR_CHARS) {
        return 0;
    }
    if (ParseColor(interp, pixelData, Tk_Display(Tk_MainWindow(interp)),
            Tk_Colormap(Tk_MainWindow(interp)), &dummy, &dummy, &dummy, &dummy)
            != TCL_OK) {
        return 0;
    }

    /*
     * Looks like we have valid data for this format.
     * We do not check any pixel values - that's the job of ImgStringRead()
     */

    *widthPtr = colCount;
    *heightPtr = rowCount;

    return 1;

}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringReadDef --
 *
 *      String read function for default format. (see manpage for details on
 *      the format).
 *
 * Results:
 *      A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      If the data has valid format, write it to the image identified by
 *      imageHandle.
 *      If the image data cannot be parsed, an error message is left in
 *      interp.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/

static int
StringReadDef(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,         /* leave error messages here */
    Tcl_Obj *data,              /* the data to parse */
    Tcl_Obj *formatString,      /* value of the -format option */
    Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, /* write data to this image */
    int destX, int destY,       /* start writing data at this point
                                 * in destination image*/
    int width, int height,      /* dimensions of area to write to */
    int srcX, int srcY)         /* start reading source data at these
                                 * coordinates */
{
    Tcl_Obj **rowListPtr, **colListPtr;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;
    int objc;
    unsigned char *curPixelPtr;
    int x, y, rowCount, colCount, curColCount;
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock srcBlock;
    Display *display;
    Colormap colormap;
    struct FormatOptions opts;
    int optIndex;

    /*
     * Parse format suboptions
     * We don't use any format suboptions, but we still need to provide useful
     * error messages if suboptions were specified.
     */

    memset(&opts, 0, sizeof(opts));
    if (formatString != NULL) {
        if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, formatString, &objc, &objv)
                != TCL_OK) {
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        optIndex = 0;
        if (ParseFormatOptions(interp, 0, objc, objv, &optIndex, &opts)
                != TCL_OK) {
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        if (optIndex < objc) {
            Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
                    GetBadOptMsg(Tcl_GetString(objv[optIndex]), 0));
            Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_OPTION", NULL);
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
    }

    /*
     * Check input data
     */

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, data, &rowCount, &rowListPtr)
            != TCL_OK ) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if ( rowCount > 0 && Tcl_ListObjLength(interp, rowListPtr[0], &colCount)
            != TCL_OK) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (width <= 0 || height <= 0 || rowCount == 0 || colCount == 0) {
        /*
         * No changes with zero sized input or zero sized output region
         */

        return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (srcX < 0 || srcY < 0 || srcX >= rowCount || srcY >= colCount) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("source coordinates out of range"));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES", NULL);
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Memory allocation overflow protection.
     * May not be able to trigger/ demo / test this.
     */

    if (colCount > (int)(UINT_MAX / 4 / rowCount)) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                        "photo image dimensions exceed Tcl memory limits"));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                "OVERFLOW", NULL);
        return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Read data and put it to imageHandle
     */

    srcBlock.width = colCount - srcX;
    srcBlock.height = rowCount - srcY;
    srcBlock.pixelSize = 4;
    srcBlock.pitch = srcBlock.width * 4;
    srcBlock.offset[0] = 0;
    srcBlock.offset[1] = 1;
    srcBlock.offset[2] = 2;
    srcBlock.offset[3] = 3;
    srcBlock.pixelPtr = attemptckalloc(srcBlock.pitch * srcBlock.height);
    if (srcBlock.pixelPtr == NULL) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", NULL);
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    curPixelPtr = srcBlock.pixelPtr;
    display = Tk_Display(Tk_MainWindow(interp));
    colormap = Tk_Colormap(Tk_MainWindow(interp));
    for (y = srcY; y < rowCount; y++) {
        /*
         * We don't test the length of row, as that's been done in
         * ImgStringMatch()
         */

        if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, rowListPtr[y], &curColCount,
                &colListPtr) != TCL_OK) {
            goto errorExit;
        }
        for (x = srcX; x < colCount; x++) {
            if (ParseColor(interp, colListPtr[x], display, colormap,
                    curPixelPtr, curPixelPtr + 1, curPixelPtr + 2,
                    curPixelPtr + 3) != TCL_OK) {
                goto errorExit;
            }
            curPixelPtr += 4;
        }
    }

    /*
     * Write image data to destHandle
     */
    if (Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, imageHandle, &srcBlock, destX, destY,
            width, height, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET) != TCL_OK) {
        goto errorExit;
    }

    ckfree(srcBlock.pixelPtr);

    return TCL_OK;

  errorExit:
    ckfree(srcBlock.pixelPtr);

    return TCL_ERROR;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringWriteDef --
 *
 *      String write function for default image data format. See the user
 *      documentation for details.
 *
 * Results:
 *      The converted data is set as the result of interp. Returns a standard
 *      Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
StringWriteDef(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,                 /* For the result and errors */
    Tcl_Obj *formatString,              /* The value of the -format option */
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)       /* The image data to convert */
{
    int greenOffset, blueOffset, alphaOffset, hasAlpha;
    Tcl_Obj *result, **objv = NULL;
    int objc, allowedOpts, optIndex;
    struct FormatOptions opts;

    /*
     * Parse format suboptions
     */
    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, formatString, &objc, &objv)
            != TCL_OK) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    allowedOpts = OPT_COLORFORMAT;
    optIndex = 0;
    if (ParseFormatOptions(interp, allowedOpts, objc, objv, &optIndex, &opts)
            != TCL_OK) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (optIndex < objc) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
                GetBadOptMsg(Tcl_GetString(objv[optIndex]), allowedOpts));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_OPTION", NULL);
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
    blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];

    /*
     * A negative alpha offset signals that the image is fully opaque.
     * That's not really documented anywhere, but it's the way it is!
     */

    if (blockPtr->offset[3] < 0) {
        hasAlpha = 0;
        alphaOffset = 0;
    } else {
        hasAlpha = 1;
        alphaOffset = blockPtr->offset[3] - blockPtr->offset[0];
    }

    if ((blockPtr->width > 0) && (blockPtr->height > 0)) {
        int row, col;
        Tcl_DString data, line;
        char colorBuf[11];
        unsigned char *pixelPtr;
        unsigned char alphaVal = 255;

        Tcl_DStringInit(&data);
        for (row=0; row<blockPtr->height; row++) {
            pixelPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0]
                    + row * blockPtr->pitch;
            Tcl_DStringInit(&line);
            for (col=0; col<blockPtr->width; col++) {
                if (hasAlpha) {
                    alphaVal = pixelPtr[alphaOffset];
                }

                /*
                 * We don't build lines as a list for #RGBA and #RGB. Since
                 * these color formats look like comments, the first element
                 * of the list would get quoted with an additional {} .
                 * While this is not a problem if the data is used as
                 * a list, it would cause problems if someone decides to parse
                 * it as a string (and it looks kinda strange)
                 */

                switch (opts.colorFormat) {
                case COLORFORMAT_RGB2:
                    sprintf(colorBuf, "#%02x%02x%02x ",  pixelPtr[0],
                            pixelPtr[greenOffset], pixelPtr[blueOffset]);
                    Tcl_DStringAppend(&line, colorBuf, -1);
                    break;
                case COLORFORMAT_RGBA2:
                    sprintf(colorBuf, "#%02x%02x%02x%02x ",
                            pixelPtr[0], pixelPtr[greenOffset],
                            pixelPtr[blueOffset], alphaVal);
                    Tcl_DStringAppend(&line, colorBuf, -1);
                    break;
                case COLORFORMAT_LIST:
                    Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&line);
                    sprintf(colorBuf, "%d", pixelPtr[0]);
                    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&line, colorBuf);
                    sprintf(colorBuf, "%d", pixelPtr[greenOffset]);
                    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&line, colorBuf);
                    sprintf(colorBuf, "%d", pixelPtr[blueOffset]);
                    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&line, colorBuf);
                    sprintf(colorBuf, "%d", alphaVal);
                    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&line, colorBuf);
                    Tcl_DStringEndSublist(&line);
                    break;
                default:
                    Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough");
                }
                pixelPtr += blockPtr->pixelSize;
            }
            if (opts.colorFormat != COLORFORMAT_LIST) {
                /*
                 * For the #XXX formats, we need to remove the last
                 * whitespace.
                 */

                *(Tcl_DStringValue(&line) + Tcl_DStringLength(&line) - 1)
                        = '\0';
            }
            Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&data, Tcl_DStringValue(&line));
            Tcl_DStringFree(&line);
        }
        result = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&data), -1);
        Tcl_DStringFree(&data);
    } else {
        result = Tcl_NewObj();
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseColor --
 *
 *      This function extracts color and alpha values from a string. It
 *      understands standard Tk color formats, alpha suffixes and the color
 *      formats specific to photo images, which include alpha data.
 *
 * Results:
 *      On success, writes red, green, blue and alpha values to the
 *      corresponding pointers. If the color spec contains no alpha
 *      information, 255 is taken as transparency value.
 *      If the input cannot be parsed, leaves an error message in
 *      interp. Returns a standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static int
ParseColor(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,         /* error messages go there */
    Tcl_Obj *specObj,           /* the color data to parse */
    Display *display,           /* display of main window, needed to parse
                                 * standard Tk colors */
    Colormap colormap,          /* colormap of current display */
    unsigned char *redPtr,      /* the result is written to these pointers */
    unsigned char *greenPtr,
    unsigned char *bluePtr,
    unsigned char *alphaPtr)
{
    const char *specString;
    int charCount;

    /*
     * Find out which color format we have
     */

    specString = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(specObj, &charCount);

    if (charCount == 0) {
        /* Empty string */
        *redPtr = *greenPtr = *bluePtr = *alphaPtr = 0;
        return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (charCount > TK_PHOTO_MAX_COLOR_CHARS) {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("invalid color"));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                "INVALID_COLOR", NULL);
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (specString[0] == '#') {
        return ParseColorAsHex(interp, specString, charCount, display,
                colormap, redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr);
    }
    if (ParseColorAsList(interp, specString, charCount,
            redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr) == TCL_OK) {
        return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Parsing the color as standard Tk color always is the last option tried
     * because TkParseColor() is very slow with values it cannot parse.
     */

    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    return ParseColorAsStandard(interp, specString, charCount, display,
            colormap, redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr);

}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseColorAsList --
 *
 *      This function extracts color and alpha values from a list of 3 or 4
 *      integers (the list color format).
 *
 * Results:
 *      On success, writes red, green, blue and alpha values to the
 *      corresponding pointers. If the color spec contains no alpha
 *      information, 255 is taken as transparency value.
 *      Returns a standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      Does *not* leave error messages in interp. The reason is that
 *      it is not always possible to tell if the list format was even
 *      intended and thus it is hard to return meaningful messages.
 *      A general error message from the caller is probably the best
 *      alternative.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static int
ParseColorAsList(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,         /* not used */
    const char *colorString,    /* the color data to parse */
    int colorStrLen,            /* length of the color string */
    unsigned char *redPtr,      /* the result is written to these pointers */
    unsigned char *greenPtr,
    unsigned char *bluePtr,
    unsigned char *alphaPtr)
{

    /*
     * This is kinda ugly. The code would be certainly nicer if it
     * used Tcl_ListObjGetElements() and Tcl_GetIntFromObj(). But with
     * strtol() it's *much* faster.
     */

    const char *curPos;
    int values[4];
    int i;

    curPos = colorString;
    i = 0;

    /*
     * strtol can give false positives with a sequence of space chars.
     * To avoid that, avance the pointer to the next non-blank char.
     */

    while(isspace(*curPos)) {
        ++curPos;
    }
    while (i < 4 && *curPos != '\0') {
        values[i] = strtol(curPos, (char **)&curPos, 0);
        if (values[i] < 0 || values[i] > 255) {
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        while(isspace(*curPos)) {
            ++curPos;
        }
        ++i;
    }

    if (i < 3 || *curPos != '\0') {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (i < 4) {
        values[3] = 255;
    }

    *redPtr = (unsigned char) values[0];
    *greenPtr = (unsigned char) values[1];
    *bluePtr = (unsigned char) values[2];
    *alphaPtr = (unsigned char) values[3];

    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseColorAsHex --
 *
 *      This function extracts color and alpha values from a string
 *      starting with '#', followed by hex digits. It undestands both
 *      the #RGBA form and the #RBG (with optional suffix)
 *
 * Results:
 *      On success, writes red, green, blue and alpha values to the
 *      corresponding pointers. If the color spec contains no alpha
 *      information, 255 is taken as transparency value.
 *      Returns a standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static int
ParseColorAsHex(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,         /* error messages are left here */
    const char *colorString,    /* the color data to parse */
    int colorStrLen,            /* length of the color string */
    Display *display,           /* display of main window */
    Colormap colormap,          /* colormap of current display */
    unsigned char *redPtr,      /* the result is written to these pointers */
    unsigned char *greenPtr,
    unsigned char *bluePtr,
    unsigned char *alphaPtr)
{
    int i;
    unsigned long int colorValue = 0;

    if (colorStrLen - 1 != 4 && colorStrLen - 1 != 8) {
        return ParseColorAsStandard(interp, colorString, colorStrLen,
                display, colormap, redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr);
    }
    for (i = 1; i < colorStrLen; i++) {
        if (!isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[i]))) {
            /*
             * There still is a chance that this is a Tk color with
             * an alpha suffix
             */

            return ParseColorAsStandard(interp, colorString, colorStrLen,
                    display, colormap, redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr);
        }
    }

    colorValue = strtoul(colorString + 1, NULL, 16);
    switch (colorStrLen - 1) {
    case 4:
        /* #RGBA format */
        *redPtr = (unsigned char) ((colorValue >> 12) * 0x11);
        *greenPtr = (unsigned char) (((colorValue >> 8) & 0xf) * 0x11);
        *bluePtr = (unsigned char) (((colorValue >> 4) & 0xf) * 0x11);
        *alphaPtr = (unsigned char) ((colorValue & 0xf) * 0x11);
        return TCL_OK;
    case 8:
        /* #RRGGBBAA format */
        *redPtr = (unsigned char) (colorValue >> 24);
        *greenPtr = (unsigned char) ((colorValue >> 16) & 0xff);
        *bluePtr = (unsigned char) ((colorValue >> 8) & 0xff);
        *alphaPtr = (unsigned char) (colorValue & 0xff);
        return TCL_OK;
    default:
        Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough");
    }

    /* Shouldn't get here */
    return TCL_ERROR;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseColorAsStandard --
 *
 *      This function tries to split a color stirng in a color and a
 *      suffix part and to extract color and alpha values from them. The
 *      color part is treated as regular Tk color.
 *
 * Results:
 *      On success, writes red, green, blue and alpha values to the
 *      corresponding pointers. If the color spec contains no alpha
 *      information, 255 is taken as transparency value.
 *      Returns a standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
static int
ParseColorAsStandard(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,         /* error messages are left here */
    const char *specString,    /* the color data to parse */
    int specStrLen,            /* length of the color string */
    Display *display,           /* display of main window */
    Colormap colormap,          /* colormap of current display */
    unsigned char *redPtr,      /* the result is written to these pointers */
    unsigned char *greenPtr,
    unsigned char *bluePtr,
    unsigned char *alphaPtr)
{
    XColor parsedColor;
    const char *suffixString, *colorString;
    char colorBuffer[TK_PHOTO_MAX_COLOR_CHARS + 1];
    char *tmpString;
    double fracAlpha;
    unsigned int suffixAlpha;
    int i;

    /*
     * Split color data string in color and suffix parts
     */

    if ((suffixString = strrchr(specString, '@')) == NULL
            && ((suffixString = strrchr(specString, '#')) == NULL
                    || suffixString == specString)) {
        suffixString = specString + specStrLen;
        colorString = specString;
    } else {
        strncpy(colorBuffer, specString, suffixString - specString);
        colorBuffer[suffixString - specString] = '\0';
        colorString = (const char*)colorBuffer;
    }

    /*
     * Try to parse as standard Tk color.
     *
     * We don't use Tk_GetColor() et al. here, as those functions
     * migth return a color that does not exaxtly match the given name
     * if the colormap is full. Also, we don't really want the color to be
     * added to the colormap.
     */

    if ( ! TkParseColor(display, colormap, colorString, &parsedColor)) {
         Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
            "invalid color name \"%s\"", specString));
         Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                 "INVALID_COLOR", NULL);
         return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * parse the Suffix
     */

    switch (suffixString[0]) {
    case '\0':
        suffixAlpha = 255;
        break;
    case '@':
        fracAlpha = strtod(suffixString + 1, &tmpString);
        if (*tmpString != '\0') {
            Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("invalid alpha "
                    "suffix \"%s\": expected floating-point value",
                    suffixString));
            Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                    "INVALID COLOR", NULL);
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        if (fracAlpha < 0 || fracAlpha > 1) {
            Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("invalid alpha suffix"
                    " \"%s\": value must be in the range from 0 to 1",
                    suffixString));
            Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                    "INVALID_COLOR", NULL);
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        suffixAlpha = (unsigned int) floor(fracAlpha * 255 + 0.5);
        break;
    case '#':
        if (strlen(suffixString + 1) < 1 || strlen(suffixString + 1)> 2) {
            Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                    "invalid alpha suffix \"%s\"", suffixString));
            Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                    "INVALID_COLOR", NULL);
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        for (i = 1; i <= (int)strlen(suffixString + 1); i++) {
            if ( ! isxdigit(UCHAR(suffixString[i]))) {
                Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                        "invalid alpha suffix \"%s\": expected hex digit",
                        suffixString));
                Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
                        "INVALID_COLOR", NULL);
                return TCL_ERROR;
            }
        }
        if (strlen(suffixString + 1) == 1) {
            sscanf(suffixString, "#%1x", &suffixAlpha);
            suffixAlpha *= 0x11;
        } else {
            sscanf(suffixString, "#%2x", &suffixAlpha);
        }
        break;
    default:
        Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough");
    }

    *redPtr = (unsigned char) (parsedColor.red >> 8);
    *greenPtr = (unsigned char) (parsedColor.green >> 8);
    *bluePtr = (unsigned char) (parsedColor.blue >> 8);
    *alphaPtr = (unsigned char) suffixAlpha;

    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkDebugStringMatchDef --
 *
 *      Debugging function for StringMatchDef. Basically just an alias for
 *      that function, intended to expose it directly to tests, as
 *      StirngMatchDef cannot be sufficiently tested otherwise.
 *
 * Results:
 *      See StringMatchDef.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *      None
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
int
TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,     /* Error messages are left in this interpreter */
    Tcl_Obj *data,          /* The data to check */
    Tcl_Obj *formatString,  /* Value of the -format option, not used here */
    int *widthPtr,          /* Width of image is written to this location */
    int *heightPtr)         /* Height of image is written to this location */
{
    return StringMatchDef(data, formatString, widthPtr, heightPtr, interp);
}
 

/* Local Variables: */
/* mode: c */
/* fill-column: 78 */
/* c-basic-offset: 4 */
/* tab-width: 8 */
/* indent-tabs-mode: nil */
/* End: */

Changes to generic/tkImgPhoto.c.

44
45
46
47
48
49
50

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

59
60
61

62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77

78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85

86
87
88
89
90
91
92
...
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
...
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
...
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671

672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
...
705
706
707
708
709
710
711



712

713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
...
785
786
787
788
789
790
791



792












793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800

801
802








803
804
805




806
807
808
809
810
811
812
...
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827

828
829
830
831
832


833
834
835
836
837
838
839

840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849




850
851
852

853

854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871

872
873

874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901




902

903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
....
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188




1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196




















1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207

1208
1209

1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225

1226




1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236




















1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252


1253
1254

1255
1256






1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268


1269
1270



1271
1272

1273
1274







1275
1276
1277



1278

1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
....
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480



1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486


1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
....
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611

1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
....
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
....
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582










2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
....
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597










2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
....
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634

2635















2636
2637
2638
2639
2640

2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647

2648
2649
2650
2651






2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
....
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
....
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
....
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
....
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166

4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172

4173
4174
/*
 * Bit definitions for use with ParseSubcommandOptions: each bit is set in the
 * allowedOptions parameter on a call to ParseSubcommandOptions if that option
 * is allowed for the current photo image subcommand. On return, the bit is
 * set in the options field of the SubcommandOptions structure if that option
 * was specified.
 *

 * OPT_BACKGROUND:		Set if -format option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_COMPOSITE:		Set if -compositingrule option allowed/spec'd.
 * OPT_FORMAT:			Set if -format option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_FROM:			Set if -from option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_GRAYSCALE:		Set if -grayscale option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_SHRINK:			Set if -shrink option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_SUBSAMPLE:		Set if -subsample option allowed/spec'd.
 * OPT_TO:			Set if -to option allowed/specified.

 * OPT_ZOOM:			Set if -zoom option allowed/specified.
 */


#define OPT_BACKGROUND	1
#define OPT_COMPOSITE	2
#define OPT_FORMAT	4
#define OPT_FROM	8
#define OPT_GRAYSCALE	0x10
#define OPT_SHRINK	0x20
#define OPT_SUBSAMPLE	0x40
#define OPT_TO		0x80

#define OPT_ZOOM	0x100

/*
 * List of option names. The order here must match the order of declarations
 * of the OPT_* constants above.
 */

static const char *const optionNames[] = {

    "-background",
    "-compositingrule",
    "-format",
    "-from",
    "-grayscale",
    "-shrink",
    "-subsample",
    "-to",

    "-zoom",
    NULL
};

/*
 * Message to generate when an attempt to resize an image fails due to memory
 * problems.
................................................................................
static void		ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static int		ImgPhotoConfigureMaster(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    PhotoMaster *masterPtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
static int		ToggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded(PhotoMaster *mPtr);
static int		ImgPhotoSetSize(PhotoMaster *masterPtr, int width,
			    int height);
static int		ImgStringWrite(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Obj *formatString,
			    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static char *		ImgGetPhoto(PhotoMaster *masterPtr,
			    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
			    struct SubcommandOptions *optPtr);
static int		MatchFileFormat(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan,
			    const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *formatString,
			    Tk_PhotoImageFormat **imageFormatPtr,
			    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, int *oldformat);
................................................................................
    enum PhotoOptions {
	PHOTO_BLANK, PHOTO_CGET, PHOTO_CONFIGURE, PHOTO_COPY, PHOTO_DATA,
	PHOTO_GET, PHOTO_PUT, PHOTO_READ, PHOTO_REDITHER, PHOTO_TRANS,
	PHOTO_WRITE
    };

    PhotoMaster *masterPtr = clientData;
    int result, index, x, y, width, height, dataWidth, dataHeight, listObjc;
    struct SubcommandOptions options;
    Tcl_Obj **listObjv, **srcObjv;
    unsigned char *pixelPtr;
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *imageFormat;
    size_t length;
    int imageWidth, imageHeight, matched, oldformat = 0;
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    Tk_PhotoHandle srcHandle;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
................................................................................
		masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);
	if (options.background) {
	    Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
	}
	return result;

    case PHOTO_DATA: {
	char *data;


	/*
	 * photo data command - first parse and check any options given.
	 */

	Tk_ImageStringWriteProc *stringWriteProc = NULL;

	index = 2;
	memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
	options.name = NULL;
	options.format = NULL;
	options.fromX = 0;
	options.fromY = 0;
	if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp,
		OPT_FORMAT | OPT_FROM | OPT_GRAYSCALE | OPT_BACKGROUND,
		&index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((options.name != NULL) || (index < objc)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-option value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((options.fromX > masterPtr->width)
		|| (options.fromY > masterPtr->height)
		|| (options.fromX2 > masterPtr->width)
		|| (options.fromY2 > masterPtr->height)) {
................................................................................
	 * Fill in default values for unspecified parameters.
	 */

	if (!(options.options & OPT_FROM) || (options.fromX2 < 0)) {
	    options.fromX2 = masterPtr->width;
	    options.fromY2 = masterPtr->height;
	}





	/*
	 * Search for an appropriate image string format handler.
	 */

	if (options.options & OPT_FORMAT) {
	    matched = 0;
	    for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->formatList; imageFormat != NULL;
	 	imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) {
		if ((strncasecmp(Tcl_GetString(options.format),
			imageFormat->name, strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) {
		    matched = 1;
		    if (imageFormat->stringWriteProc != NULL) {
			stringWriteProc = imageFormat->stringWriteProc;
			break;
		    }
		}
	    }
	    if (stringWriteProc == NULL) {
		oldformat = 1;
		for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->oldFormatList; imageFormat != NULL;
			imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) {
		    if ((strncasecmp(Tcl_GetString(options.format),
			    imageFormat->name,
			    strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) {
			matched = 1;
			if (imageFormat->stringWriteProc != NULL) {
			    stringWriteProc = imageFormat->stringWriteProc;
			    break;
			}
		    }
		}
	    }
	    if (stringWriteProc == NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"image string format \"%s\" is %s",
			Tcl_GetString(options.format),
			(matched ? "not supported" : "unknown")));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO_FORMAT",
			Tcl_GetString(options.format), NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	} else {
	    stringWriteProc = ImgStringWrite;
	}

	/*
	 * Call the handler's string write function to write out the image.
	 */

	data = ImgGetPhoto(masterPtr, &block, &options);
................................................................................
	}
	if (options.background) {
	    Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
	}
	if (data) {
	    ckfree(data);
	}



	return result;












    }

    case PHOTO_GET: {
	/*
	 * photo get command - first parse and check parameters.
	 */

	Tcl_Obj *channels[3];


	if (objc != 4) {








	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "x y");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}




	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width)
		|| (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
................................................................................
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[0])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES",
		    NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	/*
	 * Extract the value of the desired pixel and format it as a string.
	 */

	pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;
	channels[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[0]);
	channels[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[1]);
	channels[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[2]);

	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(3, channels));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    case PHOTO_PUT:


	/*
	 * photo put command - first parse the options and colors specified.
	 */

	index = 2;
	memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
	options.name = NULL;

	if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp, OPT_TO|OPT_FORMAT,
		&index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((options.name == NULL) || (index < objc)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "data ?-option value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	if (MatchStringFormat(interp, options.name ? objv[2]:NULL,




		options.format, &imageFormat, &imageWidth,
		&imageHeight, &oldformat) == TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_Obj *format, *data;



	    if (!(options.options & OPT_TO) || (options.toX2 < 0)) {
		options.toX2 = options.toX + imageWidth;
		options.toY2 = options.toY + imageHeight;
	    }
	    if (imageWidth > options.toX2 - options.toX) {
		imageWidth = options.toX2 - options.toX;
	    }
	    if (imageHeight > options.toY2 - options.toY) {
		imageHeight = options.toY2 - options.toY;
	    }
	    format = options.format;
	    data = objv[2];
	    if (oldformat) {
		if (format) {
		    format = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(format);
		}
		data = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(data);
	    }

	    if (imageFormat->stringReadProc(interp, data, format,
		    (Tk_PhotoHandle) masterPtr, options.toX, options.toY,

		    imageWidth, imageHeight, 0, 0) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    masterPtr->flags |= IMAGE_CHANGED;
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	if (options.options & OPT_FORMAT) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
	if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, options.name,
		&dataHeight, &srcObjv) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	tkwin = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
	block.pixelPtr = NULL;
	dataWidth = 0;
	pixelPtr = NULL;
	for (y = 0; y < dataHeight; ++y) {
	    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, srcObjv[y],
		    &listObjc, &listObjv) != TCL_OK) {
		break;
	    }

	    if (y == 0) {
		if (listObjc == 0) {
		    /*
		     * Lines must be non-empty...




		     */


		    break;
		}
		dataWidth = listObjc;
		/*
 		 * Memory allocation overflow protection.
 		 * May not be able to trigger/ demo / test this.
 		 */

		if (dataWidth > (int)((UINT_MAX/3) / dataHeight)) {
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"photo image dimensions exceed Tcl memory limits", -1));
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
			"OVERFLOW", NULL);
		    break;
		}

		pixelPtr = ckalloc(dataWidth * dataHeight * 3);
		block.pixelPtr = pixelPtr;
	    } else if (listObjc != dataWidth) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"all elements of color list must have the same"
			" number of elements", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
			"NON_RECTANGULAR", NULL);
		break;
	    }

	    for (x = 0; x < dataWidth; ++x) {
		const char *colorString = Tcl_GetString(listObjv[x]);
		XColor color;
		int tmpr, tmpg, tmpb;

		/*
		 * We do not use Tk_GetColorFromObj() because we absolutely do
		 * not want to invoke the fallback code.
		 */

		if (colorString[0] == '#') {
		    if (isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[1])) &&
			    isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[2])) &&
			    isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[3]))) {
			if (colorString[4] == '\0') {
			    /* Got #rgb */
			    sscanf(colorString+1, "%1x%1x%1x",
				    &tmpr, &tmpg, &tmpb);
			    *pixelPtr++ = tmpr * 0x11;
			    *pixelPtr++ = tmpg * 0x11;
			    *pixelPtr++ = tmpb * 0x11;
			    continue;
			} else if (isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[4])) &&
				isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[5])) &&
				isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[6])) &&
				colorString[7] == '\0') {
			    /* Got #rrggbb */
			    sscanf(colorString+1, "%2x%2x%2x",
				    &tmpr, &tmpg, &tmpb);
			    *pixelPtr++ = tmpr;
			    *pixelPtr++ = tmpg;
			    *pixelPtr++ = tmpb;
			    continue;
			}
		    }
		}

		if (!TkParseColor(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_Colormap(tkwin),
			colorString, &color)) {
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "can't parse color \"%s\"", colorString));
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "COLOR", NULL);
		    break;
		}
		*pixelPtr++ = color.red >> 8;
		*pixelPtr++ = color.green >> 8;
		*pixelPtr++ = color.blue >> 8;
	    }
	    if (x < dataWidth) {
		break;
	    }
	}
	if (y < dataHeight || dataHeight == 0 || dataWidth == 0) {
	    if (block.pixelPtr != NULL) {
		ckfree(block.pixelPtr);
	    }
	    if (y < dataHeight) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    return TCL_OK;
	}

	/*
	 * Fill in default values for the -to option, then copy the block in
	 * using Tk_PhotoPutBlock.
	 */

	if (!(options.options & OPT_TO) || (options.toX2 < 0)) {
	    options.toX2 = options.toX + dataWidth;
	    options.toY2 = options.toY + dataHeight;
	}
	block.width = dataWidth;
	block.height = dataHeight;
	block.pitch = dataWidth * 3;
	block.pixelSize = 3;
	block.offset[0] = 0;
	block.offset[1] = 1;
	block.offset[2] = 2;
	block.offset[3] = 0;
	result = Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, masterPtr, &block,
		options.toX, options.toY, options.toX2 - options.toX,
		options.toY2 - options.toY,
		TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET);
	ckfree(block.pixelPtr);
	return result;

    case PHOTO_READ: {
	Tcl_Obj *format;

	/*
	 * photo read command - first parse the options specified.
	 */

................................................................................
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], photoTransOptions, "option",
		0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	switch ((enum transOptions) index) {
	case PHOTO_TRANS_GET: {
	    XRectangle testBox;
	    TkRegion testRegion;





	    if (objc != 5) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "x y");
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
		    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }




















	    if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width)
		    || (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"%s transparency get: coordinates out of range",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[0])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    testBox.x = x;

	    testBox.y = y;
	    testBox.width = 1;

	    testBox.height = 1;
	    /* What a way to do a test! */
	    testRegion = TkCreateRegion();
	    TkUnionRectWithRegion(&testBox, testRegion, testRegion);
	    TkIntersectRegion(testRegion, masterPtr->validRegion, testRegion);
	    TkClipBox(testRegion, &testBox);
	    TkDestroyRegion(testRegion);

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
		    testBox.width==0 && testBox.height==0));
	    return TCL_OK;
	}

	case PHOTO_TRANS_SET: {
	    int transFlag;
	    XRectangle setBox;






	    if (objc != 6) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "x y boolean");
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
		    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)
		    || (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[5],
		    &transFlag) != TCL_OK)) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }




















	    if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width)
		|| (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"%s transparency set: coordinates out of range",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[0])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    setBox.x = x;
	    setBox.y = y;
	    setBox.width = 1;
	    setBox.height = 1;
	    pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;



	    if (transFlag) {
		/*

		 * Make pixel transparent.
		 */







		TkRegion clearRegion = TkCreateRegion();

		TkUnionRectWithRegion(&setBox, clearRegion, clearRegion);
		TkSubtractRegion(masterPtr->validRegion, clearRegion,
			masterPtr->validRegion);
		TkDestroyRegion(clearRegion);

		/*
		 * Set the alpha value correctly.
		 */



		pixelPtr[3] = 0;
	    } else {



		/*
		 * Make pixel opaque.

		 */








		TkUnionRectWithRegion(&setBox, masterPtr->validRegion,
			masterPtr->validRegion);
		pixelPtr[3] = 255;



	    }


	    /*
	     * Inform the generic image code that the image
	     * has (potentially) changed.
	     */

	    Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, x, y, 1, 1,
................................................................................
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseSubcommandOptions --
 *
 *	This function is invoked to process one of the options which may be
 *	specified for the photo image subcommands, namely, -from, -to, -zoom,
 *	-subsample, -format, -shrink, and -compositingrule.



 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Fields in *optPtr get filled in.


 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ParseSubcommandOptions(
    struct SubcommandOptions *optPtr,
................................................................................
	    index++;
	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[index], compositingRules,
		    "compositing rule", 0, &optPtr->compositingRule)
		    != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    *optIndexPtr = index;
	} else if ((bit != OPT_SHRINK) && (bit != OPT_GRAYSCALE)) {

	    const char *val;

	    maxValues = ((bit == OPT_FROM) || (bit == OPT_TO)) ? 4 : 2;
	    argIndex = index + 1;
	    for (numValues = 0; numValues < maxValues; ++numValues) {
		if (argIndex >= objc) {
		    break;
................................................................................
				 * is returned here. */
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
				/* The dimensions of the image are returned
				 * here. */
    int *oldformat)		/* Returns 1 if the old image API is used. */
{
    int matched = 0, useoldformat = 0;
    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
    const char *formatString = NULL;

    if (formatObj) {
	formatString = Tcl_GetString(formatObj);
    }
................................................................................
    /*
     * Scan through the table of file format handlers to find one which can
     * handle the image.
     */

    for (formatPtr = tsdPtr->formatList; formatPtr != NULL;
	    formatPtr = formatPtr->nextPtr) {










	if (formatObj != NULL) {
	    if (strncasecmp(formatString,
		    formatPtr->name, strlen(formatPtr->name)) != 0) {
		continue;
	    }
	    matched = 1;
	    if (formatPtr->stringMatchProc == NULL) {
................................................................................
			"-data option isn't supported for %s images",
			formatString));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
			"NOT_DATA_FORMAT", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}










	if ((formatPtr->stringMatchProc != NULL)
		&& (formatPtr->stringReadProc != NULL)
		&& formatPtr->stringMatchProc(data, formatObj,
			widthPtr, heightPtr, interp)) {
	    break;
	}
    }
................................................................................
			    (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(data),
			    (Tcl_Obj *) formatString,
			    widthPtr, heightPtr, interp)) {
		break;
	    }
	}
    }

    if (formatPtr == NULL) {















	if ((formatObj != NULL) && !matched) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "image format \"%s\" is not supported", formatString));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO_FORMAT",
		    formatString, NULL);

	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "couldn't recognize image data", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
		    "UNRECOGNIZED_DATA", NULL);
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;

    }

    *imageFormatPtr = formatPtr;
    *oldformat = useoldformat;






    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_FindPhoto --
................................................................................
    }
    return NULL;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ImgStringWrite --
 *
 *	Default string write function. The data is formatted in the default
 *	format as accepted by the "<img> put" command.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See the user documentation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ImgStringWrite(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Obj *formatString,
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
    int greenOffset, blueOffset;
    Tcl_Obj *data;

    greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
    blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];

    data = Tcl_NewObj();
    if ((blockPtr->width > 0) && (blockPtr->height > 0)) {
	int row, col;

	for (row=0; row<blockPtr->height; row++) {
	    Tcl_Obj *line = Tcl_NewObj();
	    unsigned char *pixelPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0]
		    + row * blockPtr->pitch;

	    for (col=0; col<blockPtr->width; col++) {
		Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(line, "%s#%02x%02x%02x",
			col ? " " : "", *pixelPtr,
			pixelPtr[greenOffset], pixelPtr[blueOffset]);
		pixelPtr += blockPtr->pixelSize;
	    }
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, data, line);
	}
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, data);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_PhotoGetImage --
 *
 *	This function is called to obtain image data from a photo image. This
 *	function fills in the Tk_PhotoImageBlock structure pointed to by
 *	`blockPtr' with details of the address and layout of the image data in
 *	memory.
 *
................................................................................
    blockPtr->offset[3] = 3;
    return 1;
}
 
/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkPostscriptPhoto --
 *
 *	This function is called to output the contents of a photo image in
 *	Postscript by calling the Tk_PostscriptPhoto function.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl return value.
 *
................................................................................
 * table. For the behaviour of *_NoComposite, refer to the corresponding
 * function without the extra suffix, except that the compositing rule is
 * always "overlay" and the function always panics on memory-allocation
 * failure.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(
    Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
    int x, int y, int width, int height)
{
    if (Tk_PhotoPutBlock(NULL, handle, blockPtr, x, y, width, height,
................................................................................
    Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
    int width, int height)
{
    if (Tk_PhotoSetSize(NULL, handle, width, height) != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_Panic(TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE);
    }
}

 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78

 * End:
 */






>








>



>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|







>








>







 







<
<
<







 







|

<


<







 







|
>







|










|







 







>
>
>
|
>




<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
<
|







 







>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







|
>

<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|


>
>
>
>







 







|






>
|



|
>
>

|





>









<
>
>
>
>
|
|
<
>
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
>
|
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
>
>
>
>
|
>

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







|
<

>
>
>
>
|
|






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>










<
>
|
<
>
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
|
<
<




|

>

>
>
>
>
|
|



|
<
<


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>










|
|
|
<
<
|
>
>
|
<
>
|
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
|
<
<
<
<

|
|
|

>
>
|

>
>
>
|
<
>
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>


<
>
>
>

>







 







|
>
>
>





|
>
>







 







|
>







 







|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|




>





<
|
>




>
>
>
>
>
>







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







|







 







|







 







>






>


44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
...
184
185
186
187
188
189
190



191
192
193
194
195
196
197
...
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409

410
411

412
413
414
415
416
417
418
...
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
...
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722

723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756



757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
...
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819

820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
...
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881

882
883
884
885
886
887

888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915























916

917
918
919
920
921
922
923






















































































924
925

























926
927
928
929
930
931
932
....
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095

1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138

1139
1140

1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146


1147


1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165


1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200


1201
1202
1203
1204

1205
1206

1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213

1214




1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227

1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239

1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
....
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
....
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
....
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
....
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
....
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
....
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654

2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
....
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957



















































3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
....
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
....
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
....
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
/*
 * Bit definitions for use with ParseSubcommandOptions: each bit is set in the
 * allowedOptions parameter on a call to ParseSubcommandOptions if that option
 * is allowed for the current photo image subcommand. On return, the bit is
 * set in the options field of the SubcommandOptions structure if that option
 * was specified.
 *
 * OPT_ALPHA:			Set if -alpha option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_BACKGROUND:		Set if -format option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_COMPOSITE:		Set if -compositingrule option allowed/spec'd.
 * OPT_FORMAT:			Set if -format option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_FROM:			Set if -from option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_GRAYSCALE:		Set if -grayscale option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_SHRINK:			Set if -shrink option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_SUBSAMPLE:		Set if -subsample option allowed/spec'd.
 * OPT_TO:			Set if -to option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_WITHALPHA:		Set if -withalpha option allowed/specified.
 * OPT_ZOOM:			Set if -zoom option allowed/specified.
 */

#define OPT_ALPHA	1
#define OPT_BACKGROUND	2
#define OPT_COMPOSITE	4
#define OPT_FORMAT	8
#define OPT_FROM	0x10
#define OPT_GRAYSCALE	0x20
#define OPT_SHRINK	0x40
#define OPT_SUBSAMPLE	0x80
#define OPT_TO		0x100
#define OPT_WITHALPHA	0x200
#define OPT_ZOOM	0x400

/*
 * List of option names. The order here must match the order of declarations
 * of the OPT_* constants above.
 */

static const char *const optionNames[] = {
    "-alpha",
    "-background",
    "-compositingrule",
    "-format",
    "-from",
    "-grayscale",
    "-shrink",
    "-subsample",
    "-to",
    "-withalpha",
    "-zoom",
    NULL
};

/*
 * Message to generate when an attempt to resize an image fails due to memory
 * problems.
................................................................................
static void		ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static int		ImgPhotoConfigureMaster(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    PhotoMaster *masterPtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
static int		ToggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded(PhotoMaster *mPtr);
static int		ImgPhotoSetSize(PhotoMaster *masterPtr, int width,
			    int height);



static char *		ImgGetPhoto(PhotoMaster *masterPtr,
			    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
			    struct SubcommandOptions *optPtr);
static int		MatchFileFormat(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan,
			    const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *formatString,
			    Tk_PhotoImageFormat **imageFormatPtr,
			    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, int *oldformat);
................................................................................
    enum PhotoOptions {
	PHOTO_BLANK, PHOTO_CGET, PHOTO_CONFIGURE, PHOTO_COPY, PHOTO_DATA,
	PHOTO_GET, PHOTO_PUT, PHOTO_READ, PHOTO_REDITHER, PHOTO_TRANS,
	PHOTO_WRITE
    };

    PhotoMaster *masterPtr = clientData;
    int result, index, x, y, width, height;
    struct SubcommandOptions options;

    unsigned char *pixelPtr;
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;

    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *imageFormat;
    size_t length;
    int imageWidth, imageHeight, matched, oldformat = 0;
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    Tk_PhotoHandle srcHandle;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
................................................................................
		masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);
	if (options.background) {
	    Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
	}
	return result;

    case PHOTO_DATA: {
        char *data = NULL;
        Tcl_Obj *freeObj = NULL;

	/*
	 * photo data command - first parse and check any options given.
	 */

	Tk_ImageStringWriteProc *stringWriteProc = NULL;

	index = 1;
	memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
	options.name = NULL;
	options.format = NULL;
	options.fromX = 0;
	options.fromY = 0;
	if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp,
		OPT_FORMAT | OPT_FROM | OPT_GRAYSCALE | OPT_BACKGROUND,
		&index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((options.name == NULL) || (index < objc)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-option value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((options.fromX > masterPtr->width)
		|| (options.fromY > masterPtr->height)
		|| (options.fromX2 > masterPtr->width)
		|| (options.fromY2 > masterPtr->height)) {
................................................................................
	 * Fill in default values for unspecified parameters.
	 */

	if (!(options.options & OPT_FROM) || (options.fromX2 < 0)) {
	    options.fromX2 = masterPtr->width;
	    options.fromY2 = masterPtr->height;
	}
	if (!(options.options & OPT_FORMAT)) {
            options.format = Tcl_NewStringObj("default", -1);
            freeObj = options.format;
	}

	/*
	 * Search for an appropriate image string format handler.
	 */


	matched = 0;
	for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->formatList; imageFormat != NULL;
                imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) {
	    if ((strncasecmp(Tcl_GetString(options.format),
                    imageFormat->name, strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) {
                matched = 1;
                if (imageFormat->stringWriteProc != NULL) {
                    stringWriteProc = imageFormat->stringWriteProc;
                    break;
                }
	    }
	}
	if (stringWriteProc == NULL) {
	    oldformat = 1;
	    for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->oldFormatList; imageFormat != NULL;
                    imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) {
                if ((strncasecmp(Tcl_GetString(options.format),
                        imageFormat->name,
                        strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) {
                    matched = 1;
                    if (imageFormat->stringWriteProc != NULL) {
                        stringWriteProc = imageFormat->stringWriteProc;
                        break;
                    }
                }
	    }
	}
	if (stringWriteProc == NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                    "image string format \"%s\" is %s",
                    Tcl_GetString(options.format),
                    (matched ? "not supported" : "unknown")));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO_FORMAT",
                    Tcl_GetString(options.format), NULL);



	    goto dataErrorExit;
	}

	/*
	 * Call the handler's string write function to write out the image.
	 */

	data = ImgGetPhoto(masterPtr, &block, &options);
................................................................................
	}
	if (options.background) {
	    Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
	}
	if (data) {
	    ckfree(data);
	}
        if (freeObj != NULL) {
            Tcl_DecrRefCount(freeObj);
        }
	return result;

      dataErrorExit:
        if (options.background) {
	    Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
	}
	if (data) {
	    ckfree(data);
	}
        if (freeObj != NULL) {
            Tcl_DecrRefCount(freeObj);
        }
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    case PHOTO_GET: {
	/*
	 * photo get command - first parse and check parameters.
	 */

	Tcl_Obj *channels[4];
	int channelCount = 3;


        index = 3;
        memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
        options.name = NULL;
        if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp, OPT_WITHALPHA,
                &index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        if (options.name == NULL || index < objc) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "x y ?-withalpha?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
        if (options.options & OPT_WITHALPHA) {
            channelCount = 4;
        }

	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width)
		|| (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
................................................................................
		    Tcl_GetString(objv[0])));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES",
		    NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	/*
	 * Extract the value of the desired pixel and format it as a list.
	 */

	pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;
	channels[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[0]);
	channels[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[1]);
	channels[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[2]);
	channels[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[3]);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(channelCount, channels));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    case PHOTO_PUT: {
	Tcl_Obj *format, *data;

	/*
	 * photo put command - first parse the options.
	 */

	index = 2;
	memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
	options.name = NULL;
	options.format = NULL;
	if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp, OPT_TO|OPT_FORMAT,
		&index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if ((options.name == NULL) || (index < objc)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "data ?-option value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}


	/*
	 * See if there's a format that can read the data
	 */

	if (MatchStringFormat(interp, objv[2], options.format, &imageFormat,
		&imageWidth, &imageHeight, &oldformat) != TCL_OK) {

	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	if (!(options.options & OPT_TO) || (options.toX2 < 0)) {
	    options.toX2 = options.toX + imageWidth;
	    options.toY2 = options.toY + imageHeight;
	}
	if (imageWidth > options.toX2 - options.toX) {
	    imageWidth = options.toX2 - options.toX;
	}
	if (imageHeight > options.toY2 - options.toY) {
	    imageHeight = options.toY2 - options.toY;
	}
	format = options.format;
	data = objv[2];
	if (oldformat) {
	    if (format) {
		format = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(format);
	    }
	    data = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(data);
	}

	if (imageFormat->stringReadProc(interp, data, format,
		(Tk_PhotoHandle) masterPtr, options.toX, options.toY,
		options.toX2 - options.toX,
		options.toY2 - options.toY, 0, 0) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}























	/*

	 * SB: is the next line really needed? The stringReadProc
	 * writes image data with Tk_PhotoPutBlock(), which in turn
	 * takes care to notify the changed image and to set/unset the
	 * IMAGE_CHANGED bit.
	 */
	masterPtr->flags |= IMAGE_CHANGED;























































































	return TCL_OK;
    }

























    case PHOTO_READ: {
	Tcl_Obj *format;

	/*
	 * photo read command - first parse the options specified.
	 */

................................................................................
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], photoTransOptions, "option",
		0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	switch ((enum transOptions) index) {
	case PHOTO_TRANS_GET: {
	    int boolMode;


	    /*
	     * parse fixed args and option
	     */

	    if (objc > 6 || objc < 5) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "x y ?-option?");
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
		    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    index = 4;
	    memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
	    if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp,
		    OPT_ALPHA, &index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (index < objc) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"unknown option \"%s\": must be -alpha",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[index])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_OPTION",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    boolMode = 1;
	    if (options.options & OPT_ALPHA) {
		boolMode = 0;
	    }

	    if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width)
		    || (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"%s transparency get: coordinates out of range",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[0])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }


	    /*
	     * Extract and return the desired value

	     */
	    pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;
	    if (boolMode) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj( ! pixelPtr[3]));
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[3]));


	    }


	    return TCL_OK;
	}

	case PHOTO_TRANS_SET: {
	    int newVal, boolMode;
	    XRectangle setBox;
	    TkRegion modRegion;

	    /*
	     * Parse args and option, check for valid values
	     */

	    if (objc < 6 || objc > 7) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "x y newVal ?-option?");
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
		    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) {


		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    index = 5;
	    memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
	    if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp,
		    OPT_ALPHA, &index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    if (index < objc) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"unknown option \"%s\": must be -alpha",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[index])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_OPTION",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    boolMode = 1;
	    if (options.options & OPT_ALPHA) {
		boolMode = 0;
	    }

	    if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width)
		|| (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"%s transparency set: coordinates out of range",
			Tcl_GetString(objv[0])));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES",
			NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    if (boolMode) {
		if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[5], &newVal) != TCL_OK) {
		    return TCL_ERROR;


		}
	    } else {
		if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &newVal) != TCL_OK) {
		    return TCL_ERROR;

		}
		if (newVal < 0 || newVal > 255) {

		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "invalid alpha value \"%d\": "
			    "must be integer between 0 and 255", newVal));
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
			    "BAD_VALUE", NULL);
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}

	    }





	    /*
	     * Set new alpha value for the pixel
	     */

	    pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;
	    if (boolMode) {
		pixelPtr[3] = newVal ? 0 : 255;
	    } else {
		pixelPtr[3] = newVal;
	    }

	    /*

	     * Update the validRegion of the image
	     */

	    setBox.x = x;
	    setBox.y = y;
	    setBox.width = 1;
	    setBox.height = 1;
	    modRegion = TkCreateRegion();
	    TkUnionRectWithRegion(&setBox, modRegion, modRegion);
	    if (pixelPtr[3]) {
		TkUnionRectWithRegion(&setBox, masterPtr->validRegion,
			masterPtr->validRegion);

	    } else {
		TkSubtractRegion(masterPtr->validRegion, modRegion,
			masterPtr->validRegion);
	    }
	    TkDestroyRegion(modRegion);

	    /*
	     * Inform the generic image code that the image
	     * has (potentially) changed.
	     */

	    Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, x, y, 1, 1,
................................................................................
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ParseSubcommandOptions --
 *
 *	This function is invoked to process one of the options which may be
 *	specified for the photo image subcommands, namely, -from, -to, -zoom,
 *	-subsample, -format, -shrink, -compositingrule, -alpha, -boolean and
 *	-withalpha.
 *	Parsing starts at the index in *optIndexPtr and stops at the end of
 *	objv[] or at the first value that does not belong to an option.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Fields in *optPtr get filled in. The value of optIndexPtr is updated
 *	to contain the index of the first element in argv[] that was not
 *	parsed, or argc if the end of objv[] was reached.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
ParseSubcommandOptions(
    struct SubcommandOptions *optPtr,
................................................................................
	    index++;
	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[index], compositingRules,
		    "compositing rule", 0, &optPtr->compositingRule)
		    != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    *optIndexPtr = index;
	} else if (bit == OPT_TO || bit == OPT_FROM
		|| bit == OPT_SUBSAMPLE || bit == OPT_ZOOM) {
	    const char *val;

	    maxValues = ((bit == OPT_FROM) || (bit == OPT_TO)) ? 4 : 2;
	    argIndex = index + 1;
	    for (numValues = 0; numValues < maxValues; ++numValues) {
		if (argIndex >= objc) {
		    break;
................................................................................
				 * is returned here. */
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
				/* The dimensions of the image are returned
				 * here. */
    int *oldformat)		/* Returns 1 if the old image API is used. */
{
    int matched = 0, useoldformat = 0;
    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr, *defaultFormatPtr = NULL;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
    const char *formatString = NULL;

    if (formatObj) {
	formatString = Tcl_GetString(formatObj);
    }
................................................................................
    /*
     * Scan through the table of file format handlers to find one which can
     * handle the image.
     */

    for (formatPtr = tsdPtr->formatList; formatPtr != NULL;
	    formatPtr = formatPtr->nextPtr) {
	/*
	 * To keep the behaviour of older versions (Tk <= 8.6), the default
	 * list-of-lists string format is checked last. Remember its position.
	 */

	if (strncasecmp("default", formatPtr->name, strlen(formatPtr->name))
		== 0) {
	    defaultFormatPtr = formatPtr;
	}

	if (formatObj != NULL) {
	    if (strncasecmp(formatString,
		    formatPtr->name, strlen(formatPtr->name)) != 0) {
		continue;
	    }
	    matched = 1;
	    if (formatPtr->stringMatchProc == NULL) {
................................................................................
			"-data option isn't supported for %s images",
			formatString));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
			"NOT_DATA_FORMAT", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}

	/*
	 * If this is the default format, and it was not passed as -format
	 * option, skip the stringMatchProc test. It'll be done later
	 */

	if (formatObj == NULL && formatPtr == defaultFormatPtr) {
	    continue;
	}

	if ((formatPtr->stringMatchProc != NULL)
		&& (formatPtr->stringReadProc != NULL)
		&& formatPtr->stringMatchProc(data, formatObj,
			widthPtr, heightPtr, interp)) {
	    break;
	}
    }
................................................................................
			    (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(data),
			    (Tcl_Obj *) formatString,
			    widthPtr, heightPtr, interp)) {
		break;
	    }
	}
    }

    if (formatPtr == NULL) {
	/*
	 * Try the default format as last resort (only if no -format option
	 * was passed).
	 */

	if ( formatObj == NULL && defaultFormatPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_Panic("default image format handler not registered");
	}
	if ( formatObj == NULL
		&& defaultFormatPtr->stringMatchProc != NULL
		&& defaultFormatPtr->stringReadProc != NULL
		&& defaultFormatPtr->stringMatchProc(data, formatObj,
		widthPtr, heightPtr, interp) != 0) {
	    useoldformat = 0;
	    formatPtr = defaultFormatPtr;
	} else if ((formatObj != NULL) && !matched) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "image format \"%s\" is not supported", formatString));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO_FORMAT",
		    formatString, NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "couldn't recognize image data", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
		    "UNRECOGNIZED_DATA", NULL);

	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    *imageFormatPtr = formatPtr;
    *oldformat = useoldformat;

    /*
     * Some stringMatchProc might have left error messages and error codes in
     * interp.	Clear them before return.
     */
    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_FindPhoto --
................................................................................
    }
    return NULL;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *



















































 * Tk_PhotoGetImage --
 *
 *	This function is called to obtain image data from a photo image. This
 *	function fills in the Tk_PhotoImageBlock structure pointed to by
 *	`blockPtr' with details of the address and layout of the image data in
 *	memory.
 *
................................................................................
    blockPtr->offset[3] = 3;
    return 1;
}
 
/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * ImgPostscriptPhoto --
 *
 *	This function is called to output the contents of a photo image in
 *	Postscript by calling the Tk_PostscriptPhoto function.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a standard Tcl return value.
 *
................................................................................
 * table. For the behaviour of *_NoComposite, refer to the corresponding
 * function without the extra suffix, except that the compositing rule is
 * always "overlay" and the function always panics on memory-allocation
 * failure.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
void
Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(
    Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
    int x, int y, int width, int height)
{
    if (Tk_PhotoPutBlock(NULL, handle, blockPtr, x, y, width, height,
................................................................................
    Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
    int width, int height)
{
    if (Tk_PhotoSetSize(NULL, handle, width, height) != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_Panic(TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE);
    }
}
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * tab-width: 8
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkImgPhoto.h.

197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
struct PhotoInstance {
    PhotoMaster *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to master for image. */
    Display *display;		/* Display for windows using this instance. */
    Colormap colormap;		/* The image may only be used in windows with
				 * this particular colormap. */
    PhotoInstance *nextPtr;	/* Pointer to the next instance in the list of
				 * instances associated with this master. */
    int refCount;		/* Number of instances using this structure. */
    Tk_Uid palette;		/* Palette for these particular instances. */
    double gamma;		/* Gamma value for these instances. */
    Tk_Uid defaultPalette;	/* Default palette to use if a palette is not
				 * specified for the master. */
    ColorTable *colorTablePtr;	/* Pointer to information about colors
				 * allocated for image display in windows like
				 * this one. */






|







197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
struct PhotoInstance {
    PhotoMaster *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to master for image. */
    Display *display;		/* Display for windows using this instance. */
    Colormap colormap;		/* The image may only be used in windows with
				 * this particular colormap. */
    PhotoInstance *nextPtr;	/* Pointer to the next instance in the list of
				 * instances associated with this master. */
    size_t refCount;		/* Number of instances using this structure. */
    Tk_Uid palette;		/* Palette for these particular instances. */
    double gamma;		/* Gamma value for these instances. */
    Tk_Uid defaultPalette;	/* Default palette to use if a palette is not
				 * specified for the master. */
    ColorTable *colorTablePtr;	/* Pointer to information about colors
				 * allocated for image display in windows like
				 * this one. */

Changes to generic/tkInt.decls.

630
631
632
633
634
635
636







637
638
639
640
641
642
643
....
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495






1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
	    int width, int height, double angle)
}
declare 184 {
    void TkDrawAngledChars(Display *display,Drawable drawable, GC gc,
	    Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, double x,
	    double y, double angle)
}







 
##############################################################################

# Define the platform specific internal Tcl interface. These functions are
# only available on the designated platform.

interface tkIntPlat
................................................................................
    int XReparentWindow(Display *d, Window w, Window p, int x, int y)
}
declare 137 win {
    int XPutImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im,
	    int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy,
	    unsigned int w, unsigned int h)
}







################################
# X functions for Aqua

declare 0 aqua {
    int XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset,
	    _Xconst char *dash_list, int n)






>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>







630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
....
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
	    int width, int height, double angle)
}
declare 184 {
    void TkDrawAngledChars(Display *display,Drawable drawable, GC gc,
	    Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, double x,
	    double y, double angle)
}

# Debugging / testing functions for photo images
declare 185 {
    int TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef(Tcl_Interp *inter, Tcl_Obj *data,
            Tcl_Obj *formatString, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
}

 
##############################################################################

# Define the platform specific internal Tcl interface. These functions are
# only available on the designated platform.

interface tkIntPlat
................................................................................
    int XReparentWindow(Display *d, Window w, Window p, int x, int y)
}
declare 137 win {
    int XPutImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im,
	    int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy,
	    unsigned int w, unsigned int h)
}
declare 138 win {
    Region XPolygonRegion(XPoint *pts, int n, int rule)
}
declare 139 win {
    int XPointInRegion(Region rgn, int x, int y)
}

################################
# X functions for Aqua

declare 0 aqua {
    int XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset,
	    _Xconst char *dash_list, int n)

Changes to generic/tkInt.h.

475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
...
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
...
942
943
944
945
946
947
948

949
950
951
952
953
954
955
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    XIM inputMethod;		/* Input method for this display. */
    XIMStyle inputStyle;	/* Input style selected for this display. */
    XFontSet inputXfs;		/* XFontSet cached for over-the-spot XIM. */
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
    Tcl_HashTable winTable;	/* Maps from X window ids to TkWindow ptrs. */

    int refCount;		/* Reference count of how many Tk applications
				 * are using this display. Used to clean up
				 * the display when we no longer have any Tk
				 * applications using it. */

    /*
     * The following field were all added for Tk8.3
     */
................................................................................
/*
 * Tk keeps one of the following data structures for each main window (created
 * by a call to TkCreateMainWindow). It stores information that is shared by
 * all of the windows associated with a particular main window.
 */

typedef struct TkMainInfo {
    int refCount;		/* Number of windows whose "mainPtr" fields
				 * point here. When this becomes zero, can
				 * free up the structure (the reference count
				 * is zero because windows can get deleted in
				 * almost any order; the main window isn't
				 * necessarily the last one deleted). */
    struct TkWindow *winPtr;	/* Pointer to main window. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter associated with application. */
................................................................................
 * outside world:
 */

MODULE_SCOPE const Tk_SmoothMethod tkBezierSmoothMethod;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ImageType	tkBitmapImageType;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtGIF;
MODULE_SCOPE void		(*tkHandleEventProc) (XEvent* eventPtr);

MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtPNG;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtPPM;
MODULE_SCOPE TkMainInfo		*tkMainWindowList;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ImageType	tkPhotoImageType;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_HashTable	tkPredefBitmapTable;

MODULE_SCOPE const char *const tkWebColors[20];






|







 







|







 







>







475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
...
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
...
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    XIM inputMethod;		/* Input method for this display. */
    XIMStyle inputStyle;	/* Input style selected for this display. */
    XFontSet inputXfs;		/* XFontSet cached for over-the-spot XIM. */
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
    Tcl_HashTable winTable;	/* Maps from X window ids to TkWindow ptrs. */

    size_t refCount;		/* Reference count of how many Tk applications
				 * are using this display. Used to clean up
				 * the display when we no longer have any Tk
				 * applications using it. */

    /*
     * The following field were all added for Tk8.3
     */
................................................................................
/*
 * Tk keeps one of the following data structures for each main window (created
 * by a call to TkCreateMainWindow). It stores information that is shared by
 * all of the windows associated with a particular main window.
 */

typedef struct TkMainInfo {
    size_t refCount;		/* Number of windows whose "mainPtr" fields
				 * point here. When this becomes zero, can
				 * free up the structure (the reference count
				 * is zero because windows can get deleted in
				 * almost any order; the main window isn't
				 * necessarily the last one deleted). */
    struct TkWindow *winPtr;	/* Pointer to main window. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter associated with application. */
................................................................................
 * outside world:
 */

MODULE_SCOPE const Tk_SmoothMethod tkBezierSmoothMethod;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ImageType	tkBitmapImageType;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtGIF;
MODULE_SCOPE void		(*tkHandleEventProc) (XEvent* eventPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtDefault;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtPNG;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtPPM;
MODULE_SCOPE TkMainInfo		*tkMainWindowList;
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ImageType	tkPhotoImageType;
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_HashTable	tkPredefBitmapTable;

MODULE_SCOPE const char *const tkWebColors[20];

Changes to generic/tkIntDecls.h.

546
547
548
549
550
551
552




553
554
555
556
557
558
559
...
763
764
765
766
767
768
769

770
771
772
773
774
775
776
....
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141


1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
				int x, int y, int width, int height,
				double angle);
/* 184 */
EXTERN void		TkDrawAngledChars(Display *display,
				Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont,
				const char *source, int numBytes, double x,
				double y, double angle);





typedef struct TkIntStubs {
    int magic;
    void *hooks;

    TkWindow * (*tkAllocWindow) (TkDisplay *dispPtr, int screenNum, TkWindow *parentPtr); /* 0 */
    void (*tkBezierPoints) (double control[], int numSteps, double *coordPtr); /* 1 */
................................................................................
    CONST86 char * (*tkOrientPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 178 */
    int (*tkSmoothParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 179 */
    CONST86 char * (*tkSmoothPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 180 */
    void (*tkDrawAngledTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int firstChar, int lastChar); /* 181 */
    void (*tkUnderlineAngledTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int underline); /* 182 */
    int (*tkIntersectAngledTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, int width, int height, double angle); /* 183 */
    void (*tkDrawAngledChars) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, double x, double y, double angle); /* 184 */

} TkIntStubs;

extern const TkIntStubs *tkIntStubsPtr;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
................................................................................
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDrawAngledTextLayout) /* 181 */
#define TkUnderlineAngledTextLayout \
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkUnderlineAngledTextLayout) /* 182 */
#define TkIntersectAngledTextLayout \
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkIntersectAngledTextLayout) /* 183 */
#define TkDrawAngledChars \
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDrawAngledChars) /* 184 */



#endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT






>
>
>
>







 







>







 







>
>







546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
...
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
....
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
				int x, int y, int width, int height,
				double angle);
/* 184 */
EXTERN void		TkDrawAngledChars(Display *display,
				Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont,
				const char *source, int numBytes, double x,
				double y, double angle);
/* 185 */
EXTERN int		TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef(Tcl_Interp *inter,
				Tcl_Obj *data, Tcl_Obj *formatString,
				int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);

typedef struct TkIntStubs {
    int magic;
    void *hooks;

    TkWindow * (*tkAllocWindow) (TkDisplay *dispPtr, int screenNum, TkWindow *parentPtr); /* 0 */
    void (*tkBezierPoints) (double control[], int numSteps, double *coordPtr); /* 1 */
................................................................................
    CONST86 char * (*tkOrientPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 178 */
    int (*tkSmoothParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 179 */
    CONST86 char * (*tkSmoothPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 180 */
    void (*tkDrawAngledTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int firstChar, int lastChar); /* 181 */
    void (*tkUnderlineAngledTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int underline); /* 182 */
    int (*tkIntersectAngledTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, int width, int height, double angle); /* 183 */
    void (*tkDrawAngledChars) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, double x, double y, double angle); /* 184 */
    int (*tkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef) (Tcl_Interp *inter, Tcl_Obj *data, Tcl_Obj *formatString, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 185 */
} TkIntStubs;

extern const TkIntStubs *tkIntStubsPtr;

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
................................................................................
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDrawAngledTextLayout) /* 181 */
#define TkUnderlineAngledTextLayout \
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkUnderlineAngledTextLayout) /* 182 */
#define TkIntersectAngledTextLayout \
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkIntersectAngledTextLayout) /* 183 */
#define TkDrawAngledChars \
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDrawAngledChars) /* 184 */
#define TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef \
	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef) /* 185 */

#endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

Changes to generic/tkIntPlatDecls.h.

662
663
664
665
666
667
668





669
#endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT






#endif /* _TKINTPLATDECLS */






>
>
>
>
>

662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
#endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */

/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

#undef TkWinGetPlatformId
#if !defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) && TK_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
#   define TkWinGetPlatformId() (2) /* VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT */
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */

#endif /* _TKINTPLATDECLS */

Changes to generic/tkIntXlibDecls.h.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24




25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36




37
38
39
40
41
42
43
...
409
410
411
412
413
414
415




416
417
418
419
420
421
422
...
818
819
820
821
822
823
824


825
826
827
828
829
830
831
....
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198




1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
 * script.  Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made
 * in the generic/tkInt.decls script.
 */

#ifndef _TCL
#   include <tcl.h>
#endif





/* Some (older) versions of X11/Xutil.h have a wrong signature of those
   two functions, so move them out of the way temporarly. */
#define XOffsetRegion _XOffsetRegion
#define XUnionRegion _XUnionRegion
#include "X11/Xutil.h"
#undef XOffsetRegion
#undef XUnionRegion

#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT




#endif

typedef int (*XAfterFunction) (	    /* WARNING, this type not in Xlib spec */
    Display*		/* display */
);

/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
................................................................................
/* 136 */
EXTERN int		XReparentWindow(Display *d, Window w, Window p,
				int x, int y);
/* 137 */
EXTERN int		XPutImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im,
				int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy,
				unsigned int w, unsigned int h);




#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
/* 0 */
EXTERN int		XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset,
				_Xconst char *dash_list, int n);
/* 1 */
EXTERN XModifierKeymap * XGetModifierMapping(Display *d);
................................................................................
    int (*xDrawArcs) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XArc *a, int n); /* 131 */
    int (*xDrawRectangles) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XRectangle *r, int n); /* 132 */
    int (*xDrawSegments) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XSegment *s, int n); /* 133 */
    int (*xDrawPoint) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, int x, int y); /* 134 */
    int (*xDrawPoints) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XPoint *p, int n, int m); /* 135 */
    int (*xReparentWindow) (Display *d, Window w, Window p, int x, int y); /* 136 */
    int (*xPutImage) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im, int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy, unsigned int w, unsigned int h); /* 137 */


#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
    int (*xSetDashes) (Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset, _Xconst char *dash_list, int n); /* 0 */
    XModifierKeymap * (*xGetModifierMapping) (Display *d); /* 1 */
    XImage * (*xCreateImage) (Display *d, Visual *v, unsigned int ui1, int i1, int i2, char *cp, unsigned int ui2, unsigned int ui3, int i3, int i4); /* 2 */
    XImage * (*xGetImage) (Display *d, Drawable dr, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, unsigned long ul, int i3); /* 3 */
    char * (*xGetAtomName) (Display *d, Atom a); /* 4 */
................................................................................
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawPoint) /* 134 */
#define XDrawPoints \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawPoints) /* 135 */
#define XReparentWindow \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xReparentWindow) /* 136 */
#define XPutImage \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xPutImage) /* 137 */




#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
#define XSetDashes \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetDashes) /* 0 */
#define XGetModifierMapping \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetModifierMapping) /* 1 */
#define XCreateImage \






>
>
>
>










|
|
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>







 







>
>







 







>
>
>
>







18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
...
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
...
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
....
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
 * script.  Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made
 * in the generic/tkInt.decls script.
 */

#ifndef _TCL
#   include <tcl.h>
#endif

#ifndef EXTERN
#   define EXTERN extern TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#endif

/* Some (older) versions of X11/Xutil.h have a wrong signature of those
   two functions, so move them out of the way temporarly. */
#define XOffsetRegion _XOffsetRegion
#define XUnionRegion _XUnionRegion
#include "X11/Xutil.h"
#undef XOffsetRegion
#undef XUnionRegion

#ifdef BUILD_tk
#  undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#  define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#else
#  ifndef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#    define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
#  endif
#endif

typedef int (*XAfterFunction) (	    /* WARNING, this type not in Xlib spec */
    Display*		/* display */
);

/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
................................................................................
/* 136 */
EXTERN int		XReparentWindow(Display *d, Window w, Window p,
				int x, int y);
/* 137 */
EXTERN int		XPutImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im,
				int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy,
				unsigned int w, unsigned int h);
/* 138 */
EXTERN Region		XPolygonRegion(XPoint *pts, int n, int rule);
/* 139 */
EXTERN int		XPointInRegion(Region rgn, int x, int y);
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
/* 0 */
EXTERN int		XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset,
				_Xconst char *dash_list, int n);
/* 1 */
EXTERN XModifierKeymap * XGetModifierMapping(Display *d);
................................................................................
    int (*xDrawArcs) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XArc *a, int n); /* 131 */
    int (*xDrawRectangles) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XRectangle *r, int n); /* 132 */
    int (*xDrawSegments) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XSegment *s, int n); /* 133 */
    int (*xDrawPoint) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, int x, int y); /* 134 */
    int (*xDrawPoints) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XPoint *p, int n, int m); /* 135 */
    int (*xReparentWindow) (Display *d, Window w, Window p, int x, int y); /* 136 */
    int (*xPutImage) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im, int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy, unsigned int w, unsigned int h); /* 137 */
    Region (*xPolygonRegion) (XPoint *pts, int n, int rule); /* 138 */
    int (*xPointInRegion) (Region rgn, int x, int y); /* 139 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
    int (*xSetDashes) (Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset, _Xconst char *dash_list, int n); /* 0 */
    XModifierKeymap * (*xGetModifierMapping) (Display *d); /* 1 */
    XImage * (*xCreateImage) (Display *d, Visual *v, unsigned int ui1, int i1, int i2, char *cp, unsigned int ui2, unsigned int ui3, int i3, int i4); /* 2 */
    XImage * (*xGetImage) (Display *d, Drawable dr, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, unsigned long ul, int i3); /* 3 */
    char * (*xGetAtomName) (Display *d, Atom a); /* 4 */
................................................................................
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawPoint) /* 134 */
#define XDrawPoints \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawPoints) /* 135 */
#define XReparentWindow \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xReparentWindow) /* 136 */
#define XPutImage \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xPutImage) /* 137 */
#define XPolygonRegion \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xPolygonRegion) /* 138 */
#define XPointInRegion \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xPointInRegion) /* 139 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
#define XSetDashes \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetDashes) /* 0 */
#define XGetModifierMapping \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetModifierMapping) /* 1 */
#define XCreateImage \

Changes to generic/tkMain.c.

192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    InteractiveState is;

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6", 0) == NULL) {
	if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.1", 0) == NULL) {
	    abort();
	} else {
	    Tcl_Panic("%s", Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
	}
    }







|







192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    InteractiveState is;

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6-", 0) == NULL) {
	if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.1", 0) == NULL) {
	    abort();
	} else {
	    Tcl_Panic("%s", Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
	}
    }

Changes to generic/tkMenu.c.

34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
 * the Macintosh, the platform specific menu handle for cascades attached to a
 * menu bar must have a title that matches the label for the cascade menu.
 *
 * To handle all of the constraints, Tk menubars and tearoff menus are
 * implemented using menu clones. Menu clones are full menus in their own
 * right; they have a Tk window and pathname associated with them; they have a
 * TkMenu structure and array of entries. However, they are linked with the
 * original menu that they were cloned from. The reflect the attributes of the
 * original, or "master", menu. So if an item is added to a menu, and that
 * menu has clones, then the item must be added to all of its clones also.
 * Menus are cloned when a menu is torn-off or when a menu is assigned as a
 * menubar using the "-menu" option of the toplevel's pathname configure
 * subcommand. When a clone is destroyed, only the clone is destroyed, but
 * when the master menu is destroyed, all clones are also destroyed. This
 * allows the developer to just deal with one set of menus when creating and






|







34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
 * the Macintosh, the platform specific menu handle for cascades attached to a
 * menu bar must have a title that matches the label for the cascade menu.
 *
 * To handle all of the constraints, Tk menubars and tearoff menus are
 * implemented using menu clones. Menu clones are full menus in their own
 * right; they have a Tk window and pathname associated with them; they have a
 * TkMenu structure and array of entries. However, they are linked with the
 * original menu that they were cloned from. They reflect the attributes of the
 * original, or "master", menu. So if an item is added to a menu, and that
 * menu has clones, then the item must be added to all of its clones also.
 * Menus are cloned when a menu is torn-off or when a menu is assigned as a
 * menubar using the "-menu" option of the toplevel's pathname configure
 * subcommand. When a clone is destroyed, only the clone is destroyed, but
 * when the master menu is destroyed, all clones are also destroyed. This
 * allows the developer to just deal with one set of menus when creating and

Changes to generic/tkObj.c.

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType pixelObjType = {
    "pixel",			/* name */
    FreePixelInternalRep,	/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupPixelInternalRep,	/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    SetPixelFromAny		/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 * The following structure defines the implementation of the "pixel" Tcl
 * object, used for measuring distances. The pixel object remembers its
 * initial display-independant settings.
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType mmObjType = {
    "mm",			/* name */
    FreeMMInternalRep,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupMMInternalRep,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    UpdateStringOfMM,		/* updateStringProc */
    SetMMFromAny		/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 * The following structure defines the implementation of the "window"
 * Tcl object.
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType windowObjType = {
    "window",			/* name */
    FreeWindowInternalRep,	/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupWindowInternalRep,	/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    SetWindowFromAny		/* setFromAnyProc */
};
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetTypeCache --
 *






|













|












|







100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType pixelObjType = {
    "pixel",			/* name */
    FreePixelInternalRep,	/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupPixelInternalRep,	/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    NULL			/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 * The following structure defines the implementation of the "pixel" Tcl
 * object, used for measuring distances. The pixel object remembers its
 * initial display-independant settings.
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType mmObjType = {
    "mm",			/* name */
    FreeMMInternalRep,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupMMInternalRep,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    UpdateStringOfMM,		/* updateStringProc */
    NULL			/* setFromAnyProc */
};

/*
 * The following structure defines the implementation of the "window"
 * Tcl object.
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType windowObjType = {
    "window",			/* name */
    FreeWindowInternalRep,	/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupWindowInternalRep,	/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    NULL			/* setFromAnyProc */
};
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetTypeCache --
 *

Changes to generic/tkPack.c.

118
119
120
121
122
123
124

125
126

127
128
129
130
131
132
133
...
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201

202
203

204

205
206
207
208
209
210
211
...
215
216
217
218
219
220
221

222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230

231
232
233
234
235

236
237
238
239
240
241
242
...
293
294
295
296
297
298
299

300
301
302
303
304
305
306
...
454
455
456
457
458
459
460

461
462
463
464
465
466
467
...
477
478
479
480
481
482
483

484
485
486
487
488
489
490
....
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089

1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
....
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309

1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
 */

static void		ArrangePacking(ClientData clientData);
static int		ConfigureSlaves(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		DestroyPacker(void *memPtr);
static Packer *		GetPacker(Tk_Window tkwin);

static int		PackAfter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Packer *prevPtr,
			    Packer *masterPtr, int objc,Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);

static void		PackStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static void		Unlink(Packer *packPtr);
static int		XExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityWidth);
static int		YExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityHeight);
 
/*
................................................................................
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    const char *argv2;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	/* after, append, before and unpack are deprecated */
	"after", "append", "before", "unpack",

	"configure", "forget", "info", "propagate", "slaves", NULL };
    enum options {

	PACK_AFTER, PACK_APPEND, PACK_BEFORE, PACK_UNPACK,

	PACK_CONFIGURE, PACK_FORGET, PACK_INFO, PACK_PROPAGATE, PACK_SLAVES };
    int index;

    if (objc >= 2) {
	const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);

	if (string[0] == '.') {
................................................................................
    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option arg ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {

	/*
	 * Call it again without the deprecated ones to get a proper error
	 * message. This works well since there can't be any ambiguity between
	 * deprecated and new options.
	 */

	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
	Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], &optionStrings[4],
		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index);

	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    argv2 = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
    switch ((enum options) index) {

    case PACK_AFTER: {
	Packer *prevPtr;
	Tk_Window tkwin2;

	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
................................................................................
		if (prevPtr->nextPtr == packPtr) {
		    break;
		}
	    }
	}
	return PackAfter(interp, prevPtr, masterPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
    }

    case PACK_CONFIGURE:
	if (argv2[0] != '.') {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "bad argument \"%s\": must be name of window", argv2));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "WINDOW_PATH", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
................................................................................
		slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
		    TkNewWindowObj(slavePtr->tkwin));
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
	break;
    }

    case PACK_UNPACK: {
	Tk_Window tkwin2;
	Packer *packPtr;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
................................................................................
			packPtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
	    }
	    Unlink(packPtr);
	    Tk_UnmapWindow(packPtr->tkwin);
	}
	break;
    }

    }

    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *------------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
 * Side effects:
 *	The geometry of the specified windows may change, both now and again
 *	in the future.
 *
 *------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */


static int
PackAfter(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. */
    Packer *prevPtr,		/* Pack windows in argv just after this
				 * window; NULL means pack as first child of
				 * masterPtr. */
    Packer *masterPtr,		/* Master in which to pack windows. */
................................................................................
    }
    if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
	masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Unlink --
 *
 *	Remove a packer from its master's list of slaves.






>


>







 







|

>


>

>







 







>









>





>







 







>







 







>







 







>







 







>







 







>







118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
...
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
...
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
...
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
...
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
...
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
....
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
....
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
 */

static void		ArrangePacking(ClientData clientData);
static int		ConfigureSlaves(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		DestroyPacker(void *memPtr);
static Packer *		GetPacker(Tk_Window tkwin);
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
static int		PackAfter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Packer *prevPtr,
			    Packer *masterPtr, int objc,Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
static void		PackStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static void		Unlink(Packer *packPtr);
static int		XExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityWidth);
static int		YExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityHeight);
 
/*
................................................................................
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    const char *argv2;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
	"after", "append", "before", "unpack",
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
	"configure", "forget", "info", "propagate", "slaves", NULL };
    enum options {
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
	PACK_AFTER, PACK_APPEND, PACK_BEFORE, PACK_UNPACK,
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
	PACK_CONFIGURE, PACK_FORGET, PACK_INFO, PACK_PROPAGATE, PACK_SLAVES };
    int index;

    if (objc >= 2) {
	const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);

	if (string[0] == '.') {
................................................................................
    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option arg ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
	/*
	 * Call it again without the deprecated ones to get a proper error
	 * message. This works well since there can't be any ambiguity between
	 * deprecated and new options.
	 */

	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
	Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], &optionStrings[4],
		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index);
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    argv2 = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
    switch ((enum options) index) {
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
    case PACK_AFTER: {
	Packer *prevPtr;
	Tk_Window tkwin2;

	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
................................................................................
		if (prevPtr->nextPtr == packPtr) {
		    break;
		}
	    }
	}
	return PackAfter(interp, prevPtr, masterPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
    }
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
    case PACK_CONFIGURE:
	if (argv2[0] != '.') {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "bad argument \"%s\": must be name of window", argv2));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "WINDOW_PATH", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
................................................................................
		slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
		    TkNewWindowObj(slavePtr->tkwin));
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
	break;
    }
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
    case PACK_UNPACK: {
	Tk_Window tkwin2;
	Packer *packPtr;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
................................................................................
			packPtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
	    }
	    Unlink(packPtr);
	    Tk_UnmapWindow(packPtr->tkwin);
	}
	break;
    }
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *------------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
 * Side effects:
 *	The geometry of the specified windows may change, both now and again
 *	in the future.
 *
 *------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
static int
PackAfter(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. */
    Packer *prevPtr,		/* Pack windows in argv just after this
				 * window; NULL means pack as first child of
				 * masterPtr. */
    Packer *masterPtr,		/* Master in which to pack windows. */
................................................................................
    }
    if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
	masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Unlink --
 *
 *	Remove a packer from its master's list of slaves.

Changes to generic/tkPanedWindow.c.

1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
....
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
....
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
....
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
....
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
....
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
    /*
     * Set up boilerplate geometry values for sashes (width, height, common
     * coordinates).
     */

    if (horizontal) {
	sashHeight = Tk_Height(tkwin) - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin));
	sashWidth = pwPtr->sashWidth;
    } else {
	sashWidth = Tk_Width(tkwin) - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin));
	sashHeight = pwPtr->sashWidth;
    }

    /*
     * Draw the sashes.
     */

................................................................................
    GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last);

    /*
     * First pass; compute sizes
     */

    paneDynSize = paneDynMinSize = 0;
    internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
    pwHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
    pwWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
    x = y = internalBW;
    stretchReserve = (horizontal ? pwWidth : pwHeight);

    /*
     * Calculate the sash width, including handle and padding, and the sash
................................................................................
    int sashWidth, sashOffset, handleOffset;
    int reqWidth, reqHeight, dim;
    Slave *slavePtr;
    const int horizontal = (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL);

    pwPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;

    x = y = internalBw = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
    reqWidth = reqHeight = 0;

    /*
     * Sashes and handles share space on the display. To simplify processing
     * below, precompute the x and y offsets of the handles and sashes within
     * the space occupied by their combination; later, just add those offsets
     * blindly (avoiding the extra showHandle, etc, checks).
................................................................................
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

        internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	    if (x < 0) {
		x = 0;
	    }
            pwWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
            if (x > pwWidth) {
                x = pwWidth;
            }
            y = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	    sashWidth = pwPtr->sashWidth;
	    sashHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) -
		    (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin));
	} else {
	    if (y < 0) {
		y = 0;
	    }
            pwHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
            if (y > pwHeight) {
                y = pwHeight;
            }
	    x = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	    sashHeight = pwPtr->sashWidth;
	    sashWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) -
		    (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin));
	}

	if (sashWidth < 1) {
	    sashWidth = 1;
	}
	if (sashHeight < 1) {
	    sashHeight = 1;
................................................................................

    if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
	    sashHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin);
	} else {
	    sashHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(pwPtr->tkwin);
	}
	sashHeight -= 2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	if (pwPtr->showHandle && pwPtr->handleSize > pwPtr->sashWidth) {
	    sashWidth = pwPtr->handleSize;
	    lpad = (pwPtr->handleSize - pwPtr->sashWidth) / 2;
	    rpad = pwPtr->handleSize - lpad;
	    lpad += pwPtr->sashPad;
	    rpad += pwPtr->sashPad;
	} else {
................................................................................
	    tpad = bpad = pwPtr->sashPad;
	}
	if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
	    sashWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin);
	} else {
	    sashWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	}
	sashWidth -= 2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	lpad = rpad = 0;
    }

    GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last);
    isHandle = 0;
    found = -1;
    for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves - 1; i++) {






|


|







 







|







 







|







 







|








|


|








|


|







 







|







 







|







1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
....
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
....
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
....
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
....
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
....
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
    /*
     * Set up boilerplate geometry values for sashes (width, height, common
     * coordinates).
     */

    if (horizontal) {
	sashHeight = Tk_Height(tkwin) - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(tkwin));
	sashWidth = pwPtr->sashWidth;
    } else {
	sashWidth = Tk_Width(tkwin) - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(tkwin));
	sashHeight = pwPtr->sashWidth;
    }

    /*
     * Draw the sashes.
     */

................................................................................
    GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last);

    /*
     * First pass; compute sizes
     */

    paneDynSize = paneDynMinSize = 0;
    internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
    pwHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
    pwWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
    x = y = internalBW;
    stretchReserve = (horizontal ? pwWidth : pwHeight);

    /*
     * Calculate the sash width, including handle and padding, and the sash
................................................................................
    int sashWidth, sashOffset, handleOffset;
    int reqWidth, reqHeight, dim;
    Slave *slavePtr;
    const int horizontal = (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL);

    pwPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;

    x = y = internalBw = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
    reqWidth = reqHeight = 0;

    /*
     * Sashes and handles share space on the display. To simplify processing
     * below, precompute the x and y offsets of the handles and sashes within
     * the space occupied by their combination; later, just add those offsets
     * blindly (avoiding the extra showHandle, etc, checks).
................................................................................
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

        internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
	if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	    if (x < 0) {
		x = 0;
	    }
            pwWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
            if (x > pwWidth) {
                x = pwWidth;
            }
            y = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
	    sashWidth = pwPtr->sashWidth;
	    sashHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) -
		    (2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin));
	} else {
	    if (y < 0) {
		y = 0;
	    }
            pwHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
            if (y > pwHeight) {
                y = pwHeight;
            }
	    x = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
	    sashHeight = pwPtr->sashWidth;
	    sashWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) -
		    (2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin));
	}

	if (sashWidth < 1) {
	    sashWidth = 1;
	}
	if (sashHeight < 1) {
	    sashHeight = 1;
................................................................................

    if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
	    sashHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin);
	} else {
	    sashHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(pwPtr->tkwin);
	}
	sashHeight -= 2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
	if (pwPtr->showHandle && pwPtr->handleSize > pwPtr->sashWidth) {
	    sashWidth = pwPtr->handleSize;
	    lpad = (pwPtr->handleSize - pwPtr->sashWidth) / 2;
	    rpad = pwPtr->handleSize - lpad;
	    lpad += pwPtr->sashPad;
	    rpad += pwPtr->sashPad;
	} else {
................................................................................
	    tpad = bpad = pwPtr->sashPad;
	}
	if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
	    sashWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin);
	} else {
	    sashWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	}
	sashWidth -= 2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
	lpad = rpad = 0;
    }

    GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last);
    isHandle = 0;
    found = -1;
    for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves - 1; i++) {

Changes to generic/tkScrollbar.c.

175
176
177
178
179
180
181

182
183
184
185

186
187
188
189
190
191
192
...
373
374
375
376
377
378
379

380

381
382
383

384
385
386
387
388
389
390

391
392
393
394
395
396
397
...
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
...
434
435
436
437
438
439
440

441
442

443
444
445
446
447
448
449
...
473
474
475
476
477
478
479

480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
    scrollPtr->inset = 0;
    scrollPtr->elementBorderWidth = -1;
    scrollPtr->arrowLength = 0;
    scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0;
    scrollPtr->sliderLast = 0;
    scrollPtr->activeField = 0;
    scrollPtr->activeRelief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;

    scrollPtr->totalUnits = 0;
    scrollPtr->windowUnits = 0;
    scrollPtr->firstUnit = 0;
    scrollPtr->lastUnit = 0;

    scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0;
    scrollPtr->lastFraction = 0.0;
    scrollPtr->cursor = None;
    scrollPtr->takeFocus = NULL;
    scrollPtr->flags = 0;

    if (ConfigureScrollbar(interp, scrollPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
................................................................................
    case COMMAND_GET: {
	Tcl_Obj *resObjs[4];

	if (objc != 2) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "get");
	    goto error;
	}

	if (scrollPtr->flags & NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS) {

	    resObjs[0] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(scrollPtr->firstFraction);
	    resObjs[1] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(scrollPtr->lastFraction);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, resObjs));

	} else {
	    resObjs[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->totalUnits);
	    resObjs[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->windowUnits);
	    resObjs[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->firstUnit);
	    resObjs[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->lastUnit);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, resObjs));
	}

	break;
    }
    case COMMAND_IDENTIFY: {
	int x, y;
	const char *zone = "";

	if (objc != 4) {
................................................................................
	case BOTTOM_GAP:	zone = "trough2"; break;
	case BOTTOM_ARROW:	zone = "arrow2";  break;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zone, -1));
	break;
    }
    case COMMAND_SET: {
	int totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, lastUnit;

	if (objc == 4) {
	    double first, last;

	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &first) != TCL_OK) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &last) != TCL_OK) {
................................................................................
	    if (last < scrollPtr->firstFraction) {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = scrollPtr->firstFraction;
	    } else if (last > 1.0) {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0;
	    } else {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = last;
	    }

	    scrollPtr->flags |= NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS;
	} else if (objc == 6) {

	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &totalUnits) != TCL_OK) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    if (totalUnits < 0) {
		totalUnits = 0;
	    }
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &windowUnits) != TCL_OK) {
................................................................................
		scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0;
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0;
	    } else {
		scrollPtr->firstFraction = ((double) firstUnit)/totalUnits;
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = ((double) (lastUnit+1))/totalUnits;
	    }
	    scrollPtr->flags &= ~NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS;

	} else {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "set firstFraction lastFraction");
		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " or \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]),
			" set totalUnits windowUnits firstUnit lastUnit\"", NULL);
	    goto error;
	}
	TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(scrollPtr);
	TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
	break;
    }
    }






>




>







 







>

>



>







>







 







<
<







 







>


>







 







>


<
<







175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
...
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
...
415
416
417
418
419
420
421


422
423
424
425
426
427
428
...
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
...
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488


489
490
491
492
493
494
495
    scrollPtr->inset = 0;
    scrollPtr->elementBorderWidth = -1;
    scrollPtr->arrowLength = 0;
    scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0;
    scrollPtr->sliderLast = 0;
    scrollPtr->activeField = 0;
    scrollPtr->activeRelief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
    scrollPtr->totalUnits = 0;
    scrollPtr->windowUnits = 0;
    scrollPtr->firstUnit = 0;
    scrollPtr->lastUnit = 0;
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
    scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0;
    scrollPtr->lastFraction = 0.0;
    scrollPtr->cursor = None;
    scrollPtr->takeFocus = NULL;
    scrollPtr->flags = 0;

    if (ConfigureScrollbar(interp, scrollPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
................................................................................
    case COMMAND_GET: {
	Tcl_Obj *resObjs[4];

	if (objc != 2) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "get");
	    goto error;
	}
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
	if (scrollPtr->flags & NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS) {
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
	    resObjs[0] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(scrollPtr->firstFraction);
	    resObjs[1] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(scrollPtr->lastFraction);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, resObjs));
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
	} else {
	    resObjs[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->totalUnits);
	    resObjs[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->windowUnits);
	    resObjs[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->firstUnit);
	    resObjs[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->lastUnit);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, resObjs));
	}
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
	break;
    }
    case COMMAND_IDENTIFY: {
	int x, y;
	const char *zone = "";

	if (objc != 4) {
................................................................................
	case BOTTOM_GAP:	zone = "trough2"; break;
	case BOTTOM_ARROW:	zone = "arrow2";  break;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zone, -1));
	break;
    }
    case COMMAND_SET: {


	if (objc == 4) {
	    double first, last;

	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &first) != TCL_OK) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &last) != TCL_OK) {
................................................................................
	    if (last < scrollPtr->firstFraction) {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = scrollPtr->firstFraction;
	    } else if (last > 1.0) {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0;
	    } else {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = last;
	    }
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
	    scrollPtr->flags |= NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS;
	} else if (objc == 6) {
	    int totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, lastUnit;
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &totalUnits) != TCL_OK) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    if (totalUnits < 0) {
		totalUnits = 0;
	    }
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &windowUnits) != TCL_OK) {
................................................................................
		scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0;
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0;
	    } else {
		scrollPtr->firstFraction = ((double) firstUnit)/totalUnits;
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = ((double) (lastUnit+1))/totalUnits;
	    }
	    scrollPtr->flags &= ~NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS;
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
	} else {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "set firstFraction lastFraction");


	    goto error;
	}
	TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(scrollPtr);
	TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
	break;
    }
    }

Changes to generic/tkScrollbar.h.

92
93
94
95
96
97
98

99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110



111
112
113
114
115
116
117
...
149
150
151
152
153
154
155

156

157
158
159
160
161
162
163
     * command. This information can now be provided in two ways: the "old"
     * form (totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, and lastUnit), or the "new"
     * form (firstFraction and lastFraction). FirstFraction and lastFraction
     * will always be valid, but the old-style information is only valid if
     * the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag is 0.
     */


    int totalUnits;		/* Total dimension of application, in units.
				 * Valid only if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag
				 * isn't set. */
    int windowUnits;		/* Maximum number of units that can be
				 * displayed in the window at once. Valid only
				 * if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag isn't set. */
    int firstUnit;		/* Number of last unit visible in
				 * application's window. Valid only if the
				 * NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag isn't set. */
    int lastUnit;		/* Index of last unit visible in window.
				 * Valid only if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag
				 * isn't set. */



    double firstFraction;	/* Position of first visible thing in window,
				 * specified as a fraction between 0 and
				 * 1.0. */
    double lastFraction;	/* Position of last visible thing in window,
				 * specified as a fraction between 0 and
				 * 1.0. */

................................................................................
 *				".t yview scroll 2 lines", instead of
 *				".t yview 40", for example.
 * GOT_FOCUS:			Non-zero means this window has the input
 *				focus.
 */

#define REDRAW_PENDING		1

#define NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS	2

#define GOT_FOCUS		4

/*
 * Declaration of scrollbar class functions structure
 * and default scrollbar width, for use in configSpec.
 */







>












>
>
>







 







>

>







92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
...
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
     * command. This information can now be provided in two ways: the "old"
     * form (totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, and lastUnit), or the "new"
     * form (firstFraction and lastFraction). FirstFraction and lastFraction
     * will always be valid, but the old-style information is only valid if
     * the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag is 0.
     */

#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
    int totalUnits;		/* Total dimension of application, in units.
				 * Valid only if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag
				 * isn't set. */
    int windowUnits;		/* Maximum number of units that can be
				 * displayed in the window at once. Valid only
				 * if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag isn't set. */
    int firstUnit;		/* Number of last unit visible in
				 * application's window. Valid only if the
				 * NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag isn't set. */
    int lastUnit;		/* Index of last unit visible in window.
				 * Valid only if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag
				 * isn't set. */
#else
    int dummy1,dummy2,dummy3,dummy4; /* sizeof(TkScrollbar) should not depend on TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
    double firstFraction;	/* Position of first visible thing in window,
				 * specified as a fraction between 0 and
				 * 1.0. */
    double lastFraction;	/* Position of last visible thing in window,
				 * specified as a fraction between 0 and
				 * 1.0. */

................................................................................
 *				".t yview scroll 2 lines", instead of
 *				".t yview 40", for example.
 * GOT_FOCUS:			Non-zero means this window has the input
 *				focus.
 */

#define REDRAW_PENDING		1
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
#define NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS	2
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
#define GOT_FOCUS		4

/*
 * Declaration of scrollbar class functions structure
 * and default scrollbar width, for use in configSpec.
 */

Changes to generic/tkSelect.c.

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
typedef struct {
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
    int cmdLength;		/* # of non-NULL bytes in command. */
    int charOffset;		/* The offset of the next char to retrieve. */
    int byteOffset;		/* The expected byte offset of the next
				 * chunk. */
    char buffer[TCL_UTF_MAX];	/* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character
				 * that is split across chunks. */
    char command[1];		/* Command to invoke. Actual space is
				 * allocated as large as necessary. This must
				 * be the last entry in the structure. */
} CommandInfo;

/*






|







22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
typedef struct {
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
    int cmdLength;		/* # of non-NULL bytes in command. */
    int charOffset;		/* The offset of the next char to retrieve. */
    int byteOffset;		/* The expected byte offset of the next
				 * chunk. */
    char buffer[4];		/* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character
				 * that is split across chunks. */
    char command[1];		/* Command to invoke. Actual space is
				 * allocated as large as necessary. This must
				 * be the last entry in the structure. */
} CommandInfo;

/*

Changes to generic/tkStubInit.c.

34
35
36
37
38
39
40





































41
42
43
44
45
46
47
..
61
62
63
64
65
66
67


68
69
70
71
72
73
74
...
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
...
449
450
451
452
453
454
455

456
457
458
459
460
461
462
...
720
721
722
723
724
725
726


727
728
729
730
731
732
733
MODULE_SCOPE const TkStubs tkStubs;

/*
 * Remove macro that might interfere with the definition below.
 */

#undef Tk_MainEx






































#ifdef _WIN32

int
TkpCmapStressed(Tk_Window tkwin, Colormap colormap)
{
    /* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */
................................................................................

#   define TkUnixContainerId 0
#   define TkUnixDoOneXEvent 0
#   define TkUnixSetMenubar 0
#   define XCreateWindow 0
#   define XOffsetRegion 0
#   define XUnionRegion 0


#   define TkWmCleanup (void (*)(TkDisplay *)) TkpSync
#   define TkSendCleanup (void (*)(TkDisplay *)) TkpSync
#   define TkpTestsendCmd 0

#else /* !_WIN32 */

/*
................................................................................
#	define TkWinSetWindowPos 0
#	define TkWinWmCleanup 0
#	define TkWinXCleanup 0
#	define TkWinXInit 0
#	define TkWinSetForegroundWindow 0
#	define TkWinDialogDebug 0
#	define TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault 0
#	define TkWinGetPlatformId 0
#	define TkWinSetHINSTANCE 0
#	define TkWinGetPlatformTheme 0
#	define TkWinChildProc 0

#   elif !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) /* UNIX */

#	undef TkClipBox
................................................................................
    TkOrientPrintProc, /* 178 */
    TkSmoothParseProc, /* 179 */
    TkSmoothPrintProc, /* 180 */
    TkDrawAngledTextLayout, /* 181 */
    TkUnderlineAngledTextLayout, /* 182 */
    TkIntersectAngledTextLayout, /* 183 */
    TkDrawAngledChars, /* 184 */

};

static const TkIntPlatStubs tkIntPlatStubs = {
    TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
    0,
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
    TkAlignImageData, /* 0 */
................................................................................
    XDrawArcs, /* 131 */
    XDrawRectangles, /* 132 */
    XDrawSegments, /* 133 */
    XDrawPoint, /* 134 */
    XDrawPoints, /* 135 */
    XReparentWindow, /* 136 */
    XPutImage, /* 137 */


#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
    XSetDashes, /* 0 */
    XGetModifierMapping, /* 1 */
    XCreateImage, /* 2 */
    XGetImage, /* 3 */
    XGetAtomName, /* 4 */






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>







 







<







 







>







 







>
>







34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
..
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
...
238
239
240
241
242
243
244

245
246
247
248
249
250
251
...
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
...
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
MODULE_SCOPE const TkStubs tkStubs;

/*
 * Remove macro that might interfere with the definition below.
 */

#undef Tk_MainEx
#undef Tk_FreeXId
#undef Tk_FreeStyleFromObj
#undef Tk_GetStyleFromObj
#undef TkWinGetPlatformId

#if defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) || TK_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
#define Tk_MainEx 0
#define Tk_FreeXId 0
#define Tk_FreeStyleFromObj 0
#define Tk_GetStyleFromObj 0
#define TkWinGetPlatformId 0
#define Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite 0
#define Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite 0
#define Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic 0
#define Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic 0
#define Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic 0
#define Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic 0
#else
static void
doNothing(void)
{
    /* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */
}
#define Tk_FreeXId ((void (*)(Display *, XID)) doNothing)
#define Tk_FreeStyleFromObj ((void (*)(Tcl_Obj *)) doNothing)
#define Tk_GetStyleFromObj getStyleFromObj
static Tk_Style Tk_GetStyleFromObj(Tcl_Obj *obj)
{
	return Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(NULL, obj);
}
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
#define TkWinGetPlatformId winGetPlatformId
static int TkWinGetPlatformId(void) {
    return 2;
}
#endif /* defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) */
#endif /* defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) || TK_MAJOR_VERSION > 8 */

#ifdef _WIN32

int
TkpCmapStressed(Tk_Window tkwin, Colormap colormap)
{
    /* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */
................................................................................

#   define TkUnixContainerId 0
#   define TkUnixDoOneXEvent 0
#   define TkUnixSetMenubar 0
#   define XCreateWindow 0
#   define XOffsetRegion 0
#   define XUnionRegion 0
#   define XPolygonRegion 0
#   define XPointInRegion 0
#   define TkWmCleanup (void (*)(TkDisplay *)) TkpSync
#   define TkSendCleanup (void (*)(TkDisplay *)) TkpSync
#   define TkpTestsendCmd 0

#else /* !_WIN32 */

/*
................................................................................
#	define TkWinSetWindowPos 0
#	define TkWinWmCleanup 0
#	define TkWinXCleanup 0
#	define TkWinXInit 0
#	define TkWinSetForegroundWindow 0
#	define TkWinDialogDebug 0
#	define TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault 0

#	define TkWinSetHINSTANCE 0
#	define TkWinGetPlatformTheme 0
#	define TkWinChildProc 0

#   elif !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) /* UNIX */

#	undef TkClipBox
................................................................................
    TkOrientPrintProc, /* 178 */
    TkSmoothParseProc, /* 179 */
    TkSmoothPrintProc, /* 180 */
    TkDrawAngledTextLayout, /* 181 */
    TkUnderlineAngledTextLayout, /* 182 */
    TkIntersectAngledTextLayout, /* 183 */
    TkDrawAngledChars, /* 184 */
    TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef, /* 185 */
};

static const TkIntPlatStubs tkIntPlatStubs = {
    TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
    0,
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
    TkAlignImageData, /* 0 */
................................................................................
    XDrawArcs, /* 131 */
    XDrawRectangles, /* 132 */
    XDrawSegments, /* 133 */
    XDrawPoint, /* 134 */
    XDrawPoints, /* 135 */
    XReparentWindow, /* 136 */
    XPutImage, /* 137 */
    XPolygonRegion, /* 138 */
    XPointInRegion, /* 139 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
    XSetDashes, /* 0 */
    XGetModifierMapping, /* 1 */
    XCreateImage, /* 2 */
    XGetImage, /* 3 */
    XGetAtomName, /* 4 */

Changes to generic/tkStyle.c.

151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
....
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
....
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487

1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498




1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType styleObjType = {
    "style",			/* name */
    FreeStyleObjProc,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupStyleObjProc,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    SetStyleFromAny		/* setFromAnyProc */
};
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkStylePkgInit --
 *
................................................................................

Tk_Style
Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interp for error return. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* Object containing name of the style to
				 * retrieve. */
{
    Style *stylePtr;

    if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) {
	SetStyleFromAny(interp, objPtr);
    }
    stylePtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;

    return (Tk_Style) stylePtr;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_GetStyleFromObj --
 *
 *	Find the style that corresponds to a given object. The style must have
 *	already been created by Tk_CreateStyle.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is a token for the style that matches objPtr, or NULL
 *	if none found.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	If the object is not already a style ref, the conversion will free any
 *	old internal representation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tk_Style
Tk_GetStyleFromObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object from which to get the style. */
{
    if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) {
	SetStyleFromAny(NULL, objPtr);
    }

    return objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
}
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_FreeStyleFromObj --
 *
 *	No-op. Present only for stubs compatibility.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
void
Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * SetStyleFromAny --
 *
 *	Convert the internal representation of a Tcl object to the style
 *	internal form.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Always returns TCL_OK. If an error occurs is returned (e.g. the style
 *	doesn't exist), an error message will be left in interp's result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The object is left with its typePtr pointing to styleObjType.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

................................................................................
static int
SetStyleFromAny(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object to convert. */
{
    const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
    const char *name;


    /*
     * Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
     */

    name = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
    typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
    if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
	typePtr->freeIntRepProc(objPtr);
    }





    objPtr->typePtr = &styleObjType;
    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = Tk_GetStyle(interp, name);

    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *






|







 







<
<

|
<
<
<
|
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<











|
|







 







>











>
>
>
>

|







151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
....
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407


1408
1409



1410
1411
1412



























1413















1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
....
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
 */

static const Tcl_ObjType styleObjType = {
    "style",			/* name */
    FreeStyleObjProc,		/* freeIntRepProc */
    DupStyleObjProc,		/* dupIntRepProc */
    NULL,			/* updateStringProc */
    NULL			/* setFromAnyProc */
};
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkStylePkgInit --
 *
................................................................................

Tk_Style
Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interp for error return. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* Object containing name of the style to
				 * retrieve. */
{


    if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) {
	if (SetStyleFromAny(interp, objPtr) != TCL_OK) {



	    return NULL;
	}
    }



























    return objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;















}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * SetStyleFromAny --
 *
 *	Convert the internal representation of a Tcl object to the style
 *	internal form.
 *
 * Results:
 *	If an error occurs is returned (e.g. the style doesn't exist), an
 *	error message will be left in interp's result and TCL_ERROR is returned.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The object is left with its typePtr pointing to styleObjType.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

................................................................................
static int
SetStyleFromAny(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The object to convert. */
{
    const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
    const char *name;
    Tk_Style style;

    /*
     * Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
     */

    name = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
    typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
    if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
	typePtr->freeIntRepProc(objPtr);
    }

    style = Tk_GetStyle(interp, name);
    if (style == NULL) {
    	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    objPtr->typePtr = &styleObjType;
    objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = style;

    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *

Changes to generic/tkTest.c.

187
188
189
190
191
192
193



194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205



206
207
208
209
210
211
212
...
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
...
259
260
261
262
263
264
265

266
267



268
269
270
271
272
273
274
...
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
....
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897






















































1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
....
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
















































2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
static void		CustomOptionRestore(ClientData clientData,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr,
			    char *saveInternalPtr);
static void		CustomOptionFree(ClientData clientData,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr);
static int		TestpropObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,



			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
static int		TestwrapperObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
#endif
static void		TrivialCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static int		TrivialConfigObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
static void		TrivialEventProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);



 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tktest_Init --
 *
 *	This function performs intialization for the Tk test suite exensions.
................................................................................

int
Tktest_Init(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter for application. */
{
    static int initialized = 0;

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.1", 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tk_InitStubs(interp, TK_VERSION, 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Create additional commands for testing Tk.
     */

    if (Tcl_PkgProvideEx(interp, "Tktest", TK_PATCH_LEVEL, NULL) == TCL_ERROR) {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "square", SquareObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testbitmap", TestbitmapObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testborder", TestborderObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
................................................................................
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testfont", TestfontObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmakeexist", TestmakeexistObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testprop", TestpropObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);

    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testtext", TkpTesttextCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);




#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmetrics", TestmetricsObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
#elif !defined(__CYGWIN__)
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmenubar", TestmenubarObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
................................................................................
 *	This function implements the "testdeleteapps" command. It cleans up
 *	all the interpreters left behind by the "testnewapp" command.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	All the intepreters created by previous calls to "testnewapp" get
 *	deleted.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static int
................................................................................
	}
    }
    if (property != NULL) {
	XFree(property);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}






















































 
#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TestwrapperObjCmd --
 *
................................................................................
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    char *internalPtr)
{
    if (*(char **)internalPtr != NULL) {
	ckfree(*(char **)internalPtr);
    }
}
















































 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */






>
>
>












>
>
>







 







|











|







 







>


>
>
>







 







|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>








187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
...
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
...
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
...
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
....
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
....
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
static void		CustomOptionRestore(ClientData clientData,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr,
			    char *saveInternalPtr);
static void		CustomOptionFree(ClientData clientData,
			    Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr);
static int		TestpropObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
static int		TestprintfObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
static int		TestwrapperObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
#endif
static void		TrivialCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static int		TrivialConfigObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
static void		TrivialEventProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static int              TestPhotoStringMatchCmd(ClientData dummy,
                            Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
                            Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tktest_Init --
 *
 *	This function performs intialization for the Tk test suite exensions.
................................................................................

int
Tktest_Init(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter for application. */
{
    static int initialized = 0;

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6-", 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tk_InitStubs(interp, TK_VERSION, 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Create additional commands for testing Tk.
     */

    if (Tcl_PkgProvideEx(interp, "Tktest", TK_PATCH_LEVEL, NULL) == TCL_ERROR) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "square", SquareObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testbitmap", TestbitmapObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testborder", TestborderObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
................................................................................
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testfont", TestfontObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmakeexist", TestmakeexistObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testprop", TestpropObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testprintf", TestprintfObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testtext", TkpTesttextCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testphotostringmatch",
            TestPhotoStringMatchCmd, (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp),
            NULL);

#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmetrics", TestmetricsObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
#elif !defined(__CYGWIN__)
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmenubar", TestmenubarObjCmd,
	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
................................................................................
 *	This function implements the "testdeleteapps" command. It cleans up
 *	all the interpreters left behind by the "testnewapp" command.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	All the interpreters created by previous calls to "testnewapp" get
 *	deleted.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static int
................................................................................
	}
    }
    if (property != NULL) {
	XFree(property);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TestpropObjCmd --
 *
 *	This function implements the "testprop" command. It fetches and prints
 *	the value of a property on a window.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static int
TestprintfObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Not used */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument strings. */
{
    char buffer[256];
    Tcl_WideInt wideInt;
#ifdef _WIN32
    __int64 longLongInt;
#else
    long long longLongInt;
#endif

    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "wideint");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &wideInt) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    longLongInt = wideInt;

    /* Just add a lot of arguments to sprintf. Reason: on AMD64, the first
     * 4 or 6 arguments (we assume 8, just in case) might be put in registers,
     * which still woudn't tell if the assumed size is correct: We want this
     * test-case to fail if the 64-bit value is printed as truncated to 32-bit.
     */
    sprintf(buffer, "%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d %"
	    TCL_LL_MODIFIER "u", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "",
	    (Tcl_WideInt)longLongInt, (Tcl_WideUInt)longLongInt);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TestwrapperObjCmd --
 *
................................................................................
    Tk_Window tkwin,
    char *internalPtr)
{
    if (*(char **)internalPtr != NULL) {
	ckfree(*(char **)internalPtr);
    }
}
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TestPhotoStringMatchCmd --
 *
 *	This function implements the "testphotostringmatch" command. It
 *	provides a way from Tcl to call the string match function for the
 *	default image handler directly.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result. If data is in the proper format, the result in
 *	interp will contain width and height as a list. If the data cannot be
 *	parsed as default image format, returns TCL_ERROR and leaves an
 *	appropriate error message in interp.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static int
TestPhotoStringMatchCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *dummy = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *resultObj[2];
    int width, height;

    if (objc != 2) {
        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "imageData");
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef(interp, objv[1], dummy, &width, &height)) {
        resultObj[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
        resultObj[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height);
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, resultObj));
        return TCL_OK;
    } else {
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
}


 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkText.c.

2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777



2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787




2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
....
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836


































2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
....
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853




2854
2855
2856
2857
2858




2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
....
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069


5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
....
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
















5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
....
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117


5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
....
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139

















5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
    const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
				/* Index describing first location. */
    const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr)
				/* Index describing second location. */
{
    TkUndoSubAtom *iAtom, *dAtom;
    int canUndo, canRedo;




    /*
     * Create the helpers.
     */

    Tcl_Obj *seeInsertObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSet1InsertObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSet2InsertObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *insertCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *deleteCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();





    /*
     * Get the index positions.
     */

    Tcl_Obj *index1Obj = TkTextNewIndexObj(NULL, index1Ptr);
    Tcl_Obj *index2Obj = TkTextNewIndexObj(NULL, index2Ptr);
................................................................................
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, insertCmdObj, undoString);

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("delete", 6));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index1Obj);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index2Obj);



































    /*
     * Note: we don't wish to use textPtr->widgetCmd in these callbacks
     * because if we delete the textPtr, but peers still exist, we will then
     * have references to a non-existent Tcl_Command in the undo stack, which
     * will lead to crashes later. Also, the behaviour of the widget w.r.t.
     * bindings (%W substitutions) always uses the widget path name, so there
     * is no good reason the undo stack should do otherwise.
................................................................................
     * underlying data shared by all peers.
     */

    iAtom = TkUndoMakeSubAtom(&TextUndoRedoCallback, textPtr->sharedTextPtr,
	    insertCmdObj, NULL);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSet2InsertObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, seeInsertObj, iAtom);





    dAtom = TkUndoMakeSubAtom(&TextUndoRedoCallback, textPtr->sharedTextPtr,
	    deleteCmdObj, NULL);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSet1InsertObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, seeInsertObj, dAtom);





    Tcl_DecrRefCount(seeInsertObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(index1Obj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(index2Obj);

    canUndo = TkUndoCanUndo(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
    canRedo = TkUndoCanRedo(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
................................................................................
 */

static int
TextEditUndo(
    TkText *textPtr)		/* Overall information about text widget. */
{
    int status;



    if (!textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Turn off the undo feature while we revert a compound action, setting
................................................................................
    status = TkUndoRevert(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);

    if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
	textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
    }
    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;

















    return status;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TextEditRedo --
................................................................................
 */

static int
TextEditRedo(
    TkText *textPtr)		/* Overall information about text widget. */
{
    int status;



    if (!textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Turn off the undo feature temporarily while we revert a previously
................................................................................

    status = TkUndoApply(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);

    if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
	textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
    }
    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;

















    return status;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TextEditCmd --






>
>
>










>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>





>
>
>
>







 







>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
....
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
....
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
....
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
....
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
....
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
....
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
    const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
				/* Index describing first location. */
    const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr)
				/* Index describing second location. */
{
    TkUndoSubAtom *iAtom, *dAtom;
    int canUndo, canRedo;
    char lMarkName[20] = "tk::undoMarkL";
    char rMarkName[20] = "tk::undoMarkR";
    char stringUndoMarkId[7] = "";

    /*
     * Create the helpers.
     */

    Tcl_Obj *seeInsertObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSet1InsertObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSet2InsertObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *insertCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *deleteCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj = NULL;

    /*
     * Get the index positions.
     */

    Tcl_Obj *index1Obj = TkTextNewIndexObj(NULL, index1Ptr);
    Tcl_Obj *index2Obj = TkTextNewIndexObj(NULL, index2Ptr);
................................................................................
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, insertCmdObj, undoString);

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("delete", 6));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index1Obj);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index2Obj);

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin), -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("mark", 4));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("set", 3));
    markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj);
    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoMarkId++;
    sprintf(stringUndoMarkId, "%d", textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoMarkId);
    strcat(lMarkName, stringUndoMarkId);
    strcat(rMarkName, stringUndoMarkId);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(lMarkName, -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(rMarkName, -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj, index1Obj);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj, index2Obj);

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin), -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("mark", 4));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("gravity", 7));
    markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(lMarkName, -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(rMarkName, -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj,
            Tcl_NewStringObj("left", 4));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj,
            Tcl_NewStringObj("right", 5));

    /*
     * Note: we don't wish to use textPtr->widgetCmd in these callbacks
     * because if we delete the textPtr, but peers still exist, we will then
     * have references to a non-existent Tcl_Command in the undo stack, which
     * will lead to crashes later. Also, the behaviour of the widget w.r.t.
     * bindings (%W substitutions) always uses the widget path name, so there
     * is no good reason the undo stack should do otherwise.
................................................................................
     * underlying data shared by all peers.
     */

    iAtom = TkUndoMakeSubAtom(&TextUndoRedoCallback, textPtr->sharedTextPtr,
	    insertCmdObj, NULL);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSet2InsertObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, seeInsertObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj, iAtom);

    dAtom = TkUndoMakeSubAtom(&TextUndoRedoCallback, textPtr->sharedTextPtr,
	    deleteCmdObj, NULL);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSet1InsertObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, seeInsertObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj, dAtom);

    Tcl_DecrRefCount(seeInsertObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(index1Obj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(index2Obj);

    canUndo = TkUndoCanUndo(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
    canRedo = TkUndoCanRedo(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
................................................................................
 */

static int
TextEditUndo(
    TkText *textPtr)		/* Overall information about text widget. */
{
    int status;
    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj;
    int code;

    if (!textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Turn off the undo feature while we revert a compound action, setting
................................................................................
    status = TkUndoRevert(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);

    if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
	textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
    }
    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;

    /*
     * Convert undo/redo temporary marks set by TkUndoRevert() into
     * indices left in the interp result.
     */

    cmdObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf("::tk::TextUndoRedoProcessMarks %s",
            Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin));
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
    code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, cmdObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
    if (code != TCL_OK) {
        Tcl_AddErrorInfo(textPtr->interp,
                "\n    (on undoing)");
        Tcl_BackgroundException(textPtr->interp, code);
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdObj);

    return status;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TextEditRedo --
................................................................................
 */

static int
TextEditRedo(
    TkText *textPtr)		/* Overall information about text widget. */
{
    int status;
    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj;
    int code;

    if (!textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Turn off the undo feature temporarily while we revert a previously
................................................................................

    status = TkUndoApply(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);

    if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
	textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
    }
    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;

    /*
     * Convert undo/redo temporary marks set by TkUndoApply() into
     * indices left in the interp result.
     */

    cmdObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf("::tk::TextUndoRedoProcessMarks %s",
            Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin));
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
    code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, cmdObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
    if (code != TCL_OK) {
        Tcl_AddErrorInfo(textPtr->interp,
                "\n    (on undoing)");
        Tcl_BackgroundException(textPtr->interp, code);
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdObj);

    return status;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TextEditCmd --

Changes to generic/tkText.h.

576
577
578
579
580
581
582


583
584
585
586
587
588
589
    int undo;			/* Non-zero means the undo/redo behaviour is
				 * enabled. */
    int maxUndo;		/* The maximum depth of the undo stack
				 * expressed as the maximum number of compound
				 * statements. */
    int autoSeparators;		/* Non-zero means the separators will be
				 * inserted automatically. */


    int isDirty;		/* Flag indicating the 'dirtyness' of the
				 * text widget. If the flag is not zero,
				 * unsaved modifications have been applied to
				 * the text widget. */
    TkTextDirtyMode dirtyMode;	/* The nature of the dirtyness characterized
				 * by the isDirty flag. */
    TkTextEditMode lastEditMode;/* Keeps track of what the last edit mode






>
>







576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
    int undo;			/* Non-zero means the undo/redo behaviour is
				 * enabled. */
    int maxUndo;		/* The maximum depth of the undo stack
				 * expressed as the maximum number of compound
				 * statements. */
    int autoSeparators;		/* Non-zero means the separators will be
				 * inserted automatically. */
    int undoMarkId;             /* Counts undo marks temporarily used during
                                   undo and redo operations. */
    int isDirty;		/* Flag indicating the 'dirtyness' of the
				 * text widget. If the flag is not zero,
				 * unsaved modifications have been applied to
				 * the text widget. */
    TkTextDirtyMode dirtyMode;	/* The nature of the dirtyness characterized
				 * by the isDirty flag. */
    TkTextEditMode lastEditMode;/* Keeps track of what the last edit mode

Changes to generic/tkTextDisp.c.

606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
....
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
			    TkText *textPtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr,
			    int *intPtr);
static void		AsyncUpdateLineMetrics(ClientData clientData);
static void		GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(TkText *textPtr, Bool InSync);
static void		AsyncUpdateYScrollbar(ClientData clientData);
static int              IsStartOfNotMergedLine(TkText *textPtr,
                            CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr);

/*
 * Result values returned by TextGetScrollInfoObj:
 */

#define TKTEXT_SCROLL_MOVETO	1
#define TKTEXT_SCROLL_PAGES	2
................................................................................
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
IsStartOfNotMergedLine(
      TkText *textPtr,              /* Widget record for text widget. */
      CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr)  /* Index to check. */
{
    TkTextIndex indexPtr2;

    if (indexPtr->byteIndex != 0) {
        /*
         * Not the start of a logical line.
         */






|







 







|







606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
....
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
			    TkText *textPtr, int objc,
			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr,
			    int *intPtr);
static void		AsyncUpdateLineMetrics(ClientData clientData);
static void		GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(TkText *textPtr, Bool InSync);
static void		AsyncUpdateYScrollbar(ClientData clientData);
static int              IsStartOfNotMergedLine(TkText *textPtr,
                            const TkTextIndex *indexPtr);

/*
 * Result values returned by TextGetScrollInfoObj:
 */

#define TKTEXT_SCROLL_MOVETO	1
#define TKTEXT_SCROLL_PAGES	2
................................................................................
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
IsStartOfNotMergedLine(
      TkText *textPtr,              /* Widget record for text widget. */
      const TkTextIndex *indexPtr)  /* Index to check. */
{
    TkTextIndex indexPtr2;

    if (indexPtr->byteIndex != 0) {
        /*
         * Not the start of a logical line.
         */

Changes to generic/tkTextIndex.c.

36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
....
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
....
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
static const char *	ForwBack(TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
static const char *	StartEnd(TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
static int		GetIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkSharedText *sharedPtr,
			    TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *canCachePtr);
static int              IndexCountBytesOrdered(CONST TkText *textPtr,
                            CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
                            CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2);

/*
 * The "textindex" Tcl_Obj definition:
 */

static void		DupTextIndexInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *copyPtr);
................................................................................
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkTextIndexCountBytes(
    CONST TkText *textPtr,
    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, /* Index describing one location. */
    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2) /* Index describing second location. */
{
    int compare = TkTextIndexCmp(indexPtr1, indexPtr2);

    if (compare == 0) {
	return 0;
    } else if (compare > 0) {
	return IndexCountBytesOrdered(textPtr, indexPtr2, indexPtr1);
................................................................................
    } else {
	return IndexCountBytesOrdered(textPtr, indexPtr1, indexPtr2);
    }
}

static int
IndexCountBytesOrdered(
    CONST TkText *textPtr,
    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
				/* Index describing location of character from
				 * which to count. */
    CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2)
				/* Index describing location of last character
				 * at which to stop the count. */
{
    int byteCount, offset;
    TkTextSegment *segPtr, *segPtr1;
    TkTextLine *linePtr;







|
|
|







 







|
|
|







 







|
|


|







36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
....
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
....
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
static const char *	ForwBack(TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
static const char *	StartEnd(TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
static int		GetIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkSharedText *sharedPtr,
			    TkText *textPtr, const char *string,
			    TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *canCachePtr);
static int              IndexCountBytesOrdered(const TkText *textPtr,
                            const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
                            const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2);

/*
 * The "textindex" Tcl_Obj definition:
 */

static void		DupTextIndexInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *copyPtr);
................................................................................
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkTextIndexCountBytes(
    const TkText *textPtr,
    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, /* Index describing one location. */
    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2) /* Index describing second location. */
{
    int compare = TkTextIndexCmp(indexPtr1, indexPtr2);

    if (compare == 0) {
	return 0;
    } else if (compare > 0) {
	return IndexCountBytesOrdered(textPtr, indexPtr2, indexPtr1);
................................................................................
    } else {
	return IndexCountBytesOrdered(textPtr, indexPtr1, indexPtr2);
    }
}

static int
IndexCountBytesOrdered(
    const TkText *textPtr,
    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
				/* Index describing location of character from
				 * which to count. */
    const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2)
				/* Index describing location of last character
				 * at which to stop the count. */
{
    int byteCount, offset;
    TkTextSegment *segPtr, *segPtr1;
    TkTextLine *linePtr;

Changes to generic/tkUtil.c.

1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
    event.general.xany.type = VirtualEvent;
    event.general.xany.serial = NextRequest(Tk_Display(target));
    event.general.xany.send_event = False;
    event.general.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(target);
    event.general.xany.display = Tk_Display(target);
    event.virtual.name = Tk_GetUid(eventName);
    if (detail != NULL) {
        event.virtual.user_data = detail;
    }

    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event.general, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
 
#if TCL_UTF_MAX <= 4
/*






|







1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
    event.general.xany.type = VirtualEvent;
    event.general.xany.serial = NextRequest(Tk_Display(target));
    event.general.xany.send_event = False;
    event.general.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(target);
    event.general.xany.display = Tk_Display(target);
    event.virtual.name = Tk_GetUid(eventName);
    if (detail != NULL) {
	event.virtual.user_data = detail;
    }

    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event.general, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
 
#if TCL_UTF_MAX <= 4
/*

Changes to generic/tkVisual.c.

42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
...
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
...
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
...
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
...
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
...
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
 * One of the following structures exists for each distinct non-default
 * colormap allocated for a display by Tk_GetColormap.
 */

struct TkColormap {
    Colormap colormap;		/* X's identifier for the colormap. */
    Visual *visual;		/* Visual for which colormap was allocated. */
    int refCount;		/* How many uses of the colormap are still
				 * outstanding (calls to Tk_GetColormap minus
				 * calls to Tk_FreeColormap). */
    int shareable;		/* 0 means this colormap was allocated by a
				 * call to Tk_GetColormap with "new", implying
				 * that the window wants it all for itself.  1
				 * means that the colormap was allocated as a
				 * default for a particular visual, so it can
................................................................................
		 * allocated here).
		 */

		*colormapPtr = Tk_Colormap(tkwin2);
		for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
			cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
		    if (cmapPtr->colormap == *colormapPtr) {
			cmapPtr->refCount += 1;
			break;
		    }
		}
	    }
	    return visual;
	}
	template.depth = Tk_Depth(tkwin2);
................................................................................
	if (visual == DefaultVisualOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))) {
	    *colormapPtr = DefaultColormapOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
	} else {
	    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
		    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
		if (cmapPtr->shareable && (cmapPtr->visual == visual)) {
		    *colormapPtr = cmapPtr->colormap;
		    cmapPtr->refCount += 1;
		    goto done;
		}
	    }
	    cmapPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkColormap));
	    cmapPtr->colormap = XCreateColormap(Tk_Display(tkwin),
		    RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)), visual,
		    AllocNone);
................................................................................
     * If the colormap was a special one allocated by code in this file,
     * increment its reference count.
     */

    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
	    cmapPtr->refCount += 1;
	}
    }
    return colormap;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
    if (dispPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("unknown display passed to Tk_FreeColormap");
    }
    for (prevPtr = NULL, cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    prevPtr = cmapPtr, cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
	    cmapPtr->refCount -= 1;
	    if (cmapPtr->refCount == 0) {
		XFreeColormap(display, colormap);
		if (prevPtr == NULL) {
		    dispPtr->cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr;
		} else {
		    prevPtr->nextPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr;
		}
		ckfree(cmapPtr);
................................................................................
    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
    if (dispPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("unknown display passed to Tk_PreserveColormap");
    }
    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
	    cmapPtr->refCount += 1;
	    return;
	}
    }
}
 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */






|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







<
|







 







|












42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
...
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
...
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
...
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
...
472
473
474
475
476
477
478

479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
...
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
 * One of the following structures exists for each distinct non-default
 * colormap allocated for a display by Tk_GetColormap.
 */

struct TkColormap {
    Colormap colormap;		/* X's identifier for the colormap. */
    Visual *visual;		/* Visual for which colormap was allocated. */
    size_t refCount;		/* How many uses of the colormap are still
				 * outstanding (calls to Tk_GetColormap minus
				 * calls to Tk_FreeColormap). */
    int shareable;		/* 0 means this colormap was allocated by a
				 * call to Tk_GetColormap with "new", implying
				 * that the window wants it all for itself.  1
				 * means that the colormap was allocated as a
				 * default for a particular visual, so it can
................................................................................
		 * allocated here).
		 */

		*colormapPtr = Tk_Colormap(tkwin2);
		for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
			cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
		    if (cmapPtr->colormap == *colormapPtr) {
			cmapPtr->refCount++;
			break;
		    }
		}
	    }
	    return visual;
	}
	template.depth = Tk_Depth(tkwin2);
................................................................................
	if (visual == DefaultVisualOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))) {
	    *colormapPtr = DefaultColormapOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
	} else {
	    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
		    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
		if (cmapPtr->shareable && (cmapPtr->visual == visual)) {
		    *colormapPtr = cmapPtr->colormap;
		    cmapPtr->refCount++;
		    goto done;
		}
	    }
	    cmapPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkColormap));
	    cmapPtr->colormap = XCreateColormap(Tk_Display(tkwin),
		    RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)), visual,
		    AllocNone);
................................................................................
     * If the colormap was a special one allocated by code in this file,
     * increment its reference count.
     */

    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
	    cmapPtr->refCount++;
	}
    }
    return colormap;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
    if (dispPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("unknown display passed to Tk_FreeColormap");
    }
    for (prevPtr = NULL, cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    prevPtr = cmapPtr, cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {

	    if (cmapPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
		XFreeColormap(display, colormap);
		if (prevPtr == NULL) {
		    dispPtr->cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr;
		} else {
		    prevPtr->nextPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr;
		}
		ckfree(cmapPtr);
................................................................................
    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
    if (dispPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("unknown display passed to Tk_PreserveColormap");
    }
    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
	    cmapPtr->refCount++;
	    return;
	}
    }
}
 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkWindow.c.

332
333
334
335
336
337
338

339
340
341
342
343
344
345
...
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
....
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
	Tk_CreateImageType(&tkBitmapImageType);
	Tk_CreateImageType(&tkPhotoImageType);

	/*
	 * Create built-in photo image formats.
	 */


	Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtGIF);
	Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtPNG);
	Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtPPM);
    }

    if ((parent != NULL) && (screenName != NULL) && (screenName[0] == '\0')) {
	dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) parent)->dispPtr;
................................................................................
	}
	if (isSafe && !(cmdPtr->flags & ISSAFE)) {
	    Tcl_HideCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name, cmdPtr->name);
	}
    }

    /*
     * Set variables for the intepreter.
     */

    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_patchLevel", NULL, TK_PATCH_LEVEL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_version",    NULL, TK_VERSION,     TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

    tsdPtr->numMainWindows++;
    return tkwin;
................................................................................
	TCL_ARGV_AUTO_REST, TCL_ARGV_AUTO_HELP, TCL_ARGV_TABLE_END
    };

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6", 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Ensure that our obj-types are registered with the Tcl runtime.
     */







>







 







|







 







|







332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
...
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
....
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
	Tk_CreateImageType(&tkBitmapImageType);
	Tk_CreateImageType(&tkPhotoImageType);

	/*
	 * Create built-in photo image formats.
	 */

        Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtDefault);
	Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtGIF);
	Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtPNG);
	Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtPPM);
    }

    if ((parent != NULL) && (screenName != NULL) && (screenName[0] == '\0')) {
	dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) parent)->dispPtr;
................................................................................
	}
	if (isSafe && !(cmdPtr->flags & ISSAFE)) {
	    Tcl_HideCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name, cmdPtr->name);
	}
    }

    /*
     * Set variables for the interpreter.
     */

    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_patchLevel", NULL, TK_PATCH_LEVEL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_version",    NULL, TK_VERSION,     TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

    tsdPtr->numMainWindows++;
    return tkwin;
................................................................................
	TCL_ARGV_AUTO_REST, TCL_ARGV_AUTO_HELP, TCL_ARGV_TABLE_END
    };

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6-", 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Ensure that our obj-types are registered with the Tcl runtime.
     */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkButton.c.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

26
27
28
29
30
31
32
..
52
53
54
55
56
57
58



59
60
61
62
63
64
65
 */
typedef struct
{
    /*
     * Text element resources:
     */
    Tcl_Obj *textObj;

    Tcl_Obj *textVariableObj;
    Tcl_Obj *underlineObj;
    Tcl_Obj *widthObj;

    Ttk_TraceHandle	*textVariableTrace;
    Ttk_ImageSpec	*imageSpec;

................................................................................
{
    WidgetCore	core;
    BasePart	base;
} Base;

static Tk_OptionSpec BaseOptionSpecs[] =
{



    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", "",
	Tk_Offset(Base,base.textObj), -1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable", "",
	Tk_Offset(Base,base.textVariableObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",






>







 







>
>
>







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
..
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
 */
typedef struct
{
    /*
     * Text element resources:
     */
    Tcl_Obj *textObj;
    Tcl_Obj *justifyObj;
    Tcl_Obj *textVariableObj;
    Tcl_Obj *underlineObj;
    Tcl_Obj *widthObj;

    Ttk_TraceHandle	*textVariableTrace;
    Ttk_ImageSpec	*imageSpec;

................................................................................
{
    WidgetCore	core;
    BasePart	base;
} Base;

static Tk_OptionSpec BaseOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
        "left", Tk_Offset(Base,base.justifyObj), -1,
        TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", "",
	Tk_Offset(Base,base.textObj), -1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable", "",
	Tk_Offset(Base,base.textVariableObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkClamTheme.c.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
...
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
...
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
...
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
...
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
...
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
 *
 * "clam" theme; inspired by the XFCE family of Gnome themes.
 */

#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"

/* 
 * Under windows, the Tk-provided XDrawLine and XDrawArc have an 
 * off-by-one error in the end point. This is especially apparent with this
 * theme. Defining this macro as true handles this case.
 */
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK)
#	define WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK 1
#else
#	define WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK 0
................................................................................
	Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderWidthObj), "2" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

/*
 * <<NOTE-BORDERWIDTH>>: -borderwidth is only partially supported:
 * in this theme, borders are always exactly 2 pixels thick.
 * With -borderwidth 0, border is not drawn at all; 
 * otherwise a 2-pixel border is used.  For -borderwidth > 2, 
 * the excess is used as padding.
 */

static void BorderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *paddingObj;
} MenuIndicatorElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenuIndicatorElementOptions[] =
{
    { "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,sizeObj), 
	STR(MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE)},
    { "-arrowcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,colorObj),
	"black" },
    { "-arrowpadding",TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,paddingObj),
	"3" },
................................................................................
    /*
     * Draw grip:
     */
    Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, sb->orientObj, &orient);
    Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, sb->gripCountObj, &gripCount);
    lightGC = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->lightColorObj,d);
    darkGC = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->borderColorObj,d);
    
    if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	dx = 1; dy = 0;
	x1 = x2 = b.x + b.width / 2 - gripCount;
	y1 = b.y + 2;
	y2 = b.y + b.height - 3 + w;
    } else {
	dx = 0; dy = 1;
................................................................................
}

static void PbarElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned state)
{
    ScrollbarElement *sb = elementRecord;
    
    b = Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(2));
    if (b.width > 4 && b.height > 4) {
	DrawSmoothBorder(tkwin, d, b,
	    sb->borderColorObj, sb->lightColorObj, sb->darkColorObj);
	XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, 
	    BackgroundGC(tkwin, sb->backgroundObj),
	    b.x+2, b.y+2, b.width-4, b.height-4);
    }
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec PbarElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
................................................................................
    ArrowElementSize,
    ArrowElementDraw
};


/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Notebook elements.
 * 	
 * Note: Tabs, except for the rightmost, overlap the neighbor to 
 * their right by one pixel.
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *lightColorObj;






|
|







 







|
|







 







|







 







|







 







|




|







 







|
|







3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
...
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
...
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
...
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
...
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
...
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
 *
 * "clam" theme; inspired by the XFCE family of Gnome themes.
 */

#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"

/*
 * Under windows, the Tk-provided XDrawLine and XDrawArc have an
 * off-by-one error in the end point. This is especially apparent with this
 * theme. Defining this macro as true handles this case.
 */
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK)
#	define WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK 1
#else
#	define WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK 0
................................................................................
	Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderWidthObj), "2" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

/*
 * <<NOTE-BORDERWIDTH>>: -borderwidth is only partially supported:
 * in this theme, borders are always exactly 2 pixels thick.
 * With -borderwidth 0, border is not drawn at all;
 * otherwise a 2-pixel border is used.  For -borderwidth > 2,
 * the excess is used as padding.
 */

static void BorderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *paddingObj;
} MenuIndicatorElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenuIndicatorElementOptions[] =
{
    { "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,sizeObj),
	STR(MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE)},
    { "-arrowcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
	Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,colorObj),
	"black" },
    { "-arrowpadding",TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,paddingObj),
	"3" },
................................................................................
    /*
     * Draw grip:
     */
    Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, sb->orientObj, &orient);
    Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, sb->gripCountObj, &gripCount);
    lightGC = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->lightColorObj,d);
    darkGC = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->borderColorObj,d);

    if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	dx = 1; dy = 0;
	x1 = x2 = b.x + b.width / 2 - gripCount;
	y1 = b.y + 2;
	y2 = b.y + b.height - 3 + w;
    } else {
	dx = 0; dy = 1;
................................................................................
}

static void PbarElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned state)
{
    ScrollbarElement *sb = elementRecord;

    b = Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(2));
    if (b.width > 4 && b.height > 4) {
	DrawSmoothBorder(tkwin, d, b,
	    sb->borderColorObj, sb->lightColorObj, sb->darkColorObj);
	XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d,
	    BackgroundGC(tkwin, sb->backgroundObj),
	    b.x+2, b.y+2, b.width-4, b.height-4);
    }
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec PbarElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
................................................................................
    ArrowElementSize,
    ArrowElementDraw
};


/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Notebook elements.
 *
 * Note: Tabs, except for the rightmost, overlap the neighbor to
 * their right by one pixel.
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
    Tcl_Obj *lightColorObj;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkClassicTheme.c.

64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
..
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
...
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
...
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
...
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
...
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
...
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
    HighlightElementOptions,
    HighlightElementSize,
    HighlightElementDraw
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Button Border element:
 * 
 * The Motif-style button border on X11 consists of (from outside-in):
 *
 * + focus indicator (controlled by -highlightcolor and -highlightthickness),
 * + default ring (if -default active; blank if -default normal)
 * + shaded border (controlled by -background, -borderwidth, and -relief)
 */

................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj	*borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*defaultStateObj;
} ButtonBorderElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ButtonBorderElementOptions[] =
{
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, 
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, 
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, 
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
    { "-default", TK_OPTION_ANY, 
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,defaultStateObj), "disabled" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void ButtonBorderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
................................................................................
	borderWidth += 5;
    }
    *paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}

/*
 * (@@@ Note: ButtonBorderElement still still still buggy:
 * padding for default ring is drawn in the wrong color 
 * when the button is active.)
 */
static void ButtonBorderElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
    ButtonBorderElement *bd = elementRecord;
................................................................................
    ArrowElementDraw
};


/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Sash element (for ttk::panedwindow)
 *
 * NOTES: 
 *
 * panedwindows with -orient horizontal use vertical sashes, and vice versa.
 *
 * Interpretation of -sashrelief 'groove' and 'ridge' are
 * swapped wrt. the core panedwindow, which (I think) has them backwards.
 *
 * Default -sashrelief is sunken; the core panedwindow has default 
 * -sashrelief raised, but that looks wrong to me.
 */

static Ttk_Orient SashClientData[] = {
    TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL, TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL 
};

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *borderObj; 	/* background color */
    Tcl_Obj *sashReliefObj;	/* sash relief */
    Tcl_Obj *sashThicknessObj;	/* overall thickness of sash */
    Tcl_Obj *sashPadObj;	/* padding on either side of handle */
    Tcl_Obj *handleSizeObj;	/* handle width and height */
    Tcl_Obj *handlePadObj;	/* handle's distance from edge */
} SashElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SashOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, 
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-sashrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, 
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashReliefObj), "sunken" },
    { "-sashthickness", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashThicknessObj), "6" },
    { "-sashpad", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, 
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashPadObj), "2" },
    { "-handlesize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,handleSizeObj), "8" },
    { "-handlepad", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,handlePadObj), "8" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
................................................................................
	    gc1 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC);
	    gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
	    break;
	case TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN: case TK_RELIEF_GROOVE:
	    gc1 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
	    gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC);
	    break;
	case TK_RELIEF_SOLID: 
	    gc1 = gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
	    break;
	case TK_RELIEF_FLAT: 
	default:
	    gc1 = gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_FLAT_GC);
	    break;
    }

    /* Draw sash line:
     */
................................................................................
	if (horizontal) {
	    hb = Ttk_StickBox(b, handleSize, handleSize, TTK_STICK_W);
	    hb.x += handlePad;
	} else {
	    hb = Ttk_StickBox(b, handleSize, handleSize, TTK_STICK_N);
	    hb.y += handlePad;
	}
	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, 
	    hb.x, hb.y, hb.width, hb.height, 1, TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
    }
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec SashElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(SashElement),
................................................................................
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "leftarrow",
	    &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[2]);
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "rightarrow",
	    &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[3]);
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "arrow",
	    &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);

    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "hsash", 
	    &SashElementSpec, &SashClientData[0]);
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "vsash",
	    &SashElementSpec, &SashClientData[1]);

    /*
     * Register layouts:
     */






|







 







|

|

|

|







 







|







 







|






|




|












|

|



|







 







|


|







 







|







 







|







64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
..
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
...
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
...
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
...
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
...
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
...
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
    HighlightElementOptions,
    HighlightElementSize,
    HighlightElementDraw
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Button Border element:
 *
 * The Motif-style button border on X11 consists of (from outside-in):
 *
 * + focus indicator (controlled by -highlightcolor and -highlightthickness),
 * + default ring (if -default active; blank if -default normal)
 * + shaded border (controlled by -background, -borderwidth, and -relief)
 */

................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj	*borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj	*defaultStateObj;
} ButtonBorderElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ButtonBorderElementOptions[] =
{
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
    { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
    { "-default", TK_OPTION_ANY,
	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,defaultStateObj), "disabled" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};

static void ButtonBorderElementSize(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
................................................................................
	borderWidth += 5;
    }
    *paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}

/*
 * (@@@ Note: ButtonBorderElement still still still buggy:
 * padding for default ring is drawn in the wrong color
 * when the button is active.)
 */
static void ButtonBorderElementDraw(
    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
    ButtonBorderElement *bd = elementRecord;
................................................................................
    ArrowElementDraw
};


/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Sash element (for ttk::panedwindow)
 *
 * NOTES:
 *
 * panedwindows with -orient horizontal use vertical sashes, and vice versa.
 *
 * Interpretation of -sashrelief 'groove' and 'ridge' are
 * swapped wrt. the core panedwindow, which (I think) has them backwards.
 *
 * Default -sashrelief is sunken; the core panedwindow has default
 * -sashrelief raised, but that looks wrong to me.
 */

static Ttk_Orient SashClientData[] = {
    TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL, TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL
};

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *borderObj; 	/* background color */
    Tcl_Obj *sashReliefObj;	/* sash relief */
    Tcl_Obj *sashThicknessObj;	/* overall thickness of sash */
    Tcl_Obj *sashPadObj;	/* padding on either side of handle */
    Tcl_Obj *handleSizeObj;	/* handle width and height */
    Tcl_Obj *handlePadObj;	/* handle's distance from edge */
} SashElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SashOptions[] = {
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-sashrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashReliefObj), "sunken" },
    { "-sashthickness", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashThicknessObj), "6" },
    { "-sashpad", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashPadObj), "2" },
    { "-handlesize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,handleSizeObj), "8" },
    { "-handlepad", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
	Tk_Offset(SashElement,handlePadObj), "8" },
    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
................................................................................
	    gc1 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC);
	    gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
	    break;
	case TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN: case TK_RELIEF_GROOVE:
	    gc1 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
	    gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC);
	    break;
	case TK_RELIEF_SOLID:
	    gc1 = gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
	    break;
	case TK_RELIEF_FLAT:
	default:
	    gc1 = gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_FLAT_GC);
	    break;
    }

    /* Draw sash line:
     */
................................................................................
	if (horizontal) {
	    hb = Ttk_StickBox(b, handleSize, handleSize, TTK_STICK_W);
	    hb.x += handlePad;
	} else {
	    hb = Ttk_StickBox(b, handleSize, handleSize, TTK_STICK_N);
	    hb.y += handlePad;
	}
	Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
	    hb.x, hb.y, hb.width, hb.height, 1, TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
    }
}

static Ttk_ElementSpec SashElementSpec = {
    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
    sizeof(SashElement),
................................................................................
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "leftarrow",
	    &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[2]);
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "rightarrow",
	    &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[3]);
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "arrow",
	    &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);

    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "hsash",
	    &SashElementSpec, &SashClientData[0]);
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "vsash",
	    &SashElementSpec, &SashClientData[1]);

    /*
     * Register layouts:
     */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkDefaultTheme.c.

682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *directionObj;
    Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
} MenubuttonArrowElement;

static const char *directionStrings[] = {	/* See also: button.c */
    "above", "below", "left", "right", "flush", NULL
};
enum { POST_ABOVE, POST_BELOW, POST_LEFT, POST_RIGHT, POST_FLUSH };

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenubuttonArrowElementOptions[] = {
    { "-direction", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(MenubuttonArrowElement,directionObj), "below" },






|







682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj *directionObj;
    Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
    Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
} MenubuttonArrowElement;

static const char *const directionStrings[] = {	/* See also: button.c */
    "above", "below", "left", "right", "flush", NULL
};
enum { POST_ABOVE, POST_BELOW, POST_LEFT, POST_RIGHT, POST_FLUSH };

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenubuttonArrowElementOptions[] = {
    { "-direction", TK_OPTION_STRING,
	Tk_Offset(MenubuttonArrowElement,directionObj), "below" },

Deleted generic/ttk/ttkGenStubs.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
# ttkGenStubs.tcl --
#
#	This script generates a set of stub files for a given
#	interface.
#
#
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2007 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]>
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
# SOURCE: tcl/tools/genStubs.tcl, revision 1.44
#
# CHANGES:
#	+ Second argument to "declare" is used as a status guard
#	  instead of a platform guard.
#	+ Allow trailing semicolon in function declarations
#

namespace eval genStubs {
    # libraryName --
    #
    #	The name of the entire library.  This value is used to compute
    #	the USE_*_STUBS macro and the name of the init file.

    variable libraryName "UNKNOWN"

    # interfaces --
    #
    #	An array indexed by interface name that is used to maintain
    #   the set of valid interfaces.  The value is empty.

    array set interfaces {}

    # curName --
    #
    #	The name of the interface currently being defined.

    variable curName "UNKNOWN"

    # scspec --
    #
    #	Storage class specifier for external function declarations.
    #	Normally "EXTERN", may be set to something like XYZAPI
    #
    variable scspec "EXTERN"

    # epoch, revision --
    #
    #	The epoch and revision numbers of the interface currently being defined.
    #   (@@@TODO: should be an array mapping interface names -> numbers)
    #

    variable epoch {}
    variable revision 0

    # hooks --
    #
    #	An array indexed by interface name that contains the set of
    #	subinterfaces that should be defined for a given interface.

    array set hooks {}

    # stubs --
    #
    #	This three dimensional array is indexed first by interface name,
    #	second by field name, and third by a numeric offset or the
    #	constant "lastNum".  The lastNum entry contains the largest
    #	numeric offset used for a given interface.
    #
    #	Field "decl,$i" contains the C function specification that
    #	should be used for the given entry in the stub table.  The spec
    #	consists of a list in the form returned by parseDecl.
    #   Other fields TBD later.

    array set stubs {}

    # outDir --
    #
    #	The directory where the generated files should be placed.

    variable outDir .
}

# genStubs::library --
#
#	This function is used in the declarations file to set the name
#	of the library that the interfaces are associated with (e.g. "tcl").
#	This value will be used to define the inline conditional macro.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The library name.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::library {name} {
    variable libraryName $name
}

# genStubs::interface --
#
#	This function is used in the declarations file to set the name
#	of the interface currently being defined.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The name of the interface.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::interface {name} {
    variable curName $name
    variable interfaces
    variable stubs

    set interfaces($name) {}
    set stubs($name,lastNum) 0
    return
}

# genStubs::scspec --
#
#	Define the storage class macro used for external function declarations.
#	Typically, this will be a macro like XYZAPI or EXTERN that
#	expands to either DLLIMPORT or DLLEXPORT, depending on whether
#	-DBUILD_XYZ has been set.
#
proc genStubs::scspec {value} {
    variable scspec $value
}

# genStubs::epoch --
#
#	Define the epoch number for this library.  The epoch
#	should be incrememented when a release is made that
#	contains incompatible changes to the public API.
#
proc genStubs::epoch {value} {
    variable epoch $value
}

# genStubs::hooks --
#
#	This function defines the subinterface hooks for the current
#	interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	names	The ordered list of interfaces that are reachable through the
#		hook vector.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::hooks {names} {
    variable curName
    variable hooks

    set hooks($curName) $names
    return
}

# genStubs::declare --
#
#	This function is used in the declarations file to declare a new
#	interface entry.
#
# Arguments:
#	index		The index number of the interface.
#	status  	Status of the interface: one of "current",
#		  	"deprecated", or "obsolete".
#	decl		The C function declaration, or {} for an undefined
#			entry.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::declare {args} {
    variable stubs
    variable curName
    variable revision

    incr revision
    if {[llength $args] == 2} {
	lassign $args index decl
	set status current
    } elseif {[llength $args] == 3} {
	lassign $args index status decl
    } else {
	puts stderr "wrong # args: declare $args"
	return
    }

    # Check for duplicate declarations, then add the declaration and
    # bump the lastNum counter if necessary.

    if {[info exists stubs($curName,decl,$index)]} {
	puts stderr "Duplicate entry: $index"
    }
    regsub -all "\[ \t\n\]+" [string trim $decl] " " decl
    set decl [parseDecl $decl]

    set stubs($curName,status,$index) $status
    set stubs($curName,decl,$index) $decl

    if {$index > $stubs($curName,lastNum)} {
	set stubs($curName,lastNum) $index
    }
    return
}

# genStubs::export --
#
#	This function is used in the declarations file to declare a symbol
#	that is exported from the library but is not in the stubs table.
#
# Arguments:
#	decl		The C function declaration, or {} for an undefined
#			entry.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::export {args} {
    if {[llength $args] != 1} {
	puts stderr "wrong # args: export $args"
    }
    return
}

# genStubs::rewriteFile --
#
#	This function replaces the machine generated portion of the
#	specified file with new contents.  It looks for the !BEGIN! and
#	!END! comments to determine where to place the new text.
#
# Arguments:
#	file	The name of the file to modify.
#	text	The new text to place in the file.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::rewriteFile {file text} {
    if {![file exists $file]} {
	puts stderr "Cannot find file: $file"
	return
    }
    set in [open ${file} r]
    set out [open ${file}.new w]
    fconfigure $out -translation lf

    while {![eof $in]} {
	set line [gets $in]
	if {[string match "*!BEGIN!*" $line]} {
	    break
	}
	puts $out $line
    }
    puts $out "/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */"
    puts $out $text
    while {![eof $in]} {
	set line [gets $in]
	if {[string match "*!END!*" $line]} {
	    break
	}
    }
    puts $out "/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */"
    puts -nonewline $out [read $in]
    close $in
    close $out
    file rename -force ${file}.new ${file}
    return
}

# genStubs::addPlatformGuard --
#
#	Wrap a string inside a platform #ifdef.
#
# Arguments:
#	plat	Platform to test.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the original text inside an appropriate #ifdef.

proc genStubs::addPlatformGuard {plat iftxt {eltxt {}}} {
    set text ""
    switch $plat {
	win {
	    append text "#ifdef _WIN32 /* WIN */\n${iftxt}"
	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
		append text "#else /* WIN */\n${eltxt}"
	    }
	    append text "#endif /* WIN */\n"
	}
	unix {
	    append text "#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TCL)\
		    /* UNIX */\n${iftxt}"
	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
		append text "#else /* UNIX */\n${eltxt}"
	    }
	    append text "#endif /* UNIX */\n"
	}
	macosx {
	    append text "#ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */\n${iftxt}"
	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
		append text "#else /* MACOSX */\n${eltxt}"
	    }
	    append text "#endif /* MACOSX */\n"
	}
	aqua {
	    append text "#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */\n${iftxt}"
	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
		append text "#else /* AQUA */\n${eltxt}"
	    }
	    append text "#endif /* AQUA */\n"
	}
	x11 {
	    append text "#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))\
		    /* X11 */\n${iftxt}"
	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
		append text "#else /* X11 */\n${eltxt}"
	    }
	    append text "#endif /* X11 */\n"
	}
	default {
	    append text "${iftxt}${eltxt}"
	}
    }
    return $text
}

# genStubs::emitSlots --
#
#	Generate the stub table slots for the given interface.  If there
#	are no generic slots, then one table is generated for each
#	platform, otherwise one table is generated for all platforms.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The name of the interface being emitted.
#	textVar	The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::emitSlots {name textVar} {
    upvar $textVar text

    forAllStubs $name makeSlot noGuard text {"    void (*reserved$i)(void);\n"}
    return
}

# genStubs::parseDecl --
#
#	Parse a C function declaration into its component parts.
#
# Arguments:
#	decl	The function declaration.
#
# Results:
#	Returns a list of the form {returnType name args}.  The args
#	element consists of a list of type/name pairs, or a single
#	element "void".  If the function declaration is malformed
#	then an error is displayed and the return value is {}.

proc genStubs::parseDecl {decl} {
    if {![regexp {^(.*)\((.*)\);?$} $decl all prefix args]} {
	set prefix $decl
	set args {}
    }
    set prefix [string trim $prefix]
    if {![regexp {^(.+[ ][*]*)([^ *]+)$} $prefix all rtype fname]} {
	puts stderr "Bad return type: $decl"
	return
    }
    set rtype [string trim $rtype]
    if {$args eq ""} {
	return [list $rtype $fname {}]
    }
    foreach arg [split $args ,] {
	lappend argList [string trim $arg]
    }
    if {![string compare [lindex $argList end] "..."]} {
	set args TCL_VARARGS
	foreach arg [lrange $argList 0 end-1] {
	    set argInfo [parseArg $arg]
	    if {[llength $argInfo] == 2 || [llength $argInfo] == 3} {
		lappend args $argInfo
	    } else {
		puts stderr "Bad argument: '$arg' in '$decl'"
		return
	    }
	}
    } else {
	set args {}
	foreach arg $argList {
	    set argInfo [parseArg $arg]
	    if {![string compare $argInfo "void"]} {
		lappend args "void"
		break
	    } elseif {[llength $argInfo] == 2 || [llength $argInfo] == 3} {
		lappend args $argInfo
	    } else {
		puts stderr "Bad argument: '$arg' in '$decl'"
		return
	    }
	}
    }
    return [list $rtype $fname $args]
}

# genStubs::parseArg --
#
#	This function parses a function argument into a type and name.
#
# Arguments:
#	arg	The argument to parse.
#
# Results:
#	Returns a list of type and name with an optional third array
#	indicator.  If the argument is malformed, returns "".

proc genStubs::parseArg {arg} {
    if {![regexp {^(.+[ ][*]*)([^][ *]+)(\[\])?$} $arg all type name array]} {
	if {$arg eq "void"} {
	    return $arg
	} else {
	    return
	}
    }
    set result [list [string trim $type] $name]
    if {$array ne ""} {
	lappend result $array
    }
    return $result
}

# genStubs::makeDecl --
#
#	Generate the prototype for a function.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The interface name.
#	decl	The function declaration.
#	index	The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the formatted declaration string.

proc genStubs::makeDecl {name decl index} {
    variable scspec
    lassign $decl rtype fname args

    append text "/* $index */\n"
    set line "$scspec $rtype"
    set count [expr {2 - ([string length $line] / 8)}]
    append line [string range "\t\t\t" 0 $count]
    set pad [expr {24 - [string length $line]}]
    if {$pad <= 0} {
	append line " "
	set pad 0
    }
    if {$args eq ""} {
	append line $fname
	append text $line
	append text ";\n"
	return $text
    }
    append line $fname

    set arg1 [lindex $args 0]
    switch -exact $arg1 {
	void {
	    append line "(void)"
	}
	TCL_VARARGS {
	    set sep "("
	    foreach arg [lrange $args 1 end] {
		append line $sep
		set next {}
		append next [lindex $arg 0]
		if {[string index $next end] ne "*"} {
		    append next " "
		}
		append next [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
		if {[string length $line] + [string length $next] \
			+ $pad > 76} {
		    append text [string trimright $line] \n
		    set line "\t\t\t\t"
		    set pad 28
		}
		append line $next
		set sep ", "
	    }
	    append line ", ...)"
	}
	default {
	    set sep "("
	    foreach arg $args {
		append line $sep
		set next {}
		append next [lindex $arg 0]
		if {[string index $next end] ne "*"} {
		    append next " "
		}
		append next [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
		if {[string length $line] + [string length $next] \
			+ $pad > 76} {
		    append text [string trimright $line] \n
		    set line "\t\t\t\t"
		    set pad 28
		}
		append line $next
		set sep ", "
	    }
	    append line ")"
	}
    }
    return "$text$line;\n"
}

# genStubs::makeMacro --
#
#	Generate the inline macro for a function.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The interface name.
#	decl	The function declaration.
#	index	The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the formatted macro definition.

proc genStubs::makeMacro {name decl index} {
    lassign $decl rtype fname args

    set lfname [string tolower [string index $fname 0]]
    append lfname [string range $fname 1 end]

    set text "#define $fname \\\n\t("
    if {$args eq ""} {
	append text "*"
    }
    append text "${name}StubsPtr->$lfname)"
    append text " /* $index */\n"
    return $text
}

# genStubs::makeSlot --
#
#	Generate the stub table entry for a function.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The interface name.
#	decl	The function declaration.
#	index	The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the formatted table entry.

proc genStubs::makeSlot {name decl index} {
    lassign $decl rtype fname args

    set lfname [string tolower [string index $fname 0]]
    append lfname [string range $fname 1 end]

    set text "    "
    if {$args eq ""} {
	append text $rtype " *" $lfname "; /* $index */\n"
	return $text
    }
    if {[string range $rtype end-8 end] eq "__stdcall"} {
	append text [string trim [string range $rtype 0 end-9]] " (__stdcall *" $lfname ") "
    } else {
	append text $rtype " (*" $lfname ") "
    }
    set arg1 [lindex $args 0]
    switch -exact $arg1 {
	void {
	    append text "(void)"
	}
	TCL_VARARGS {
	    set sep "("
	    foreach arg [lrange $args 1 end] {
		append text $sep [lindex $arg 0]
		if {[string index $text end] ne "*"} {
		    append text " "
		}
		append text [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
		set sep ", "
	    }
	    append text ", ...)"
	}
	default {
	    set sep "("
	    foreach arg $args {
		append text $sep [lindex $arg 0]
		if {[string index $text end] ne "*"} {
		    append text " "
		}
		append text [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
		set sep ", "
	    }
	    append text ")"
	}
    }

    append text "; /* $index */\n"
    return $text
}

# genStubs::makeInit --
#
#	Generate the prototype for a function.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The interface name.
#	decl	The function declaration.
#	index	The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the formatted declaration string.

proc genStubs::makeInit {name decl index} {
    if {[lindex $decl 2] eq ""} {
	append text "    &" [lindex $decl 1] ", /* " $index " */\n"
    } else {
	append text "    " [lindex $decl 1] ", /* " $index " */\n"
    }
    return $text
}

# genStubs::forAllStubs --
#
#	This function iterates over all of the slots and invokes
#	a callback for each slot.  The result of the callback is then
#	placed inside appropriate guards.
#
# Arguments:
#	name		The interface name.
#	slotProc	The proc to invoke to handle the slot.  It will
#			have the interface name, the declaration,  and
#			the index appended.
#	guardProc	The proc to invoke to add guards.  It will have
#		        the slot status and text appended.
#	textVar		The variable to use for output.
#	skipString	The string to emit if a slot is skipped.  This
#			string will be subst'ed in the loop so "$i" can
#			be used to substitute the index value.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::forAllStubs {name slotProc guardProc textVar
	{skipString {"/* Slot $i is reserved */\n"}}} {
    variable stubs
    upvar $textVar text

    set lastNum $stubs($name,lastNum)

    for {set i 0} {$i <= $lastNum} {incr i} {
	if {[info exists stubs($name,decl,$i)]} {
	    append text [$guardProc $stubs($name,status,$i) \
	    			[$slotProc $name $stubs($name,decl,$i) $i]]
	} else {
	    eval {append text} $skipString
	}
    }
}

proc genStubs::noGuard  {status text} { return $text }

proc genStubs::addGuard {status text} {
    variable libraryName
    set upName [string toupper $libraryName]

    switch -- $status {
	current	{
	    # No change
	}
	deprecated {
	    set text [ifdeffed "${upName}_DEPRECATED" $text]
	}
	obsolete {
	    set text ""
	}
	default {
	    puts stderr "Unrecognized status code $status"
	}
    }
    return $text
}

proc genStubs::ifdeffed {macro text} {
    join [list "#ifdef $macro" $text "#endif" ""] \n
}

# genStubs::emitDeclarations --
#
#	This function emits the function declarations for this interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The interface name.
#	textVar	The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::emitDeclarations {name textVar} {
    upvar $textVar text

    append text "\n/*\n * Exported function declarations:\n */\n\n"
    forAllStubs $name makeDecl noGuard text
    return
}

# genStubs::emitMacros --
#
#	This function emits the inline macros for an interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The name of the interface being emitted.
#	textVar	The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::emitMacros {name textVar} {
    variable libraryName
    upvar $textVar text

    set upName [string toupper $libraryName]
    append text "\n#if defined(USE_${upName}_STUBS)\n"
    append text "\n/*\n * Inline function declarations:\n */\n\n"

    forAllStubs $name makeMacro addGuard text

    append text "\n#endif /* defined(USE_${upName}_STUBS) */\n"
    return
}

# genStubs::emitHeader --
#
#	This function emits the body of the <name>Decls.h file for
#	the specified interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The name of the interface being emitted.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::emitHeader {name} {
    variable outDir
    variable hooks
    variable epoch
    variable revision

    set capName [string toupper [string index $name 0]]
    append capName [string range $name 1 end]

    if {$epoch ne ""} {
	set CAPName [string toupper $name]
	append text "\n"
	append text "#define ${CAPName}_STUBS_EPOCH $epoch\n"
	append text "#define ${CAPName}_STUBS_REVISION $revision\n"
    }

    append text "\n#ifdef __cplusplus\nextern \"C\" {\n#endif\n"

    emitDeclarations $name text

    if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
	append text "\ntypedef struct {\n"
	foreach hook $hooks($name) {
	    set capHook [string toupper [string index $hook 0]]
	    append capHook [string range $hook 1 end]
	    append text "    const struct ${capHook}Stubs *${hook}Stubs;\n"
	}
	append text "} ${capName}StubHooks;\n"
    }
    append text "\ntypedef struct ${capName}Stubs {\n"
    append text "    int magic;\n"
    if {$epoch ne ""} {
	append text "    int epoch;\n"
	append text "    int revision;\n"
    }
    if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
	append text "    const ${capName}StubHooks *hooks;\n\n"
    } else {
	append text "    void *hooks;\n\n"
    }

    emitSlots $name text

    append text "} ${capName}Stubs;\n\n"

    append text "extern const ${capName}Stubs *${name}StubsPtr;\n\n"
    append text "#ifdef __cplusplus\n}\n#endif\n"

    emitMacros $name text

    rewriteFile [file join $outDir ${name}Decls.h] $text
    return
}

# genStubs::emitInit --
#
#	Generate the table initializers for an interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	name		The name of the interface to initialize.
#	textVar		The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the formatted output.

proc genStubs::emitInit {name textVar} {
    variable hooks
    variable interfaces
    variable epoch
    upvar $textVar text
    set root 1

    set capName [string toupper [string index $name 0]]
    append capName [string range $name 1 end]

    if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
	append text "\nstatic const ${capName}StubHooks ${name}StubHooks = \{\n"
	set sep "    "
	foreach sub $hooks($name) {
	    append text $sep "&${sub}Stubs"
	    set sep ",\n    "
	}
	append text "\n\};\n"
    }
    foreach intf [array names interfaces] {
	if {[info exists hooks($intf)]} {
	    if {[lsearch -exact $hooks($intf) $name] >= 0} {
		set root 0
		break
	    }
	}
    }

    append text "\n"
    if {!$root} {
	append text "static "
    }
    append text "const ${capName}Stubs ${name}Stubs = \{\n    TCL_STUB_MAGIC,\n"
    if {$epoch ne ""} {
	set CAPName [string toupper $name]
	append text "    ${CAPName}_STUBS_EPOCH,\n"
	append text "    ${CAPName}_STUBS_REVISION,\n"
    }
    if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
	append text "    &${name}StubHooks,\n"
    } else {
	append text "    0,\n"
    }

    forAllStubs $name makeInit noGuard text {"    0, /* $i */\n"}

    append text "\};\n"
    return
}

# genStubs::emitInits --
#
#	This function emits the body of the <name>StubInit.c file for
#	the specified interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The name of the interface being emitted.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::emitInits {} {
    variable hooks
    variable outDir
    variable libraryName
    variable interfaces

    # Assuming that dependencies only go one level deep, we need to emit
    # all of the leaves first to avoid needing forward declarations.

    set leaves {}
    set roots {}
    foreach name [lsort [array names interfaces]] {
	if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
	    lappend roots $name
	} else {
	    lappend leaves $name
	}
    }
    foreach name $leaves {
	emitInit $name text
    }
    foreach name $roots {
	emitInit $name text
    }

    rewriteFile [file join $outDir ${libraryName}StubInit.c] $text
}

# genStubs::init --
#
#	This is the main entry point.
#
# Arguments:
#	None.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::init {} {
    global argv argv0
    variable outDir
    variable interfaces

    if {[llength $argv] < 2} {
	puts stderr "usage: $argv0 outDir declFile ?declFile...?"
	exit 1
    }

    set outDir [lindex $argv 0]

    foreach file [lrange $argv 1 end] {
	source $file
    }

    foreach name [lsort [array names interfaces]] {
	puts "Emitting $name"
	emitHeader $name
    }

    emitInits
}

# lassign --
#
#	This function emulates the TclX lassign command.
#
# Arguments:
#	valueList	A list containing the values to be assigned.
#	args		The list of variables to be assigned.
#
# Results:
#	Returns any values that were not assigned to variables.

if {[string length [namespace which lassign]] == 0} {
    proc lassign {valueList args} {
	if {[llength $args] == 0} {
	    error "wrong # args: should be \"lassign list varName ?varName ...?\""
	}
	uplevel [list foreach $args $valueList {break}]
	return [lrange $valueList [llength $args] end]
    }
}

genStubs::init
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<




































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































Changes to generic/ttk/ttkImage.c.

341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
Ttk_CreateImageElement(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    void *clientData,
    Ttk_Theme theme,
    const char *elementName,
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *optionStrings[] =
	 { "-border","-height","-padding","-sticky","-width",NULL };
    enum { O_BORDER, O_HEIGHT, O_PADDING, O_STICKY, O_WIDTH };

    Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = 0;
    ImageData *imageData = 0;
    int padding_specified = 0;
    int i;






|







341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
Ttk_CreateImageElement(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    void *clientData,
    Ttk_Theme theme,
    const char *elementName,
    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *const optionStrings[] =
	 { "-border","-height","-padding","-sticky","-width",NULL };
    enum { O_BORDER, O_HEIGHT, O_PADDING, O_STICKY, O_WIDTH };

    Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = 0;
    ImageData *imageData = 0;
    int padding_specified = 0;
    int i;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkInit.c.

58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
	    sizeof(char *), "orientation", 0, resultPtr);
}

/*
 * Recognized values for the -state compatibility option.
 * Other options are accepted and interpreted as synonyms for "normal".
 */
static const char *ttkStateStrings[] = {
    "normal", "readonly", "disabled", "active", NULL
};
enum {
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_NORMAL,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_READONLY,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_DISABLED,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_ACTIVE






|







58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
	    sizeof(char *), "orientation", 0, resultPtr);
}

/*
 * Recognized values for the -state compatibility option.
 * Other options are accepted and interpreted as synonyms for "normal".
 */
static const char *const ttkStateStrings[] = {
    "normal", "readonly", "disabled", "active", NULL
};
enum {
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_NORMAL,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_READONLY,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_DISABLED,
    TTK_COMPAT_STATE_ACTIVE

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkLabel.c.

135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
...
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
...
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
    gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(text->tkfont);
    gcValues.foreground = color->pixel;
    gc1 = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCFont | GCForeground, &gcValues);
    gcValues.foreground = WhitePixelOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
    gc2 = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCFont | GCForeground, &gcValues);

    /* 
     * Place text according to -anchor:
     */
    Tk_GetAnchorFromObj(NULL, text->anchorObj, &anchor);
    b = Ttk_AnchorBox(b, text->width, text->height, anchor);

    /*
     * Clip text if it's too wide:
................................................................................
	/* Completely clipped - bail out.
	 */
	return;
    }

    Tk_RedrawImage(image->tkimg, 0,0, width, height, d, b.x, b.y);

    /* If we're disabled there's no state-specific 'disabled' image, 
     * stipple the image.
     * @@@ Possibly: Don't do disabled-stippling at all;
     * @@@ it's ugly and out of fashion.
     * Do not stipple at all under Aqua, just draw the image: it shows up 
     * as a white rectangle otherwise.
     */

    
    if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
	if (TtkSelectImage(image->imageSpec, 0ul) == image->tkimg) {
#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
	    StippleOver(image, tkwin, d, b.x,b.y);
#endif
	}
    }
................................................................................
    *heightPtr = label->totalHeight;

    /* Requested width based on -width option, not actual text width:
     */
    if (label->compound != TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE)
	textReqWidth = TextReqWidth(&label->text);

    switch (label->compound) 
    {
	case TTK_COMPOUND_TEXT:
	    *widthPtr = textReqWidth;
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE:
	    *widthPtr = label->image.width;
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_TOP:
	case TTK_COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
	case TTK_COMPOUND_CENTER:
	    *widthPtr = MAX(label->image.width, textReqWidth); 
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_LEFT:
	case TTK_COMPOUND_RIGHT:
	    *widthPtr = label->image.width + textReqWidth + label->space; 
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_NONE:
	    break; /* Can't happen */
    }

    LabelCleanup(label);
}






|







 







|



|



|







 







|










|



|







135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
...
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
...
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
    gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(text->tkfont);
    gcValues.foreground = color->pixel;
    gc1 = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCFont | GCForeground, &gcValues);
    gcValues.foreground = WhitePixelOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
    gc2 = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCFont | GCForeground, &gcValues);

    /*
     * Place text according to -anchor:
     */
    Tk_GetAnchorFromObj(NULL, text->anchorObj, &anchor);
    b = Ttk_AnchorBox(b, text->width, text->height, anchor);

    /*
     * Clip text if it's too wide:
................................................................................
	/* Completely clipped - bail out.
	 */
	return;
    }

    Tk_RedrawImage(image->tkimg, 0,0, width, height, d, b.x, b.y);

    /* If we're disabled there's no state-specific 'disabled' image,
     * stipple the image.
     * @@@ Possibly: Don't do disabled-stippling at all;
     * @@@ it's ugly and out of fashion.
     * Do not stipple at all under Aqua, just draw the image: it shows up
     * as a white rectangle otherwise.
     */


    if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
	if (TtkSelectImage(image->imageSpec, 0ul) == image->tkimg) {
#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
	    StippleOver(image, tkwin, d, b.x,b.y);
#endif
	}
    }
................................................................................
    *heightPtr = label->totalHeight;

    /* Requested width based on -width option, not actual text width:
     */
    if (label->compound != TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE)
	textReqWidth = TextReqWidth(&label->text);

    switch (label->compound)
    {
	case TTK_COMPOUND_TEXT:
	    *widthPtr = textReqWidth;
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE:
	    *widthPtr = label->image.width;
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_TOP:
	case TTK_COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
	case TTK_COMPOUND_CENTER:
	    *widthPtr = MAX(label->image.width, textReqWidth);
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_LEFT:
	case TTK_COMPOUND_RIGHT:
	    *widthPtr = label->image.width + textReqWidth + label->space;
	    break;
	case TTK_COMPOUND_NONE:
	    break; /* Can't happen */
    }

    LabelCleanup(label);
}

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkLayout.c.

600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
 *	Convert a Tcl list into a layout template.
 *
 * Syntax:
 * 	layoutSpec ::= { elementName ?-option value ...? }+
 */

/* NB: This must match bit definitions TTK_PACK_LEFT etc. */
static const char *packSideStrings[] =
    { "left", "right", "top", "bottom", NULL };

Ttk_LayoutTemplate Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
    enum {  OP_SIDE, OP_STICKY, OP_EXPAND, OP_BORDER, OP_UNIT, OP_CHILDREN };
    static const char *optStrings[] = {
	"-side", "-sticky", "-expand", "-border", "-unit", "-children", 0 };

    int i = 0, objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;
    Ttk_TemplateNode *head = 0, *tail = 0;

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)






|





|







600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
 *	Convert a Tcl list into a layout template.
 *
 * Syntax:
 * 	layoutSpec ::= { elementName ?-option value ...? }+
 */

/* NB: This must match bit definitions TTK_PACK_LEFT etc. */
static const char *const packSideStrings[] =
    { "left", "right", "top", "bottom", NULL };

Ttk_LayoutTemplate Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
    enum {  OP_SIDE, OP_STICKY, OP_EXPAND, OP_BORDER, OP_UNIT, OP_CHILDREN };
    static const char *const optStrings[] = {
	"-side", "-sticky", "-expand", "-border", "-unit", "-children", 0 };

    int i = 0, objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;
    Ttk_TemplateNode *head = 0, *tail = 0;

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkManager.c.

316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
{
    Ttk_Manager *mgr = clientData;
    int slaveIndex = Ttk_SlaveIndex(mgr, slaveWindow);
    int reqWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(slaveWindow);
    int reqHeight= Tk_ReqHeight(slaveWindow);

    if (mgr->managerSpec->SlaveRequest(
		mgr->managerData, slaveIndex, reqWidth, reqHeight)) 
    {
	ScheduleUpdate(mgr, MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED);
    }
}

void Ttk_LostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window slaveWindow)
{






|







316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
{
    Ttk_Manager *mgr = clientData;
    int slaveIndex = Ttk_SlaveIndex(mgr, slaveWindow);
    int reqWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(slaveWindow);
    int reqHeight= Tk_ReqHeight(slaveWindow);

    if (mgr->managerSpec->SlaveRequest(
		mgr->managerData, slaveIndex, reqWidth, reqHeight))
    {
	ScheduleUpdate(mgr, MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED);
    }
}

void Ttk_LostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window slaveWindow)
{

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkManager.h.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
 *
 * PlaceSlaves sets the position and size of all managed slaves
 * by calling Ttk_PlaceSlave().
 *
 * SlaveRemoved() is called immediately before a slave is removed.
 * NB: the associated slave window may have been destroyed when this
 * routine is called.
 * 
 * SlaveRequest() is called when a slave requests a size change.
 * It should return 1 if the request should propagate, 0 otherwise.
 */
typedef struct {			/* Manager hooks */
    Tk_GeomMgr tkGeomMgr;		/* "real" Tk Geometry Manager */

    int  (*RequestedSize)(void *managerData, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);






|







18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
 *
 * PlaceSlaves sets the position and size of all managed slaves
 * by calling Ttk_PlaceSlave().
 *
 * SlaveRemoved() is called immediately before a slave is removed.
 * NB: the associated slave window may have been destroyed when this
 * routine is called.
 *
 * SlaveRequest() is called when a slave requests a size change.
 * It should return 1 if the request should propagate, 0 otherwise.
 */
typedef struct {			/* Manager hooks */
    Tk_GeomMgr tkGeomMgr;		/* "real" Tk Geometry Manager */

    int  (*RequestedSize)(void *managerData, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c.

1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
/* $nb identify $x $y --
 * 	Returns name of tab element at $x,$y; empty string if none.
 */
static int NotebookIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *whatTable[] = { "element", "tab", NULL };
    enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_TAB };
    int what = IDENTIFY_ELEMENT;
    Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
    Ttk_Element element = NULL;
    int x, y, tabIndex;

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {






|







1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
/* $nb identify $x $y --
 * 	Returns name of tab element at $x,$y; empty string if none.
 */
static int NotebookIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *const whatTable[] = { "element", "tab", NULL };
    enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_TAB };
    int what = IDENTIFY_ELEMENT;
    Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
    Ttk_Element element = NULL;
    int x, y, tabIndex;

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c.

711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
/* $pw identify ?what? $x $y --
 * 	Return index of sash at $x,$y
 */
static int PanedIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *whatTable[] = { "element", "sash", NULL };
    enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_SASH };
    int what = IDENTIFY_SASH;
    Paned *pw = recordPtr;
    int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
    int nSashes = Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr) - 1;
    int x, y, pos;
    int index;






|







711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
/* $pw identify ?what? $x $y --
 * 	Return index of sash at $x,$y
 */
static int PanedIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *const whatTable[] = { "element", "sash", NULL };
    enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_SASH };
    int what = IDENTIFY_SASH;
    Paned *pw = recordPtr;
    int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
    int nSashes = Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr) - 1;
    int x, y, pos;
    int index;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

26


27

28

29
30
31
32

33
34
35
36
37
38
39
..
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51









52
53
54



55
56
57
58









59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
...
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
...
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
...
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
...
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527

528
529
530
531
532
533
534
    TTK_PROGRESSBAR_DETERMINATE, TTK_PROGRESSBAR_INDETERMINATE
};
static const char *const ProgressbarModeStrings[] = {
    "determinate", "indeterminate", NULL
};

typedef struct {

    Tcl_Obj 	*orientObj;


    Tcl_Obj 	*lengthObj;

    Tcl_Obj 	*modeObj;

    Tcl_Obj 	*variableObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*maximumObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*valueObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*phaseObj;


    int 	mode;
    Ttk_TraceHandle *variableTrace;	/* Trace handle for -variable option */
    int 	period;			/* Animation period */
    int 	maxPhase;		/* Max animation phase */
    Tcl_TimerToken timer;		/* Animation timer */

................................................................................
typedef struct {
    WidgetCore 		core;
    ProgressbarPart	progress;
} Progressbar;

static Tk_OptionSpec ProgressbarOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",
	"horizontal", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.orientObj), -1,
	0, (ClientData)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },









    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
        DEF_PROGRESSBAR_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.lengthObj), -1,
	0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED },



    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-mode", "mode", "ProgressMode", "determinate",
	Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.modeObj),
	Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.mode),
	0, (ClientData)ProgressbarModeStrings, 0 },









    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-maximum", "maximum", "Maximum",
	"100", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.maximumObj), -1,
	0, 0, 0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.variableObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0 },
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value",
	"0.0", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.valueObj), -1,
	0, 0, 0 },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-phase", "phase", "Phase",
	"0", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.phaseObj), -1,
	0, 0, 0 },

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Animation procedures:
................................................................................
/* $sb step ?amount?
 */
static int ProgressbarStepCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Progressbar *pb = recordPtr;
    double value = 0.0, stepAmount = 1.0;
    Tcl_Obj *newValueObj; 

    if (objc == 3) {
	if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &stepAmount) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    } else if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "?stepAmount?");
................................................................................
    }

    newValueObj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(newValueObj);

    TtkRedisplayWidget(&pb->core);

    /* Update value by setting the linked -variable, if there is one: 
     */
    if (pb->progress.variableTrace) {
	int result = Tcl_ObjSetVar2(
		        interp, pb->progress.variableObj, 0, newValueObj,
		        TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY | TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG)
	        ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
        Tcl_DecrRefCount(newValueObj);
................................................................................
    pb->progress.valueObj = newValueObj;
    CheckAnimation(pb);

    return TCL_OK;
}

/* $sb start|stop ?args? --
 * Change [$sb $cmd ...] to [ttk::progressbar::$cmd ...] 
 * and pass to interpreter.
 */
static int ProgressbarStartStopCommand(
    Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tcl_Obj *cmd = Tcl_NewListObj(objc, objv);
    Tcl_Obj *prefix[2];
................................................................................
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(VerticalProgressbarLayout)
    TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Progressbar.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	TTK_NODE("Vertical.Progressbar.pbar", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM|TTK_FILL_X))
TTK_END_LAYOUT

TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(HorizontalProgressbarLayout)
    TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Progressbar.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_FILL_Y))

TTK_END_LAYOUT

/*
 * Initialization:
 */

MODULE_SCOPE






>
|
>
>

>

>
|
|

|
>







 







|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



>
>
>




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|




|
|
|
<
<
<







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|
>







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
..
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94



95
96
97
98
99
100
101
...
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
...
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
...
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
...
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
    TTK_PROGRESSBAR_DETERMINATE, TTK_PROGRESSBAR_INDETERMINATE
};
static const char *const ProgressbarModeStrings[] = {
    "determinate", "indeterminate", NULL
};

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Obj 	*anchorObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*fontObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*foregroundObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*justifyObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*lengthObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*maximumObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*modeObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*orientObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*phaseObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*textObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*valueObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*variableObj;
    Tcl_Obj 	*wrapLengthObj;

    int 	mode;
    Ttk_TraceHandle *variableTrace;	/* Trace handle for -variable option */
    int 	period;			/* Animation period */
    int 	maxPhase;		/* Max animation phase */
    Tcl_TimerToken timer;		/* Animation timer */

................................................................................
typedef struct {
    WidgetCore 		core;
    ProgressbarPart	progress;
} Progressbar;

static Tk_OptionSpec ProgressbarOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
	"w", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.anchorObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
	DEFAULT_FONT, Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.fontObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "textColor", "TextColor",
	"black", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.foregroundObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
    {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
	"left", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.justifyObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
        DEF_PROGRESSBAR_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.lengthObj), -1,
	0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-maximum", "maximum", "Maximum",
	"100", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.maximumObj), -1,
	0, 0, 0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-mode", "mode", "ProgressMode", "determinate",
	Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.modeObj),
	Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.mode),
	0, (ClientData)ProgressbarModeStrings, 0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",
	"horizontal", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.orientObj), -1,
	0, (ClientData)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_INT, "-phase", "phase", "Phase",
	"0", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.phaseObj), -1,
	0, 0, 0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", "",
	Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.textObj), -1,
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value",
	"0.0", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.valueObj), -1,
	0, 0, 0 },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
	NULL, Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.variableObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0 },
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
	"0", Tk_Offset(Progressbar, progress.wrapLengthObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},




    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Animation procedures:
................................................................................
/* $sb step ?amount?
 */
static int ProgressbarStepCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Progressbar *pb = recordPtr;
    double value = 0.0, stepAmount = 1.0;
    Tcl_Obj *newValueObj;

    if (objc == 3) {
	if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &stepAmount) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    } else if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "?stepAmount?");
................................................................................
    }

    newValueObj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(newValueObj);

    TtkRedisplayWidget(&pb->core);

    /* Update value by setting the linked -variable, if there is one:
     */
    if (pb->progress.variableTrace) {
	int result = Tcl_ObjSetVar2(
		        interp, pb->progress.variableObj, 0, newValueObj,
		        TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY | TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG)
	        ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
        Tcl_DecrRefCount(newValueObj);
................................................................................
    pb->progress.valueObj = newValueObj;
    CheckAnimation(pb);

    return TCL_OK;
}

/* $sb start|stop ?args? --
 * Change [$sb $cmd ...] to [ttk::progressbar::$cmd ...]
 * and pass to interpreter.
 */
static int ProgressbarStartStopCommand(
    Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tcl_Obj *cmd = Tcl_NewListObj(objc, objv);
    Tcl_Obj *prefix[2];
................................................................................
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(VerticalProgressbarLayout)
    TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Progressbar.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	TTK_NODE("Vertical.Progressbar.pbar", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM|TTK_FILL_X))
TTK_END_LAYOUT

TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(HorizontalProgressbarLayout)
    TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Progressbar.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_FILL_Y)
	TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Progressbar.text", TTK_PACK_LEFT))
TTK_END_LAYOUT

/*
 * Initialization:
 */

MODULE_SCOPE

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkScale.c.

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
..
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
...
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
...
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
    WidgetCore core;
    ScalePart  scale;
} Scale;

static Tk_OptionSpec ScaleOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command", "",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.commandObj), -1, 
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable", "",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.variableObj), -1, 
	0,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "horizontal",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.orientObj),
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.orient), 0, 
	(ClientData)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },

    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-from", "from", "From", "0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.fromObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To", "1.0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.toObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value", "0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.valueObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
	DEF_SCALE_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.lengthObj), -1, 0, 0, 
    	GEOMETRY_CHANGED},

    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-state", "state", "State",
	"normal", Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.stateObj), -1,
        0,0,STATE_CHANGED},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
................................................................................

static XPoint ValueToPoint(Scale *scalePtr, double value);
static double PointToValue(Scale *scalePtr, int x, int y);

/* ScaleVariableChanged --
 * 	Variable trace procedure for scale -variable;
 * 	Updates the scale's value.
 * 	If the linked variable is not a valid double, 
 * 	sets the 'invalid' state.
 */
static void ScaleVariableChanged(void *recordPtr, const char *value)
{
    Scale *scale = recordPtr;
    double v;

................................................................................

    return status;
}

/* ScaleGetLayout --
 *	getLayout hook.
 */
static Ttk_Layout 
ScaleGetLayout(Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme theme, void *recordPtr)
{
    Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr;
    return TtkWidgetGetOrientedLayout(
	interp, theme, recordPtr, scalePtr->scale.orientObj);
}

................................................................................

    fraction = (value - from) / (to - from);

    return fraction < 0 ? 0 : fraction > 1 ? 1 : fraction;
}

/* $scale get ?x y? --
 * 	Returns the current value of the scale widget, or if $x and 
 * 	$y are specified, the value represented by point @x,y.
 */
static int
ScaleGetCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr;






|


|



|









|







 







|







 







|







 







|







51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
..
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
...
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
...
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
    WidgetCore core;
    ScalePart  scale;
} Scale;

static Tk_OptionSpec ScaleOptionSpecs[] =
{
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command", "",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.commandObj), -1,
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable", "",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.variableObj), -1,
	0,0,0},
    {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "horizontal",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.orientObj),
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.orient), 0,
	(ClientData)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },

    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-from", "from", "From", "0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.fromObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To", "1.0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.toObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value", "0",
	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.valueObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
	DEF_SCALE_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.lengthObj), -1, 0, 0,
    	GEOMETRY_CHANGED},

    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-state", "state", "State",
	"normal", Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.stateObj), -1,
        0,0,STATE_CHANGED},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
................................................................................

static XPoint ValueToPoint(Scale *scalePtr, double value);
static double PointToValue(Scale *scalePtr, int x, int y);

/* ScaleVariableChanged --
 * 	Variable trace procedure for scale -variable;
 * 	Updates the scale's value.
 * 	If the linked variable is not a valid double,
 * 	sets the 'invalid' state.
 */
static void ScaleVariableChanged(void *recordPtr, const char *value)
{
    Scale *scale = recordPtr;
    double v;

................................................................................

    return status;
}

/* ScaleGetLayout --
 *	getLayout hook.
 */
static Ttk_Layout
ScaleGetLayout(Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme theme, void *recordPtr)
{
    Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr;
    return TtkWidgetGetOrientedLayout(
	interp, theme, recordPtr, scalePtr->scale.orientObj);
}

................................................................................

    fraction = (value - from) / (to - from);

    return fraction < 0 ? 0 : fraction > 1 ? 1 : fraction;
}

/* $scale get ?x y? --
 * 	Returns the current value of the scale widget, or if $x and
 * 	$y are specified, the value represented by point @x,y.
 */
static int
ScaleGetCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkScrollbar.c.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
..
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
...
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
    int 	orient;
    Tcl_Obj	*orientObj;

    double	first;			/* top fraction */
    double	last;			/* bottom fraction */

    Ttk_Box	troughBox;		/* trough parcel */ 
    int 	minSize;		/* minimum size of thumb */
} ScrollbarPart;

typedef struct
{
    WidgetCore core;
    ScrollbarPart scrollbar;
................................................................................
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget hooks.
 */

static void 
ScrollbarInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
    Scrollbar *sb = recordPtr;
    sb->scrollbar.first = 0.0;
    sb->scrollbar.last = 1.0;

    TtkTrackElementState(&sb->core);
................................................................................

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(delta));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/* $sb fraction $x $y --
 * 	Returns a real number between 0 and 1 indicating  where  the
 * 	point given by x and y lies in the trough area of the scrollbar. 
 */
static int
ScrollbarFractionCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Scrollbar *sb = recordPtr;
    Ttk_Box b = sb->scrollbar.troughBox;






|







 







|







 







|







18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
..
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
...
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
    int 	orient;
    Tcl_Obj	*orientObj;

    double	first;			/* top fraction */
    double	last;			/* bottom fraction */

    Ttk_Box	troughBox;		/* trough parcel */
    int 	minSize;		/* minimum size of thumb */
} ScrollbarPart;

typedef struct
{
    WidgetCore core;
    ScrollbarPart scrollbar;
................................................................................
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget hooks.
 */

static void
ScrollbarInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
    Scrollbar *sb = recordPtr;
    sb->scrollbar.first = 0.0;
    sb->scrollbar.last = 1.0;

    TtkTrackElementState(&sb->core);
................................................................................

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(delta));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/* $sb fraction $x $y --
 * 	Returns a real number between 0 and 1 indicating  where  the
 * 	point given by x and y lies in the trough area of the scrollbar.
 */
static int
ScrollbarFractionCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Scrollbar *sb = recordPtr;
    Ttk_Box b = sb->scrollbar.troughBox;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkSquare.c.

52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
...
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
...
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
...
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
...
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
...
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
{
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
     DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH, Tk_Offset(Square,square.borderWidthObj), -1,
     0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
     DEFAULT_BACKGROUND, Tk_Offset(Square,square.foregroundObj),
     -1, 0, 0, 0},
    
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
     "50", Tk_Offset(Square,square.widthObj), -1, 0, 0,
     GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
     "50", Tk_Offset(Square,square.heightObj), -1, 0, 0,
     GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad", NULL,
     Tk_Offset(Square,square.paddingObj), -1, 
     TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    
    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
     NULL, Tk_Offset(Square,square.reliefObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    
    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
     NULL, Tk_Offset(Square,square.anchorObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
    
    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*
 * Almost all of the widget functionality is handled by the default Ttk
 * widget code and the contained element. The one thing that we must handle
................................................................................
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*
 * The Widget specification structure holds all the implementation 
 * information about this widget and this is what must be registered
 * with Tk in the package initialization code (see bottom).
 */

static WidgetSpec SquareWidgetSpec =
{
    "TSquare",			/* className */
................................................................................
    TtkNullPostConfigure,		/* postConfigureProc */
    TtkWidgetGetLayout,		/* getLayoutProc */
    TtkWidgetSize, 		/* sizeProc */
    SquareDoLayout,		/* layoutProc */
    TtkWidgetDisplay		/* displayProc */
};

/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 * Square element
 *
 * In this section we demonstrate what is required to create a new themed
 * element.
 */

typedef struct
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj *widthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *heightObj;
} SquareElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SquareElementOptions[] = 
{
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,borderObj),
    	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-foreground", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,foregroundObj),
    	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,borderWidthObj),
    	DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
................................................................................
 * Layout section.
 *
 * Every widget class needs a layout style that specifies which elements
 * are part of the widget and how they should be placed. The element layout
 * engine is similar to the Tk pack geometry manager. Read the documentation
 * for the details. In this example we just need to have the square element
 * that has been defined for this widget placed on a background. We will
 * also need some padding to keep it away from the edges. 
 */

TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(SquareLayout)
     TTK_NODE("Square.background", TTK_FILL_BOTH)
     TTK_GROUP("Square.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	 TTK_NODE("Square.square", 0))
TTK_END_LAYOUT

/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 *
 * Widget initialization.
 *
 * This file defines a new element and a new widget. We need to register
 * the element with the themes that will need it. In this case we will 
 * register with the default theme that is the root of the theme inheritance
 * tree. This means all themes will find this element.
 * We then need to register the widget class style. This is the layout
 * specification. If a different theme requires an alternative layout, we
 * could register that here. For instance, in some themes the scrollbars have
 * one uparrow, in other themes there are two uparrow elements.
 * Finally we register the widget itself. This step creates a tcl command so
................................................................................
/* public */ MODULE_SCOPE int
TtkSquareWidget_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    Ttk_Theme theme = Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(interp);

    /* register the new elements for this theme engine */
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "square", &SquareElementSpec, NULL);
    
    /* register the layout for this theme */
    Ttk_RegisterLayout(theme, "TSquare", SquareLayout);
    
    /* register the widget */
    RegisterWidget(interp, "ttk::square", &SquareWidgetSpec);

    return TCL_OK;
}

#endif /* TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET */







|






|

|

|


|


|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|








|




|







 







|


|








52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
...
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
...
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
...
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
...
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
...
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
{
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
     DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH, Tk_Offset(Square,square.borderWidthObj), -1,
     0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
    {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
     DEFAULT_BACKGROUND, Tk_Offset(Square,square.foregroundObj),
     -1, 0, 0, 0},

    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
     "50", Tk_Offset(Square,square.widthObj), -1, 0, 0,
     GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
     "50", Tk_Offset(Square,square.heightObj), -1, 0, 0,
     GEOMETRY_CHANGED},

    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad", NULL,
     Tk_Offset(Square,square.paddingObj), -1,
     TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
     NULL, Tk_Offset(Square,square.reliefObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},

    {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
     NULL, Tk_Offset(Square,square.anchorObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

/*
 * Almost all of the widget functionality is handled by the default Ttk
 * widget code and the contained element. The one thing that we must handle
................................................................................
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*
 * The Widget specification structure holds all the implementation
 * information about this widget and this is what must be registered
 * with Tk in the package initialization code (see bottom).
 */

static WidgetSpec SquareWidgetSpec =
{
    "TSquare",			/* className */
................................................................................
    TtkNullPostConfigure,		/* postConfigureProc */
    TtkWidgetGetLayout,		/* getLayoutProc */
    TtkWidgetSize, 		/* sizeProc */
    SquareDoLayout,		/* layoutProc */
    TtkWidgetDisplay		/* displayProc */
};

/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Square element
 *
 * In this section we demonstrate what is required to create a new themed
 * element.
 */

typedef struct
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;
    Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
    Tcl_Obj *widthObj;
    Tcl_Obj *heightObj;
} SquareElement;

static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SquareElementOptions[] =
{
    { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,borderObj),
    	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-foreground", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,foregroundObj),
    	DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
    { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,borderWidthObj),
    	DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
................................................................................
 * Layout section.
 *
 * Every widget class needs a layout style that specifies which elements
 * are part of the widget and how they should be placed. The element layout
 * engine is similar to the Tk pack geometry manager. Read the documentation
 * for the details. In this example we just need to have the square element
 * that has been defined for this widget placed on a background. We will
 * also need some padding to keep it away from the edges.
 */

TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(SquareLayout)
     TTK_NODE("Square.background", TTK_FILL_BOTH)
     TTK_GROUP("Square.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
	 TTK_NODE("Square.square", 0))
TTK_END_LAYOUT

/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Widget initialization.
 *
 * This file defines a new element and a new widget. We need to register
 * the element with the themes that will need it. In this case we will
 * register with the default theme that is the root of the theme inheritance
 * tree. This means all themes will find this element.
 * We then need to register the widget class style. This is the layout
 * specification. If a different theme requires an alternative layout, we
 * could register that here. For instance, in some themes the scrollbars have
 * one uparrow, in other themes there are two uparrow elements.
 * Finally we register the widget itself. This step creates a tcl command so
................................................................................
/* public */ MODULE_SCOPE int
TtkSquareWidget_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    Ttk_Theme theme = Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(interp);

    /* register the new elements for this theme engine */
    Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "square", &SquareElementSpec, NULL);

    /* register the layout for this theme */
    Ttk_RegisterLayout(theme, "TSquare", SquareLayout);

    /* register the widget */
    RegisterWidget(interp, "ttk::square", &SquareWidgetSpec);

    return TCL_OK;
}

#endif /* TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkStubLib.c.

63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
error:
    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
	"Error loading ", packageName, " package",
	" (requested version '", version,
	"', loaded version '", actualVersion, "'): ",
	errMsg, 
	NULL);
    return NULL;
}







|




63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
error:
    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
	"Error loading ", packageName, " package",
	" (requested version '", version,
	"', loaded version '", actualVersion, "'): ",
	errMsg,
	NULL);
    return NULL;
}

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTagSet.c.

184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
{
    int i;
    for (i = 0; i < tagset->nTags; ++i) {
	if (tagset->tags[i] == tag) {
	    return 0;
	}
    }
    tagset->tags = ckrealloc(tagset->tags, 
	    (tagset->nTags+1)*sizeof(tagset->tags[0]));
    tagset->tags[tagset->nTags++] = tag;
    return 1;
}

/* Ttk_TagSetRemove -- remove a tag from a tag set.
 *






|







184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
{
    int i;
    for (i = 0; i < tagset->nTags; ++i) {
	if (tagset->tags[i] == tag) {
	    return 0;
	}
    }
    tagset->tags = ckrealloc(tagset->tags,
	    (tagset->nTags+1)*sizeof(tagset->tags[0]));
    tagset->tags[tagset->nTags++] = tag;
    return 1;
}

/* Ttk_TagSetRemove -- remove a tag from a tag set.
 *

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c.

1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
/* + style theme create name ?-parent $theme? ?-settings { script }?
 */
static int StyleThemeCreateCmd(
    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
    static const char *optStrings[] =
    	 { "-parent", "-settings", NULL };
    enum { OP_PARENT, OP_SETTINGS };
    Ttk_Theme parentTheme = pkgPtr->defaultTheme, newTheme;
    Tcl_Obj *settingsScript = NULL;
    const char *themeName;
    int i;







|







1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
/* + style theme create name ?-parent $theme? ?-settings { script }?
 */
static int StyleThemeCreateCmd(
    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
    static const char *const optStrings[] =
    	 { "-parent", "-settings", NULL };
    enum { OP_PARENT, OP_SETTINGS };
    Ttk_Theme parentTheme = pkgPtr->defaultTheme, newTheme;
    Tcl_Obj *settingsScript = NULL;
    const char *themeName;
    int i;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
/*
 * Copyright 2003, Joe English
 *
 * Simplified interface to Tcl_TraceVariable.
 *
 * PROBLEM: Can't distinguish "variable does not exist" (which is OK) 
 * from other errors (which are not).
 */

#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
/*
 * Copyright 2003, Joe English
 *
 * Simplified interface to Tcl_TraceVariable.
 *
 * PROBLEM: Can't distinguish "variable does not exist" (which is OK)
 * from other errors (which are not).
 */

#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c.

317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
...
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
....
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
....
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
....
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
 */

#define SHOW_TREE 	(0x1) 	/* Show tree column? */
#define SHOW_HEADINGS	(0x2)	/* Show heading row? */

#define DEFAULT_SHOW	"tree headings"

static const char *showStrings[] = {
    "tree", "headings", NULL
};

static int GetEnumSetFromObj(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
    const char *table[],
    unsigned *resultPtr)
{
    unsigned result = 0;
    int i, objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
................................................................................

#define USER_MASK 		0x0100
#define COLUMNS_CHANGED 	(USER_MASK)
#define DCOLUMNS_CHANGED	(USER_MASK<<1)
#define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED	(USER_MASK<<2)
#define SHOW_CHANGED 		(USER_MASK<<3)

static const char *SelectModeStrings[] = { "none", "browse", "extended", NULL };

static Tk_OptionSpec TreeviewOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-columns", "columns", "Columns",
	"", Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.columnsObj), -1,
	0,0,COLUMNS_CHANGED | GEOMETRY_CHANGED /*| READONLY_OPTION*/ },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-displaycolumns","displayColumns","DisplayColumns",
	"#all", Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.displayColumnsObj), -1,
................................................................................
    REGION_NOTHING = 0,
    REGION_HEADING,
    REGION_SEPARATOR,
    REGION_TREE,
    REGION_CELL
} TreeRegion;

static const char *regionStrings[] = {
    "nothing", "heading", "separator", "tree", "cell", 0
};

static TreeRegion IdentifyRegion(Treeview *tv, int x, int y)
{
    int x1 = 0, colno;

................................................................................
/* + $tv identify $component $x $y --
 * 	Identify the component at position x,y.
 */

static int TreeviewIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *submethodStrings[] =
	 { "region", "item", "column", "row", "element", NULL };
    enum { I_REGION, I_ITEM, I_COLUMN, I_ROW, I_ELEMENT };

    Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
    int submethod;
    int x, y;

................................................................................
 */
static int TreeviewSelectionCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    enum {
	SELECTION_SET, SELECTION_ADD, SELECTION_REMOVE, SELECTION_TOGGLE
    };
    static const char *selopStrings[] = {
	"set", "add", "remove", "toggle", NULL
    };

    Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
    int selop, i;
    TreeItem *item, **items;







|






|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
...
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
....
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
....
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
....
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
 */

#define SHOW_TREE 	(0x1) 	/* Show tree column? */
#define SHOW_HEADINGS	(0x2)	/* Show heading row? */

#define DEFAULT_SHOW	"tree headings"

static const char *const showStrings[] = {
    "tree", "headings", NULL
};

static int GetEnumSetFromObj(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
    const char *const table[],
    unsigned *resultPtr)
{
    unsigned result = 0;
    int i, objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
................................................................................

#define USER_MASK 		0x0100
#define COLUMNS_CHANGED 	(USER_MASK)
#define DCOLUMNS_CHANGED	(USER_MASK<<1)
#define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED	(USER_MASK<<2)
#define SHOW_CHANGED 		(USER_MASK<<3)

static const char *const SelectModeStrings[] = { "none", "browse", "extended", NULL };

static Tk_OptionSpec TreeviewOptionSpecs[] = {
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-columns", "columns", "Columns",
	"", Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.columnsObj), -1,
	0,0,COLUMNS_CHANGED | GEOMETRY_CHANGED /*| READONLY_OPTION*/ },
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-displaycolumns","displayColumns","DisplayColumns",
	"#all", Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.displayColumnsObj), -1,
................................................................................
    REGION_NOTHING = 0,
    REGION_HEADING,
    REGION_SEPARATOR,
    REGION_TREE,
    REGION_CELL
} TreeRegion;

static const char *const regionStrings[] = {
    "nothing", "heading", "separator", "tree", "cell", 0
};

static TreeRegion IdentifyRegion(Treeview *tv, int x, int y)
{
    int x1 = 0, colno;

................................................................................
/* + $tv identify $component $x $y --
 * 	Identify the component at position x,y.
 */

static int TreeviewIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    static const char *const submethodStrings[] =
	 { "region", "item", "column", "row", "element", NULL };
    enum { I_REGION, I_ITEM, I_COLUMN, I_ROW, I_ELEMENT };

    Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
    int submethod;
    int x, y;

................................................................................
 */
static int TreeviewSelectionCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    enum {
	SELECTION_SET, SELECTION_ADD, SELECTION_REMOVE, SELECTION_TOGGLE
    };
    static const char *const selopStrings[] = {
	"set", "add", "remove", "toggle", NULL
    };

    Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
    int selop, i;
    TreeItem *item, **items;

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkWidget.c.

753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
 * 	Returns: name of element at $x, $y
 */
int TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
    Ttk_Element element;
    static const char *whatTable[] = { "element", NULL };
    int x, y, what;

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?what? x y");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 5) {






|







753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
 * 	Returns: name of element at $x, $y
 */
int TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
    Ttk_Element element;
    static const char *const whatTable[] = { "element", NULL };
    int x, y, what;

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?what? x y");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 5) {

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkWidget.h.

107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
#define RegisterWidget(interp, name, specPtr) \
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, name, \
	TtkWidgetConstructorObjCmd, (ClientData)specPtr,NULL)

/* WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE --
 * WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE --
 *	Add one or the other of these to each OptionSpecs table 
 *	to indicate whether the widget should take focus 
 *	during keyboard traversal.
 */
#define WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE \
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", \
	"ttk::takefocus", Tk_Offset(WidgetCore, takeFocusPtr), -1, 0,0,0 }
#define WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE \
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", \






|
|







107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
#define RegisterWidget(interp, name, specPtr) \
    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, name, \
	TtkWidgetConstructorObjCmd, (ClientData)specPtr,NULL)

/* WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE --
 * WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE --
 *	Add one or the other of these to each OptionSpecs table
 *	to indicate whether the widget should take focus
 *	during keyboard traversal.
 */
#define WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE \
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", \
	"ttk::takefocus", Tk_Offset(WidgetCore, takeFocusPtr), -1, 0,0,0 }
#define WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE \
    {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", \

Changes to library/demos/menu.tcl.

127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142







143
144
145
146
147
148
149
	    puts "You invoked the $i bitmap" ]
}
$m entryconfigure 2 -columnbreak 1

set m $w.menu.more
$w.menu add cascade -label "More" -menu $m -underline 0
menu $m -tearoff 0
foreach i {{An entry} {Another entry} {Does nothing} {Does almost nothing} {Make life meaningful}} {
    $m add command -label $i -command [list puts "You invoked \"$i\""]
}
$m entryconfigure "Does almost nothing" -bitmap questhead -compound left \
	-command [list \
	tk_dialog $w.compound {Compound Menu Entry} \
		"The menu entry you invoked displays both a bitmap and a\
		text string.  Other than this, it is just like any other\
		menu entry." {} 0 OK ]








set m $w.menu.colors
$w.menu add cascade -label "Colors" -menu $m -underline 1
menu $m -tearoff 1
foreach i {red orange yellow green blue} {
    $m add command -label $i -background $i -command [list \
	    puts "You invoked \"$i\"" ]






|








>
>
>
>
>
>
>







127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
	    puts "You invoked the $i bitmap" ]
}
$m entryconfigure 2 -columnbreak 1

set m $w.menu.more
$w.menu add cascade -label "More" -menu $m -underline 0
menu $m -tearoff 0
foreach i {{An entry} {Another entry} {Does nothing} {Does almost nothing} {Does almost nothing also} {Make life meaningful}} {
    $m add command -label $i -command [list puts "You invoked \"$i\""]
}
$m entryconfigure "Does almost nothing" -bitmap questhead -compound left \
	-command [list \
	tk_dialog $w.compound {Compound Menu Entry} \
		"The menu entry you invoked displays both a bitmap and a\
		text string.  Other than this, it is just like any other\
		menu entry." {} 0 OK ]

$m entryconfigure "Does almost nothing also" -image lilearth -compound left \
	-command [list \
	tk_dialog $w.compound {Compound Menu Entry} \
		"The menu entry you invoked displays both a image and a\
		text string.  Other than this, it is just like any other\
		menu entry." {} 0 OK ]

set m $w.menu.colors
$w.menu add cascade -label "Colors" -menu $m -underline 1
menu $m -tearoff 1
foreach i {red orange yellow green blue} {
    $m add command -label $i -background $i -command [list \
	    puts "You invoked \"$i\"" ]

Changes to library/demos/tree.tcl.

35
36
37
38
39
40
41

42
43
44
45
46
47
48
proc populateTree {tree node} {
    if {[$tree set $node type] ne "directory"} {
	return
    }
    set path [$tree set $node fullpath]
    $tree delete [$tree children $node]
    foreach f [lsort -dictionary [glob -nocomplain -dir $path *]] {

	set type [file type $f]
	set id [$tree insert $node end -text [file tail $f] \
		-values [list $f $type]]

	if {$type eq "directory"} {
	    ## Make it so that this node is openable
	    $tree insert $id 0 -text dummy ;# a dummy






>







35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
proc populateTree {tree node} {
    if {[$tree set $node type] ne "directory"} {
	return
    }
    set path [$tree set $node fullpath]
    $tree delete [$tree children $node]
    foreach f [lsort -dictionary [glob -nocomplain -dir $path *]] {
	set f [file normalize $f]
	set type [file type $f]
	set id [$tree insert $node end -text [file tail $f] \
		-values [list $f $type]]

	if {$type eq "directory"} {
	    ## Make it so that this node is openable
	    $tree insert $id 0 -text dummy ;# a dummy

Changes to library/images/logo.eps.

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
..
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
...
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
....
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
....
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
%AI5_NumLayers: 1
%AI5_OpenToView: 90 576 2 938 673 18 1 1 2 40
%AI5_OpenViewLayers: 7
%%EndComments
%%BeginProlog
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_level2_AI5 1.0 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Level 2 Emulation)
%%Version: 1.0 
%%CreationDate: (04/10/93) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1993 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
userdict /Adobe_level2_AI5 21 dict dup begin
	put
	/packedarray where not
	{
		userdict begin
................................................................................
				4 index mul 4 1 roll
			} repeat
			5 -1 roll pop
			setcmykcolor
		}
		def
	} if
	
	/gt38? mark {version cvx exec} stopped {cleartomark true} {38 gt exch pop} ifelse def
	userdict /deviceDPI 72 0 matrix defaultmatrix dtransform dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt put
	userdict /level2?
	systemdict /languagelevel known dup
	{
		pop systemdict /languagelevel get 2 ge
	} if
................................................................................
		/customColor? isCMYKSep? not def
	 end
	} if
 end defaultpacking setpacking
%%EndResource
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5 1.1 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Abbreviated Prolog)
%%Version: 1.1 
%%CreationDate: (3/7/1994) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1994 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
currentpacking true setpacking
userdict /Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5_vars 70 dict dup begin
put
/_lp /none def
/_pf
................................................................................
	{
		0 eq
		{
			(%AI5_BeginLayer) 1 (%AI5_EndLayer--) discard
		}
		{
			/clipForward? true def
			
			/Tx /pop load def
			/Tj /pop load def
			currentdict end clipRenderOff begin begin
		} ifelse
	}
	{
		0 eq
................................................................................
		pop
		clipForward?
		{
			currentdict
		 end
		 end
		 begin
			
			/clipForward? false ddef
		} if
	} ifelse
} bind def
/Pb
{
	pop pop






|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
..
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
...
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
....
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
....
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
%AI5_NumLayers: 1
%AI5_OpenToView: 90 576 2 938 673 18 1 1 2 40
%AI5_OpenViewLayers: 7
%%EndComments
%%BeginProlog
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_level2_AI5 1.0 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Level 2 Emulation)
%%Version: 1.0
%%CreationDate: (04/10/93) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1993 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
userdict /Adobe_level2_AI5 21 dict dup begin
	put
	/packedarray where not
	{
		userdict begin
................................................................................
				4 index mul 4 1 roll
			} repeat
			5 -1 roll pop
			setcmykcolor
		}
		def
	} if

	/gt38? mark {version cvx exec} stopped {cleartomark true} {38 gt exch pop} ifelse def
	userdict /deviceDPI 72 0 matrix defaultmatrix dtransform dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt put
	userdict /level2?
	systemdict /languagelevel known dup
	{
		pop systemdict /languagelevel get 2 ge
	} if
................................................................................
		/customColor? isCMYKSep? not def
	 end
	} if
 end defaultpacking setpacking
%%EndResource
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5 1.1 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Abbreviated Prolog)
%%Version: 1.1
%%CreationDate: (3/7/1994) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1994 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
currentpacking true setpacking
userdict /Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5_vars 70 dict dup begin
put
/_lp /none def
/_pf
................................................................................
	{
		0 eq
		{
			(%AI5_BeginLayer) 1 (%AI5_EndLayer--) discard
		}
		{
			/clipForward? true def

			/Tx /pop load def
			/Tj /pop load def
			currentdict end clipRenderOff begin begin
		} ifelse
	}
	{
		0 eq
................................................................................
		pop
		clipForward?
		{
			currentdict
		 end
		 end
		 begin

			/clipForward? false ddef
		} if
	} ifelse
} bind def
/Pb
{
	pop pop

Changes to library/images/pwrdLogo.eps.

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
..
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
...
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
....
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
....
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
%AI5_NumLayers: 1
%AI5_OpenToView: 102 564 2 938 673 18 1 1 2 40
%AI5_OpenViewLayers: 7
%%EndComments
%%BeginProlog
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_level2_AI5 1.0 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Level 2 Emulation)
%%Version: 1.0 
%%CreationDate: (04/10/93) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1993 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
userdict /Adobe_level2_AI5 21 dict dup begin
	put
	/packedarray where not
	{
		userdict begin
................................................................................
				4 index mul 4 1 roll
			} repeat
			5 -1 roll pop
			setcmykcolor
		}
		def
	} if
	
	/gt38? mark {version cvx exec} stopped {cleartomark true} {38 gt exch pop} ifelse def
	userdict /deviceDPI 72 0 matrix defaultmatrix dtransform dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt put
	userdict /level2?
	systemdict /languagelevel known dup
	{
		pop systemdict /languagelevel get 2 ge
	} if
................................................................................
		/customColor? isCMYKSep? not def
	 end
	} if
 end defaultpacking setpacking
%%EndResource
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5 1.1 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Abbreviated Prolog)
%%Version: 1.1 
%%CreationDate: (3/7/1994) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1994 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
currentpacking true setpacking
userdict /Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5_vars 70 dict dup begin
put
/_lp /none def
/_pf
................................................................................
	{
		0 eq
		{
			(%AI5_BeginLayer) 1 (%AI5_EndLayer--) discard
		}
		{
			/clipForward? true def
			
			/Tx /pop load def
			/Tj /pop load def
			currentdict end clipRenderOff begin begin
		} ifelse
	}
	{
		0 eq
................................................................................
		pop
		clipForward?
		{
			currentdict
		 end
		 end
		 begin
			
			/clipForward? false ddef
		} if
	} ifelse
} bind def
/Pb
{
	pop pop






|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
..
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
...
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
....
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
....
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
%AI5_NumLayers: 1
%AI5_OpenToView: 102 564 2 938 673 18 1 1 2 40
%AI5_OpenViewLayers: 7
%%EndComments
%%BeginProlog
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_level2_AI5 1.0 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Level 2 Emulation)
%%Version: 1.0
%%CreationDate: (04/10/93) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1993 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
userdict /Adobe_level2_AI5 21 dict dup begin
	put
	/packedarray where not
	{
		userdict begin
................................................................................
				4 index mul 4 1 roll
			} repeat
			5 -1 roll pop
			setcmykcolor
		}
		def
	} if

	/gt38? mark {version cvx exec} stopped {cleartomark true} {38 gt exch pop} ifelse def
	userdict /deviceDPI 72 0 matrix defaultmatrix dtransform dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt put
	userdict /level2?
	systemdict /languagelevel known dup
	{
		pop systemdict /languagelevel get 2 ge
	} if
................................................................................
		/customColor? isCMYKSep? not def
	 end
	} if
 end defaultpacking setpacking
%%EndResource
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5 1.1 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Abbreviated Prolog)
%%Version: 1.1
%%CreationDate: (3/7/1994) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1994 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
currentpacking true setpacking
userdict /Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5_vars 70 dict dup begin
put
/_lp /none def
/_pf
................................................................................
	{
		0 eq
		{
			(%AI5_BeginLayer) 1 (%AI5_EndLayer--) discard
		}
		{
			/clipForward? true def

			/Tx /pop load def
			/Tj /pop load def
			currentdict end clipRenderOff begin begin
		} ifelse
	}
	{
		0 eq
................................................................................
		pop
		clipForward?
		{
			currentdict
		 end
		 end
		 begin

			/clipForward? false ddef
		} if
	} ifelse
} bind def
/Pb
{
	pop pop

Changes to library/msgs/cs.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Abort" "&P\u0159eru\u0161it"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&About..." "&O programu..."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "All Files" "V\u0161echny soubory"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Application Error" "Chyba programu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Bold Italic"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Blue" "&Modr\341"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cancel" "Zru\u0161it"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Cancel" "&Zru\u0161it"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Nemohu zm\u011bnit atku\341ln\355 adres\341\u0159 na \"%1\$s\".\nP\u0159\355stup odm\355tnut."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Choose Directory" "V\375b\u011br adres\341\u0159e"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cl&ear" "Sma&zat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Clear Console" "&Smazat konzolu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Color" "Barva"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Console" "Konzole"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Copy" "&Kop\355rovat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cu&t" "V&y\u0159\355znout"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Delete" "&Smazat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Details >>" "Detaily >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Adres\341\u0159 \"%1\$s\" neexistuje."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Directory:" "&Adres\341\u0159:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Edit" "&\332pravy"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Error: %1\$s" "Chyba: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "E&xit" "&Konec"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&File" "&Soubor"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Soubor \"%1\$s\" ji\u017e existuje.\nChcete jej p\u0159epsat?"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Soubor \"%1\$s\" ji\u017e existuje.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Soubor \"%1\$s\" neexistuje."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File &name:" "&Jm\351no souboru:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File &names:" "&Jm\351na soubor\u016f:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Files of &type:" "&Typy soubor\u016f:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Fi&les:" "Sou&bory:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Filter" "&Filtr"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tr:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Font st&yle:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Green" "Ze&len\341"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Help" "&N\341pov\u011bda"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Hi" "Ahoj"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Hide Console" "&Schovat Konzolu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Ignore" "&Ignorovat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "\u0160patn\351 jm\351no souboru \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Log Files" "Log soubory"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&No" "&Ne"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Open" "Otev\u0159\355t"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Open" "&Otev\u0159\355t"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Open Multiple Files" "Otev\u0159\355t v\355ce soubor\u016f"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "P&aste" "&Vlo\u017eit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Quit" "&Ukon\u010dit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Red" "\u010ce&rven\341"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Replace existing file?" "Nahradit st\341vaj\355c\355 soubor?"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Retry" "Z&novu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Save" "&Ulo\u017eit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Save As" "Ulo\u017eit jako"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Save To Log" "Ulo\u017eit do logu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Select Log File" "Vybrat log soubor"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Select a file to source" "Vybrat soubor k nahr\341n\355"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Selection:" "&V\375b\u011br:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Skip Messages" "P\u0159esko\u010dit zpr\341vy"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Source..." "&Zdroj..."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl skripty"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl pro Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Text Files" "Textov\351 soubory"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "abort" "p\u0159eru\u0161it"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "blue" "modr\341"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "cancel" "zru\u0161it"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "extension" "p\u0159\355pona"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "extensions" "p\u0159\355pony"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "green" "zelen\341"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "ignore" "ignorovat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "red" "\u010derven\341"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "retry" "znovu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "yes" "ano"
}
|

|


|
|
|
|
|




|
|


|
|
|



|
|

|
|
|




|
|



|





|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|

|
|
|



|
|
|
|
|
|
|


|



1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Abort" "&Přerušit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&About..." "&O programu..."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "All Files" "Všechny soubory"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Application Error" "Chyba programu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Bold Italic"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Blue" "&Modá"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cancel" "Zrušit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Cancel" "&Zrušit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Nemohu změnit atkálí adreář na \"%1\$s\".\nPístup odítnut."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Choose Directory" "ýběr adreáře"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cl&ear" "Sma&zat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Clear Console" "&Smazat konzolu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Color" "Barva"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Console" "Konzole"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Copy" "&Koírovat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cu&t" "V&yíznout"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Delete" "&Smazat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Details >>" "Detaily >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Adreář \"%1\$s\" neexistuje."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Directory:" "&Adreář:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Edit" "Úpravy"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Error: %1\$s" "Chyba: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "E&xit" "&Konec"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&File" "&Soubor"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Soubor \"%1\$s\" již existuje.\nChcete jej přepsat?"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Soubor \"%1\$s\" již existuje.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Soubor \"%1\$s\" neexistuje."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File &name:" "&Jéno souboru:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "File &names:" "&Jéna souborů:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Files of &type:" "&Typy souborů:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Fi&les:" "Sou&bory:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Filter" "&Filtr"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tr:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Font st&yle:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Green" "Ze&leá"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Help" "&ápověda"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Hi" "Ahoj"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Hide Console" "&Schovat Konzolu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Ignore" "&Ignorovat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Špaté jéno souboru \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Log Files" "Log soubory"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&No" "&Ne"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Open" "Otevít"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Open" "&Otevít"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Open Multiple Files" "Otevít íce souborů"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "P&aste" "&Vložit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Quit" "&Ukončit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Red" "Če&rveá"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Replace existing file?" "Nahradit sávaíí soubor?"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Retry" "Z&novu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Save" "&Uložit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Save As" "Uložit jako"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Save To Log" "Uložit do logu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Select Log File" "Vybrat log soubor"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Select a file to source" "Vybrat soubor k naháí"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Selection:" "&ýběr:"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Skip Messages" "Přeskočit zpávy"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Source..." "&Zdroj..."
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl skripty"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl pro Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "Text Files" "Textoé soubory"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "abort" "přerušit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "blue" "modá"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "cancel" "zrušit"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "extension" "pípona"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "extensions" "pípony"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "green" "zeleá"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "ignore" "ignorovat"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "red" "červeá"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "retry" "znovu"
    ::msgcat::mcset cs "yes" "ano"
}

Changes to library/msgs/de.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Abort" "&Abbruch"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&About..." "&\u00dcber..."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "All Files" "Alle Dateien"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Application Error" "Applikationsfehler"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Apply" "&Anwenden"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Bold" "Fett"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Bold Italic" "Fett kursiv"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Blue" "&Blau"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cancel" "Abbruch"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Cancel" "&Abbruch"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kann nicht in das Verzeichnis \"%1\$s\" wechseln.\nKeine Rechte vorhanden."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Choose Directory" "W\u00e4hle Verzeichnis"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cl&ear" "&R\u00fccksetzen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Clear Console" "&Konsole l\u00f6schen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Color" "Farbe"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Console" "Konsole"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Copy" "&Kopieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cu&t" "Aus&schneiden"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Delete" "&L\u00f6schen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Details >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Das Verzeichnis \"%1\$s\" existiert nicht."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Directory:" "&Verzeichnis:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Edit" "&Bearbeiten"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Effects" "Effekte"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Error: %1\$s" "Fehler: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "E&xit" "&Ende"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&File" "&Datei"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" ist bereits vorhanden.\nWollen sie diese Datei \u00fcberschreiben ?"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" ist bereits vorhanden.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" existiert nicht."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File &name:" "Datei&name:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File &names:" "Datei&namen:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Files of &type:" "Dateien des &Typs:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Fi&les:" "Dat&eien:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Filter"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Fil&ter:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Font" "Schriftart"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Font:" "Schriftart:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Font st&yle:" "Schriftschnitt:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Green" "&Gr\u00fcn"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Help" "&Hilfe"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Hi" "Hallo"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Hide Console" "&Konsole unsichtbar machen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Ignore" "&Ignorieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ung\u00fcltiger Dateiname \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Italic" "Kursiv"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Log Files" "Protokolldatei"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&No" "&Nein"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Open" "\u00d6ffnen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Open" "\u00d6&ffnen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Open Multiple Files" "Mehrere Dateien \u00F6ffnen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "P&aste" "E&inf\u00fcgen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Quit" "&Beenden"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Red" "&Rot"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Regular" "Standard"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Replace existing file?" "Existierende Datei ersetzen?"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Retry" "&Wiederholen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Sample" "Beispiel"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Save" "&Speichern"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Save As" "Speichern unter"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Save To Log" "In Protokoll speichern"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Select Log File" "Protokolldatei ausw\u00e4hlen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Select a file to source" "Auszuf\u00fchrende Datei ausw\u00e4hlen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Selection:" "Auswah&l:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Size:" "Schriftgrad:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Show &Hidden Directories" "Zeige versteckte Dateien"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "Zeige versteckte Dateien und Verzeichnisse"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Skip Messages" "Weitere Nachrichten \u00fcberspringen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Source..." "&Ausf\u00fchren..."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Stri&keout" "&Durchgestrichen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl-Skripte"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl f\u00fcr Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Text Files" "Textdateien"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Underline" "&Unterstrichen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Yes" "&Ja"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "abort" "abbrechen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "blue" "blau"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "cancel" "abbrechen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "extension" "Erweiterung"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "extensions" "Erweiterungen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "green" "gr\u00fcn"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "ignore" "ignorieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "red" "rot"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "retry" "wiederholen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "yes" "ja"
}

|









|
|
|




|








|











|




|






|
|

|









|
|




|
|


|








|






1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Abort" "&Abbruch"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&About..." "&Über..."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "All Files" "Alle Dateien"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Application Error" "Applikationsfehler"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Apply" "&Anwenden"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Bold" "Fett"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Bold Italic" "Fett kursiv"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Blue" "&Blau"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cancel" "Abbruch"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Cancel" "&Abbruch"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kann nicht in das Verzeichnis \"%1\$s\" wechseln.\nKeine Rechte vorhanden."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Choose Directory" "Wähle Verzeichnis"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cl&ear" "&Rücksetzen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Clear Console" "&Konsole löschen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Color" "Farbe"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Console" "Konsole"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Copy" "&Kopieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Cu&t" "Aus&schneiden"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Delete" "&Löschen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Details >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Das Verzeichnis \"%1\$s\" existiert nicht."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Directory:" "&Verzeichnis:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Edit" "&Bearbeiten"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Effects" "Effekte"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Error: %1\$s" "Fehler: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "E&xit" "&Ende"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&File" "&Datei"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" ist bereits vorhanden.\nWollen sie diese Datei überschreiben ?"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" ist bereits vorhanden.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" existiert nicht."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File &name:" "Datei&name:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "File &names:" "Datei&namen:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Files of &type:" "Dateien des &Typs:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Fi&les:" "Dat&eien:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Filter"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Fil&ter:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Font" "Schriftart"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Font:" "Schriftart:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Font st&yle:" "Schriftschnitt:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Green" "&Grün"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Help" "&Hilfe"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Hi" "Hallo"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Hide Console" "&Konsole unsichtbar machen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Ignore" "&Ignorieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ungültiger Dateiname \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Italic" "Kursiv"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Log Files" "Protokolldatei"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&No" "&Nein"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Open" "Öffnen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Open" "Ö&ffnen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Open Multiple Files" "Mehrere Dateien \u00F6ffnen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "P&aste" "E&infügen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Quit" "&Beenden"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Red" "&Rot"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Regular" "Standard"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Replace existing file?" "Existierende Datei ersetzen?"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Retry" "&Wiederholen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Sample" "Beispiel"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Save" "&Speichern"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Save As" "Speichern unter"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Save To Log" "In Protokoll speichern"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Select Log File" "Protokolldatei auswählen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Select a file to source" "Auszuführende Datei auswählen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Selection:" "Auswah&l:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Size:" "Schriftgrad:"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Show &Hidden Directories" "Zeige versteckte Dateien"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "Zeige versteckte Dateien und Verzeichnisse"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Skip Messages" "Weitere Nachrichten überspringen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Source..." "&Ausführen..."
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Stri&keout" "&Durchgestrichen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl-Skripte"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl für Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "Text Files" "Textdateien"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Underline" "&Unterstrichen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "&Yes" "&Ja"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "abort" "abbrechen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "blue" "blau"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "cancel" "abbrechen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "extension" "Erweiterung"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "extensions" "Erweiterungen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "green" "grün"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "ignore" "ignorieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "red" "rot"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "retry" "wiederholen"
    ::msgcat::mcset de "yes" "ja"
}

Changes to library/msgs/el.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
## Messages for the Greek (Hellenic - "el") language.
## Please report any changes/suggestions to:
##    [email protected]

namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Abort"              "\u03a4\u03b5\u03c1\u03bc\u03b1\u03c4\u03b9\u03c3\u03bc\u03cc\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "About..."           "\u03a3\u03c7\u03b5\u03c4\u03b9\u03ba\u03ac..."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "All Files"          "\u038c\u03bb\u03b1 \u03c4\u03b1 \u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Application Error"  "\u039b\u03ac\u03b8\u03bf\u03c2 \u0395\u03c6\u03b1\u03c1\u03bc\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Blue"               "\u039c\u03c0\u03bb\u03b5"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Cancel"             "\u0391\u03ba\u03cd\u03c1\u03c9\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el \
"Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." \
"\u0394\u03b5\u03bd \u03b5\u03af\u03bd\u03b1\u03b9 \u03b4\u03c5\u03bd\u03b1\u03c4\u03ae \u03b7 \u03b1\u03bb\u03bb\u03b1\u03b3\u03ae \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03bb\u03cc\u03b3\u03bf\u03c5 \u03c3\u03b5 \"%1\$s\".\n\u0397 \u03c0\u03c1\u03cc\u03c3\u03b2\u03b1\u03c3\u03b7 \u03b4\u03b5\u03bd \u03b5\u03c0\u03b9\u03c4\u03c1\u03ad\u03c0\u03b5\u03c4\u03b1\u03b9."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Choose Directory"   "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae \u039a\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03bb\u03cc\u03b3\u03bf\u03c5"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Clear"              "\u039a\u03b1\u03b8\u03b1\u03c1\u03b9\u03c3\u03bc\u03cc\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Color"              "\u03a7\u03c1\u03ce\u03bc\u03b1"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Console"            "\u039a\u03bf\u03bd\u03c3\u03cc\u03bb\u03b1"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Copy"               "\u0391\u03bd\u03c4\u03b9\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Cut"                "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03ba\u03bf\u03c0\u03ae"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Delete"             "\u0394\u03b9\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Details >>"         "\u039b\u03b5\u03c0\u03c4\u03bf\u03bc\u03ad\u03c1\u03b5\u03b9\u03b5\u03c2 >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." \
                                        "\u039f \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03ac\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03bf\u03c2 \"%1\$s\" \u03b4\u03b5\u03bd \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Directory:"         "&\u039a\u03b1\u03c4\u03ac\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03bf\u03c2:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Error: %1\$s"       "\u039b\u03ac\u03b8\u03bf\u03c2: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Exit"               "\u0388\u03be\u03bf\u03b4\u03bf\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el \
               "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" \
               "\u03a4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \"%1\$s\" \u03ae\u03b4\u03b7 \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9.\n\u0398\u03ad\u03bb\u03b5\u03c4\u03b5 \u03bd\u03b1 \u03b5\u03c0\u03b9\u03ba\u03b1\u03bb\u03c5\u03c6\u03b8\u03b5\u03af;"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" \
                   "\u03a4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \"%1\$s\" \u03ae\u03b4\u03b7 \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." \
                   "\u03a4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \"%1\$s\" \u03b4\u03b5\u03bd \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File &name:"         "\u038c&\u03bd\u03bf\u03bc\u03b1 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File &names:"        "\u038c&\u03bd\u03bf\u03bc\u03b1 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03c9\u03bd:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Files of &type:"     "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1 \u03c4\u03bf\u03c5 &\u03c4\u03cd\u03c0\u03bf\u03c5:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Fi&les:"             "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Filter"             "\u03a6\u03af\u03bb\u03c4\u03c1\u03bf"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Fil&ter:"            "\u03a6\u03af\u03bb\u03c4\u03c1\u03bf:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Green"              "\u03a0\u03c1\u03ac\u03c3\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Hi"                 "\u0393\u03b5\u03b9\u03b1"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Hide Console"       "\u0391\u03c0\u03cc\u03ba\u03c1\u03c5\u03c8\u03b7 \u03ba\u03bf\u03bd\u03c3\u03cc\u03bb\u03b1\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Ignore"             "\u0391\u03b3\u03bd\u03cc\u03b7\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." \
                   "\u0386\u03ba\u03c5\u03c1\u03bf \u03cc\u03bd\u03bf\u03bc\u03b1 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5 \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Log Files"          "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1 \u039a\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&No"                 "\u038c\u03c7\u03b9"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&OK"                 "\u0395\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "OK"                 "\u0395\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Ok"                 "\u0395\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Open"               "\u0386\u03bd\u03bf\u03b9\u03b3\u03bc\u03b1"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Open"               "\u0386\u03bd\u03bf\u03b9\u03b3\u03bc\u03b1"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Open Multiple Files" \
                                        "\u0386\u03bd\u03bf\u03b9\u03b3\u03bc\u03b1 \u03c0\u03bf\u03bb\u03bb\u03b1\u03c0\u03bb\u03ce\u03bd \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03c9\u03bd"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "P&aste"              "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03ba\u03cc\u03bb\u03bb\u03b7\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Quit"               "\u0388\u03be\u03bf\u03b4\u03bf\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Red"                "\u039a\u03cc\u03ba\u03ba\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Replace existing file?" \
                                        "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03ba\u03ac\u03bb\u03c5\u03c8\u03b7 \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03bf\u03bd\u03c4\u03bf\u03c2 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5;"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Retry"              "\u03a0\u03c1\u03bf\u03c3\u03c0\u03ac\u03b8\u03b7\u03c3\u03b5 \u03be\u03b1\u03bd\u03ac"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Save"               "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03b8\u03ae\u03ba\u03b5\u03c5\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Save As"            "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03b8\u03ae\u03ba\u03b5\u03c5\u03c3\u03b7 \u03c3\u03b1\u03bd"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Save To Log"        "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03b8\u03ae\u03ba\u03b5\u03c5\u03c3\u03b7 \u03c3\u03c4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Select Log File"    "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5 \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Select a file to source" \
                                        "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03ad\u03be\u03c4\u03b5 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \u03b3\u03b9\u03b1 \u03b5\u03ba\u03c4\u03ad\u03bb\u03b5\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Selection:"         "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Skip Messages"      "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03c6\u03c5\u03b3\u03ae\u03bc\u03b7\u03bd\u03c5\u03bc\u03ac\u03c4\u03c9\u03bd"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Source..."          "\u0395\u03ba\u03c4\u03ad\u03bb\u03b5\u03c3\u03b7..."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Tcl Scripts"        "Tcl Scripts"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Tcl for Windows"    "Tcl \u03b3\u03b9\u03b1 Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Text Files"         "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1 \u039a\u03b5\u03b9\u03bc\u03ad\u03bd\u03bf\u03c5"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Yes"                "\u039d\u03b1\u03b9"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "abort"              "\u03c4\u03b5\u03c1\u03bc\u03b1\u03c4\u03b9\u03c3\u03bc\u03cc\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "blue"               "\u03bc\u03c0\u03bb\u03b5"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "cancel"             "\u03b1\u03ba\u03cd\u03c1\u03c9\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "extension"          "\u03b5\u03c0\u03ad\u03ba\u03c4\u03b1\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "extensions"         "\u03b5\u03c0\u03b5\u03ba\u03c4\u03ac\u03c3\u03b5\u03b9\u03c2"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "green"              "\u03c0\u03c1\u03ac\u03c3\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "ignore"             "\u03b1\u03b3\u03bd\u03cc\u03b7\u03c3\u03b7"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "ok"                 "\u03b5\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "red"                "\u03ba\u03cc\u03ba\u03ba\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "retry"              "\u03c0\u03c1\u03bf\u03c3\u03c0\u03ac\u03b8\u03b7\u03c3\u03b5 \u03be\u03b1\u03bd\u03ac"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "yes"                "\u03bd\u03b1\u03b9"
}




|
|
|
|
|
|


|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|


|

|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
## Messages for the Greek (Hellenic - "el") language.
## Please report any changes/suggestions to:
##    [email protected]

namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Abort"              "Τερματισμός"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "About..."           "Σχετικά..."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "All Files"          "Όλα τα Αρχεία"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Application Error"  "Λάθος Εφαρμογής"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Blue"               "Μπλε"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Cancel"             "Ακύρωση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el \
"Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." \
"Δεν είναι δυνατή η αλλαγή καταλόγου σε \"%1\$s\".\nΗ πρόσβαση δεν επιτρέπεται."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Choose Directory"   "Επιλογή Καταλόγου"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Clear"              "Καθαρισμός"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Color"              "Χρώμα"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Console"            "Κονσόλα"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Copy"               "Αντιγραφή"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Cut"                "Αποκοπή"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Delete"             "Διαγραφή"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Details >>"         "Λεπτομέρειες >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." \
                                        "Ο κατάλογος \"%1\$s\" δεν υπάρχει."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Directory:"         "&Κατάλογος:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Error: %1\$s"       "Λάθος: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Exit"               "Έξοδος"
    ::msgcat::mcset el \
               "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" \
               "Το αρχείο \"%1\$s\" ήδη υπάρχει.\nΘέλετε να επικαλυφθεί;"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" \
                   "Το αρχείο \"%1\$s\" ήδη υπάρχει.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." \
                   "Το αρχείο \"%1\$s\" δεν υπάρχει."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File &name:"         "Ό&νομα αρχείου:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "File &names:"        "Ό&νομα αρχείων:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Files of &type:"     "Αρχεία του &τύπου:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Fi&les:"             "Αρχεία:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Filter"             "Φίλτρο"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Fil&ter:"            "Φίλτρο:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Green"              "Πράσινο"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Hi"                 "Γεια"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Hide Console"       "Απόκρυψη κονσόλας"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Ignore"             "Αγνόηση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." \
                   "Άκυρο όνομα αρχείου \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Log Files"          "Αρχεία Καταγραφής"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&No"                 "Όχι"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&OK"                 "Εντάξει"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "OK"                 "Εντάξει"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Ok"                 "Εντάξει"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Open"               "Άνοιγμα"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Open"               "Άνοιγμα"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Open Multiple Files" \
                                        "Άνοιγμα πολλαπλών αρχείων"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "P&aste"              "Επικόλληση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Quit"               "Έξοδος"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Red"                "Κόκκινο"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Replace existing file?" \
                                        "Επικάλυψη υπάρχοντος αρχείου;"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Retry"              "Προσπάθησε ξανά"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Save"               "Αποθήκευση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Save As"            "Αποθήκευση σαν"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Save To Log"        "Αποθήκευση στο αρχείο καταγραφής"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Select Log File"    "Επιλογή αρχείου καταγραφής"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Select a file to source" \
                                        "Επιλέξτε αρχείο για εκτέλεση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Selection:"         "Επιλογή:"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Skip Messages"      "Αποφυγήμηνυμάτων"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Source..."          "Εκτέλεση..."
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Tcl Scripts"        "Tcl Scripts"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Tcl for Windows"    "Tcl για Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "Text Files"         "Αρχεία Κειμένου"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "&Yes"                "Ναι"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "abort"              "τερματισμός"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "blue"               "μπλε"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "cancel"             "ακύρωση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "extension"          "επέκταση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "extensions"         "επεκτάσεις"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "green"              "πράσινο"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "ignore"             "αγνόηση"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "ok"                 "εντάξει"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "red"                "κόκκινο"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "retry"              "προσπάθησε ξανά"
    ::msgcat::mcset el "yes"                "ναι"
}

Changes to library/msgs/eo.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Abort" "&\u0108esigo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&About..." "Pri..."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "All Files" "\u0108ioj dosieroj"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Application Error" "Aplikoerraro"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Blue" "&Blua"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cancel" "Rezignu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Cancel" "&Rezignu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Neeble \u0109angi al dosierulon \"%1\$s\".\nVi ne rajtas tion."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Choose Directory" "Elektu Dosierujo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cl&ear" "&Klaru"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Clear Console" "&Klaru konzolon"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Color" "Farbo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Console" "Konzolo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Copy" "&Kopiu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cu&t" "&Enpo\u015digu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Delete" "&Forprenu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Details >>" "Detaloj >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La dosierujo \"%1\$s\" ne ekzistas."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Directory:" "&Dosierujo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Edit" "&Redaktu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Error: %1\$s" "Eraro: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "E&xit" "&Eliru"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&File" "&Dosiero"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "La dosiero \"%1\$s\" jam ekzistas.\n\u0108u vi volas anstata\u00fbigi la dosieron?"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "La dosiero \"%1\$s\" jam egzistas. \n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La dosierp \"%1\$s\" ne estas."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File &name:" "Dosiero&nomo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File &names:" "Dosiero&nomoj:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Files of &type:" "Dosieroj de &Typo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Fi&les:" "Do&sieroj:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Filter" "&Filtrilo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Fil&ter:" "&Filtrilo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Green" "&Verda"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Help" "&Helpu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Hi" "Saluton"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Hide Console" "&Ka\u015du konzolon"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Ignore" "&Ignoru"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Malvalida dosieronomo \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Log Files" "Protokolo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&No" "&Ne"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Open" "Malfermu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Open" "&Malfermu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Open Multiple Files" "Melfermu multan dosierojn"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "P&aste" "&Elpo\u015digi"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Quit" "&Finigu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Red" "&Rosa"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Replace existing file?" "\u0108u anstata\u00fbu ekzistantan dosieron?"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Retry" "&Ripetu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Save" "&Savu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Save As" "Savu kiel"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Save To Log" "Savu en protokolon"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Select Log File" "Elektu prokolodosieron"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Select a file to source" "Elektu dosieron por interpreti"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Selection:" "&Elekto:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Skip Messages" "transsaltu pluajn mesa\u011dojn"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Source..." "&Fontoprogramo..."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl-skriptoj"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl por vindoso"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Text Files" "Tekstodosierojn"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Yes" "&Jes"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "abort" "\u0109esigo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "blue" "blua"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "cancel" "rezignu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "extension" "ekspansio"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "extensions" "ekspansioj"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "green" "verda"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "ignore" "ignorieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "red" "ru\u011da"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "retry" "ripetu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "yes" "jes"
}
|

|




|






|








|











|










|


|







|





|






|



1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Abort" "&Ĉesigo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&About..." "Pri..."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "All Files" "Ĉioj dosieroj"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Application Error" "Aplikoerraro"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Blue" "&Blua"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cancel" "Rezignu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Cancel" "&Rezignu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Neeble ĉangi al dosierulon \"%1\$s\".\nVi ne rajtas tion."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Choose Directory" "Elektu Dosierujo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cl&ear" "&Klaru"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Clear Console" "&Klaru konzolon"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Color" "Farbo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Console" "Konzolo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Copy" "&Kopiu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cu&t" "&Enpoŝigu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Delete" "&Forprenu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Details >>" "Detaloj >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La dosierujo \"%1\$s\" ne ekzistas."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Directory:" "&Dosierujo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Edit" "&Redaktu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Error: %1\$s" "Eraro: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "E&xit" "&Eliru"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&File" "&Dosiero"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "La dosiero \"%1\$s\" jam ekzistas.\nĈu vi volas anstataûigi la dosieron?"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "La dosiero \"%1\$s\" jam egzistas. \n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La dosierp \"%1\$s\" ne estas."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File &name:" "Dosiero&nomo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "File &names:" "Dosiero&nomoj:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Files of &type:" "Dosieroj de &Typo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Fi&les:" "Do&sieroj:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Filter" "&Filtrilo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Fil&ter:" "&Filtrilo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Green" "&Verda"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Help" "&Helpu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Hi" "Saluton"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Hide Console" "&Kaŝu konzolon"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Ignore" "&Ignoru"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Malvalida dosieronomo \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Log Files" "Protokolo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&No" "&Ne"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Open" "Malfermu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Open" "&Malfermu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Open Multiple Files" "Melfermu multan dosierojn"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "P&aste" "&Elpoŝigi"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Quit" "&Finigu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Red" "&Rosa"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Replace existing file?" "Ĉu anstataûu ekzistantan dosieron?"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Retry" "&Ripetu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Save" "&Savu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Save As" "Savu kiel"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Save To Log" "Savu en protokolon"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Select Log File" "Elektu prokolodosieron"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Select a file to source" "Elektu dosieron por interpreti"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Selection:" "&Elekto:"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Skip Messages" "transsaltu pluajn mesaĝojn"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Source..." "&Fontoprogramo..."
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl-skriptoj"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl por vindoso"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "Text Files" "Tekstodosierojn"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Yes" "&Jes"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "abort" "ĉesigo"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "blue" "blua"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "cancel" "rezignu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "extension" "ekspansio"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "extensions" "ekspansioj"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "green" "verda"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "ignore" "ignorieren"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "red" "ruĝa"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "retry" "ripetu"
    ::msgcat::mcset eo "yes" "jes"
}

Changes to library/msgs/es.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
..
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Abort" "&Abortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&About..." "&Acerca de ..."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "All Files" "Todos los archivos"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Application Error" "Error de la aplicaci\u00f3n"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Blue" "&Azul"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Cancel" "Cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Cancel" "&Cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "No es posible acceder al directorio \"%1\$s\".\nPermiso denegado."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Choose Directory" "Elegir directorio"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Cl&ear" "&Borrar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Clear Console" "&Borrar consola"
................................................................................
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Details >>" "Detalles >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "El directorio \"%1\$s\" no existe."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Directory:" "&Directorio:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Edit" "&Editar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Error: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "E&xit" "Salir"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&File" "&Archivo"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "El archivo \"%1\$s\" ya existe.\n\u00bfDesea sobreescribirlo?"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "El archivo \"%1\$s\" ya existe.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "El archivo \"%1\$s\" no existe."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File &name:" "&Nombre de archivo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File &names:" "&Nombres de archivo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Files of &type:" "Archivos de &tipo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Fi&les:" "&Archivos:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Filter" "&Filtro"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Green" "&Verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Help" "&Ayuda"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Hi"  "Hola"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Hide Console" "&Esconder la consola"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Ignore" "&Ignorar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Nombre de archivo inv\u00e1lido \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Log Files"  "Ficheros de traza"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&No"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Open" "Abrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Open" "&Abrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Open Multiple Files" "Abrir m\u00faltiples archivos"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "P&aste" "Peg&ar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Quit" "&Abandonar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Red" "&Rojo"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Replace existing file?" "\u00bfReemplazar el archivo existente?"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Retry" "&Reintentar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Save" "&Guardar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Save As" "Guardar como"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Save To Log" "Guardar al archivo de traza"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Select Log File"  "Elegir un archivo de traza"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Select a file to source" "Seleccionar un archivo a evaluar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Selection:" "&Selecci\u00f3n:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Skip Messages" "Omitir los mensajes"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Source..." "E&valuar..."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl para Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Text Files" "Archivos de texto"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Yes" "&S\u00ed"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "abort" "abortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "blue" "azul"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "cancel" "cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "extension"  "extensi\u00f3n"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "extensions" "extensiones"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "green" "verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "ignore" "ignorar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "red" "rojo"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "retry" "reintentar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "yes" "s\u00ed"
}



|







 







|













|







|



|






|





|



|






|

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
..
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Abort" "&Abortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&About..." "&Acerca de ..."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "All Files" "Todos los archivos"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Application Error" "Error de la aplicación"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Blue" "&Azul"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Cancel" "Cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Cancel" "&Cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "No es posible acceder al directorio \"%1\$s\".\nPermiso denegado."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Choose Directory" "Elegir directorio"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Cl&ear" "&Borrar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Clear Console" "&Borrar consola"
................................................................................
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Details >>" "Detalles >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "El directorio \"%1\$s\" no existe."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Directory:" "&Directorio:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Edit" "&Editar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Error: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "E&xit" "Salir"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&File" "&Archivo"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "El archivo \"%1\$s\" ya existe.\n¿Desea sobreescribirlo?"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "El archivo \"%1\$s\" ya existe.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "El archivo \"%1\$s\" no existe."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File &name:" "&Nombre de archivo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "File &names:" "&Nombres de archivo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Files of &type:" "Archivos de &tipo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Fi&les:" "&Archivos:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Filter" "&Filtro"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Green" "&Verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Help" "&Ayuda"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Hi"  "Hola"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Hide Console" "&Esconder la consola"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Ignore" "&Ignorar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Nombre de archivo inválido \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Log Files"  "Ficheros de traza"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&No"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Open" "Abrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Open" "&Abrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Open Multiple Files" "Abrir múltiples archivos"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "P&aste" "Peg&ar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Quit" "&Abandonar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Red" "&Rojo"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Replace existing file?" "¿Reemplazar el archivo existente?"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Retry" "&Reintentar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Save" "&Guardar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Save As" "Guardar como"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Save To Log" "Guardar al archivo de traza"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Select Log File"  "Elegir un archivo de traza"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Select a file to source" "Seleccionar un archivo a evaluar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Selection:" "&Selección:"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Skip Messages" "Omitir los mensajes"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Source..." "E&valuar..."
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl para Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "Text Files" "Archivos de texto"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "&Yes" "&Sí"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "abort" "abortar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "blue" "azul"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "cancel" "cancelar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "extension"  "extensión"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "extensions" "extensiones"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "green" "verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "ignore" "ignorar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "red" "rojo"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "retry" "reintentar"
    ::msgcat::mcset es "yes" "sí"
}

Changes to library/msgs/fr.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
..
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Abort" "&Annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "About..." "\u00c0 propos..."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "All Files" "Tous les fichiers"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Application Error" "Erreur d'application"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Blue" "&Bleu"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cancel" "Annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Cancel" "&Annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Impossible d'acc\u00e9der au r\u00e9pertoire \"%1\$s\".\nPermission refus\u00e9e."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Choose Directory" "Choisir r\u00e9pertoire"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cl&ear" "Effacer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Color" "Couleur"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Copy" "Copier"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cu&t" "Couper"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Delete" "Effacer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Details >>" "D\u00e9tails >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Le r\u00e9pertoire \"%1\$s\" n'existe pas."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Directory:" "&R\u00e9pertoire:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Error: %1\$s" "Erreur: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "E&xit" "Quitter"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" existe d\u00e9j\u00e0.\nVoulez-vous l'\u00e9craser?"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" existe d\u00e9j\u00e0.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" n'existe pas."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File &name:" "&Nom de fichier:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File &names:" "&Noms de fichiers:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Files of &type:" "&Type de fichiers:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Fi&les:" "Fich&iers:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Filter" "&Filtre"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tre:"
................................................................................
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Open" "Ouvrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Open" "&Ouvrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Open Multiple Files" "Ouvrir plusieurs fichiers"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "P&aste" "Coller"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Quit" "&Quitter"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Red" "&Rouge"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Replace existing file?" "Remplacer le fichier existant?"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Retry" "&R\u00e9-essayer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Save" "&Sauvegarder"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Save As" "Sauvegarder sous"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Save To Log" "Sauvegarde au fichier de trace"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Select Log File" "Choisir un fichier de trace"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Select a file to source" "Choisir un fichier \u00e0 \u00e9valuer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Selection:" "&S\u00e9lection:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Skip Messages" "Omettre les messages"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Source..." "\u00c9valuer..."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl pour Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Text Files" "Fichiers texte"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Yes" "&Oui"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "abort" "abandonner"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "blue" "bleu"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "cancel" "annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "extension"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "extensions"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "green" "vert"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "ignore" "ignorer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "red" "rouge"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "retry" "r\u00e9essayer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "yes" "oui"
}

|





|
|






|
|
|


|
|







 







|




|
|

|













|


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
..
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Abort" "&Annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "About..." "À propos..."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "All Files" "Tous les fichiers"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Application Error" "Erreur d'application"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Blue" "&Bleu"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cancel" "Annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Cancel" "&Annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Impossible d'accéder au répertoire \"%1\$s\".\nPermission refusée."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Choose Directory" "Choisir répertoire"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cl&ear" "Effacer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Color" "Couleur"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Copy" "Copier"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cu&t" "Couper"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Delete" "Effacer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Details >>" "Détails >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Le répertoire \"%1\$s\" n'existe pas."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Directory:" "&Répertoire:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Error: %1\$s" "Erreur: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "E&xit" "Quitter"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" existe déjà.\nVoulez-vous l'écraser?"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" existe déjà.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" n'existe pas."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File &name:" "&Nom de fichier:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "File &names:" "&Noms de fichiers:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Files of &type:" "&Type de fichiers:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Fi&les:" "Fich&iers:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Filter" "&Filtre"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tre:"
................................................................................
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Open" "Ouvrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Open" "&Ouvrir"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Open Multiple Files" "Ouvrir plusieurs fichiers"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "P&aste" "Coller"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Quit" "&Quitter"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Red" "&Rouge"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Replace existing file?" "Remplacer le fichier existant?"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Retry" "&Ré-essayer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Save" "&Sauvegarder"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Save As" "Sauvegarder sous"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Save To Log" "Sauvegarde au fichier de trace"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Select Log File" "Choisir un fichier de trace"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Select a file to source" "Choisir un fichier à évaluer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Selection:" "&Sélection:"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Skip Messages" "Omettre les messages"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Source..." "Évaluer..."
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl pour Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "Text Files" "Fichiers texte"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Yes" "&Oui"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "abort" "abandonner"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "blue" "bleu"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "cancel" "annuler"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "extension"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "extensions"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "green" "vert"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "ignore" "ignorer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "red" "rouge"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "retry" "réessayer"
    ::msgcat::mcset fr "yes" "oui"
}

Changes to library/msgs/hu.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Abort" "&Megszak\u00edt\u00e1s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&About..." "N\u00e9vjegy..."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "All Files" "Minden f\u00e1jl"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Application Error" "Alkalmaz\u00e1s hiba"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Blue" "&K\u00e9k"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cancel" "M\u00e9gsem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Cancel" "M\u00e9g&sem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "A k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1rv\u00e1lt\u00e1s nem siker\u00fclt: \"%1\$s\".\nHozz\u00e1f\u00e9r\u00e9s megtagadva."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Choose Directory" "K\u00f6nyvt\u00e1r kiv\u00e1laszt\u00e1sa"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cl&ear" "T\u00f6rl\u00e9s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Clear Console" "&T\u00f6rl\u00e9s Konzol"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Color" "Sz\u00edn"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Console" "Konzol"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Copy" "&M\u00e1sol\u00e1s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cu&t" "&Kiv\u00e1g\u00e1s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Delete" "&T\u00f6rl\u00e9s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Details >>" "R\u00e9szletek >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\"%1\$s\" k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1r nem l\u00e9tezik."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Directory:" "&K\u00f6nyvt\u00e1r:"
    #::msgcat::mcset hu "&Edit"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Error: %1\$s" "Hiba: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "E&xit" "Kil\u00e9p\u00e9s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&File" "&F\u00e1jl"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "\"%1\$s\" f\u00e1jl m\u00e1r l\u00e9tezik.\nFel\u00fcl\u00edrjam?"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "\"%1\$s\" f\u00e1jl m\u00e1r l\u00e9tezik.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\"%1\$s\" f\u00e1jl nem l\u00e9tezik."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File &name:" "F\u00e1jl &neve:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File &names:" "F\u00e1jlok &nevei:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Files of &type:" "F\u00e1jlok &t\u00edpusa:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Fi&les:" "F\u00e1j&lok:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Filter" "&Sz\u0171r\u0151"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Fil&ter:" "S&z\u0171r\u0151:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Green" "&Z\u00f6ld"
    #::msgcat::mcset hu "&Help"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Hi" "\u00dcdv"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Hide Console" "Konzol &elrejt\u00e9se"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Ignore" "K&ihagy\u00e1s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "\u00c9rv\u00e9nytelen f\u00e1jln\u00e9v: \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Log Files" "Log f\u00e1jlok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&No" "&Nem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Open" "Megnyit\u00e1s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Open" "&Megnyit\u00e1s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Open Multiple Files" "T\u00f6bb f\u00e1jl megnyit\u00e1sa"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "P&aste" "&Beilleszt\u00e9s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Quit" "&Kil\u00e9p\u00e9s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Red" "&V\u00f6r\u00f6s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Replace existing file?" "Megl\u00e9v\u0151 f\u00e1jl cser\u00e9je?"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Retry" "\u00daj&ra"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Save" "&Ment\u00e9s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Save As" "Ment\u00e9s m\u00e1sk\u00e9nt"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Save To Log" "Ment\u00e9s log f\u00e1jlba"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Select Log File" "Log f\u00e1jl kiv\u00e1laszt\u00e1sa"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Select a file to source" "Forr\u00e1sf\u00e1jl kiv\u00e1laszt\u00e1sa"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Selection:" "&Kijel\u00f6l\u00e9s:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Show &Hidden Directories" "&Rejtett k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1rak megjelen\u00edt\u00e9se"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "&Rejtett f\u00e1jlok \u00e9s k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1rak megjelen\u00edt\u00e9se"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Skip Messages" "\u00dczenetek kihagy\u00e1sa"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Source..." "&Forr\u00e1s..."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl scriptek"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl Windows-hoz"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Text Files" "Sz\u00f6vegf\u00e1jlok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Yes" "&Igen"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "abort" "megszak\u00edt\u00e1s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "blue" "k\u00e9k"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "cancel" "m\u00e9gsem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "extension" "kiterjeszt\u00e9s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "extensions" "kiterjeszt\u00e9sek"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "green" "z\u00f6ld"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "ignore" "ignorer"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "red" "v\u00f6r\u00f6s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "retry" "\u00fajra"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "yes" "igen"
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|


|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|




|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|


|

|
|
|
|
|
|


|
|


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Abort" "&Megszakítás"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&About..." "Névjegy..."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "All Files" "Minden fájl"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Application Error" "Alkalmazás hiba"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Blue" "&Kék"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cancel" "Mégsem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Cancel" "Még&sem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "A könyvtárváltás nem sikerült: \"%1\$s\".\nHozzáférés megtagadva."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Choose Directory" "Könyvtár kiválasztása"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cl&ear" "Törlés"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Clear Console" "&Törlés Konzol"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Color" "Szín"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Console" "Konzol"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Copy" "&Másolás"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cu&t" "&Kivágás"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Delete" "&Törlés"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Details >>" "Részletek >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\"%1\$s\" könyvtár nem létezik."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Directory:" "&Könyvtár:"
    #::msgcat::mcset hu "&Edit"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Error: %1\$s" "Hiba: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "E&xit" "Kilépés"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&File" "&Fájl"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "\"%1\$s\" fájl már létezik.\nFelülírjam?"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "\"%1\$s\" fájl már létezik.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\"%1\$s\" fájl nem létezik."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File &name:" "Fájl &neve:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "File &names:" "Fájlok &nevei:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Files of &type:" "Fájlok &típusa:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Fi&les:" "Fáj&lok:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Filter" "&Szűrő"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Fil&ter:" "S&zűrő:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Green" "&Zöld"
    #::msgcat::mcset hu "&Help"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Hi" "Üdv"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Hide Console" "Konzol &elrejtése"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Ignore" "K&ihagyás"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Érvénytelen fájlnév: \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Log Files" "Log fájlok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&No" "&Nem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Open" "Megnyitás"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Open" "&Megnyitás"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Open Multiple Files" "Több fájl megnyitása"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "P&aste" "&Beillesztés"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Quit" "&Kilépés"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Red" "&Vörös"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Replace existing file?" "Meglévő fájl cseréje?"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Retry" "Új&ra"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Save" "&Mentés"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Save As" "Mentés másként"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Save To Log" "Mentés log fájlba"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Select Log File" "Log fájl kiválasztása"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Select a file to source" "Forrásfájl kiválasztása"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Selection:" "&Kijelölés:"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Show &Hidden Directories" "&Rejtett könyvtárak megjelenítése"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "&Rejtett fájlok és könyvtárak megjelenítése"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Skip Messages" "Üzenetek kihagyása"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Source..." "&Forrás..."
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl scriptek"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl Windows-hoz"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "Text Files" "Szövegfájlok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Yes" "&Igen"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "abort" "megszakítás"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "blue" "kék"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "cancel" "mégsem"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "extension" "kiterjesztés"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "extensions" "kiterjesztések"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "green" "zöld"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "ignore" "ignorer"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "red" "vörös"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "retry" "újra"
    ::msgcat::mcset hu "yes" "igen"
}

Changes to library/msgs/it.msg.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
..
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Cu&t" "Taglia"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Delete" "Cancella"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Details >>" "Dettagli >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La directory \"%1\$s\" non esiste."
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Directory:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Error: %1\$s" "Errore: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "E&xit" "Esci"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Il file \"%1\$s\" esiste gi\u00e0.\nVuoi sovrascriverlo?"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Il file \"%1\$s\" esiste gi\u00e0.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Il file \"%1\$s\" non esiste."
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File &name:" "&Nome del file:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File &names:" "&Nomi dei file:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Files of &type:" "File di &tipo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Fi&les:" "Fi&le:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Filter" "&Filtro"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:"
................................................................................
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Select a file to source" "Scegli un file da eseguire"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Selection:" "&Selezione:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Skip Messages" "Salta i messaggi"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Source..." "Esegui..."
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Tcl Scripts" "Script Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl per Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Text Files" "File di testo"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Yes" "&S\u00ec"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "abort" "interrompi"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "blue" "blu"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "cancel" "annulla"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "extension" "estensione"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "extensions" "estensioni"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "green" "verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "ignore" "ignora"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "red" "rosso"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "retry" "riprova"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "yes" "s\u00ec"
}






|
|







 







|










|

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
..
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Cu&t" "Taglia"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Delete" "Cancella"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Details >>" "Dettagli >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La directory \"%1\$s\" non esiste."
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Directory:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Error: %1\$s" "Errore: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "E&xit" "Esci"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Il file \"%1\$s\" esiste già.\nVuoi sovrascriverlo?"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Il file \"%1\$s\" esiste già.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Il file \"%1\$s\" non esiste."
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File &name:" "&Nome del file:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "File &names:" "&Nomi dei file:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Files of &type:" "File di &tipo:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Fi&les:" "Fi&le:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Filter" "&Filtro"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:"
................................................................................
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Select a file to source" "Scegli un file da eseguire"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Selection:" "&Selezione:"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Skip Messages" "Salta i messaggi"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Source..." "Esegui..."
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Tcl Scripts" "Script Tcl"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl per Windows"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "Text Files" "File di testo"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "&Yes" "&Sì"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "abort" "interrompi"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "blue" "blu"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "cancel" "annulla"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "extension" "estensione"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "extensions" "estensioni"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "green" "verde"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "ignore" "ignora"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "red" "rosso"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "retry" "riprova"
    ::msgcat::mcset it "yes" "sì"
}

Changes to library/msgs/nl.msg.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
..
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Cancel" "&Annuleren"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kan niet naar map \"%1\$s\" gaan.\nU heeft hiervoor geen toestemming."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Choose Directory" "Kies map"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Cl&ear" "Wissen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Clear Console" "&Wis Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Color" "Kleur"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Copy" "Kopi\u00ebren"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Cu&t" "Knippen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Delete" "Wissen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Details >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Map \"%1\$s\" bestaat niet."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Directory:" "&Map:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Edit" "Bewerken"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Effects" "Effecten"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Error: %1\$s" "Fout: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "E&xit" "Be\u00ebindigen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&File" "Bestand"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat al.\nWilt u het overschrijven?"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat al.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat niet."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File &name:" "Bestands&naam:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File &names:" "Bestands&namen:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Files of &type:" "Bestanden van het &type:"
................................................................................
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Filter"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Fil&ter:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Font"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Font:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Font st&yle:" "Font stijl:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Green" "&Groen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Help"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Hi" "H\u00e9"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Hide Console" "Verberg Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Ignore" "&Negeren"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ongeldige bestandsnaam \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Italic" "Cursief"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Log Files" "Log Bestanden"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&No" "&Nee"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&OK"






|








|







 







|







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
..
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Cancel" "&Annuleren"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kan niet naar map \"%1\$s\" gaan.\nU heeft hiervoor geen toestemming."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Choose Directory" "Kies map"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Cl&ear" "Wissen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Clear Console" "&Wis Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Color" "Kleur"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Copy" "Kopiëren"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Cu&t" "Knippen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Delete" "Wissen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Details >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Map \"%1\$s\" bestaat niet."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Directory:" "&Map:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Edit" "Bewerken"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Effects" "Effecten"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Error: %1\$s" "Fout: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "E&xit" "Beëindigen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&File" "Bestand"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat al.\nWilt u het overschrijven?"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat al.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat niet."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File &name:" "Bestands&naam:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "File &names:" "Bestands&namen:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Files of &type:" "Bestanden van het &type:"
................................................................................
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Filter"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Fil&ter:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Font"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Font:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Font st&yle:" "Font stijl:"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Green" "&Groen"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Help"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Hi" "Hé"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Hide Console" "Verberg Console"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Ignore" "&Negeren"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ongeldige bestandsnaam \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Italic" "Cursief"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "Log Files" "Log Bestanden"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&No" "&Nee"
    ::msgcat::mcset nl "&OK"

Changes to library/msgs/pl.msg.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
namespace eval ::tk {
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Abort" "&Przerwij"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&About..." "O programie..."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "All Files" "Wszystkie pliki"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Application Error" "B\u0142\u0105d w programie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Apply" "Zastosuj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Bold" "Pogrubienie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Bold Italic" "Pogrubiona kursywa"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Blue" "&Niebieski"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cancel" "Anuluj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Cancel" "&Anuluj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Nie mo\u017cna otworzy\u0107 katalogu \"%1\$s\".\nOdmowa dost\u0119pu."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Choose Directory" "Wybierz katalog"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cl&ear" "&Wyczy\u015b\u0107"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Clear Console" "&Wyczy\u015b\u0107 konsol\u0119"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Color" "Kolor"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Console" "Konsola"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Copy" "&Kopiuj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cu&t" "&Wytnij"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Delete" "&Usu\u0144"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Details >>" "Szczeg\u00f3\u0142y >>"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Katalog \"%1\$s\" nie istnieje."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Directory:" "&Katalog:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Edit" "&Edytuj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Effects" "Efekty"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Error: %1\$s" "B\u0142\u0105d: %1\$s"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "E&xit" "&Wyjd\u017a"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&File" "&Plik"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Plik \"%1\$s\" ju\u017c istnieje.\nCzy chcesz go nadpisa\u0107?"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Plik \"%1\$s\" ju\u017c istnieje.\n\n"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Plik \"%1\$s\" nie istnieje."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File &name:" "Nazwa &pliku:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "File &names:" "Nazwy &plik\u00f3w:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Files of &type:" "Pliki &typu:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Fi&les:" "Pli&ki:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Filter" "&Filtr"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Fil&ter:" "&Filtr:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Font" "Czcionka"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Font:" "Czcio&nka:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Font st&yle:" "&Styl czcionki:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Green" "&Zielony"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Help" "&Pomoc"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Hi" "Witaj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Hide Console" "&Ukryj konsol\u0119"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Ignore" "&Ignoruj"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Niew\u0142a\u015bciwa nazwa pliku \"%1\$s\"."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Italic" "Kursywa"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Log Files" "Pliki dziennika"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&No" "&Nie"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "OK"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Ok"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Open" "Otw\u00f3rz"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Open" "&Otw\u00f3rz"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Open Multiple Files" "Otw\u00f3rz wiele plik\u00f3w"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "P&aste" "&Wklej"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Quit" "&Zako\u0144cz"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Red" "&Czerwony"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Regular" "Regularne"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Replace existing file?" "Czy zast\u0105pi\u0107 istniej\u0105cy plik?"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Retry" "&Pon\u00f3w"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Sample" "Przyk\u0142ad"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Save" "&Zapisz"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Save As" "Zapisz jako"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Save To Log" "Wpisz do dziennika"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Select Log File" "Wybierz plik dziennika"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Select a file to source" "Wybierz plik do wykonania"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Selection:" "&Wyb\u00f3r:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Size:" "&Rozmiar:"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Show &Hidden Directories" "Poka\u017c &ukryte katalogi"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "Poka\u017c &ukryte pliki i katalogi"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Skip Messages" "Pomi\u0144 pozosta\u0142e komunikaty"
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Source..." "&Kod \u017ar\u00f3d\u0142owy..."
    ::msgcat::mcset pl "Stri&keout" "&Przekre